nformation on lodge workings...systems to ensure the perpetuity of freemasonry in this state. intent...

Information On

Lodge Workings

As authorised by the Most Worshipful Grand Master

June 2017

Record of Amendments

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

Amend No.

Date Description of Amendment

1 7 July 14 Detailed updates to multiple sections to reflect updates in the delivery of ritual and ensure consistency with current practice.

2 30 Jan 16 Detailed updates to multiple sections to reflect updates in the delivery of ritual and ensure consistency with current practice.

3 31 July 16 Updates based on feedback from Inspectors of Workings and brethren.

4 15 August 16 Added missing diagram from First Degree Steps

5 22 Sep 16 Updated based on proof read amendments

6 1 Dec 16 Final Updates and Release

7 30 May 17 Adjustment to final updates and re-release

8 18 June 17 1. District Inspector of Workings Title changed to Inspector of Workings approved by GIWkgs.

2. Clarification of some multiple candidates degree movements and typo.

3. Delete reference to Masonic Trousers 4. Update cross references due to sections deletions and

renumbering.

9 26 June 17 1. Order of Retirement revised .

Freemasons Victoria 1

MISSION STATEMENT At Freemasons Victoria we believe in a community built on true friendship, compassion and honesty. Our mission is to be a meaningful and relevant organisation in the twenty-first century that empowers Lodges, members and the community by providing leadership, guidance and administrative support systems to ensure the perpetuity of Freemasonry in this State.

INTENT The format of this book will make it easier for a lodge officer to familiarise himself with the integration of the Ritual and Ceremonial.

In all degrees the descriptions of the individual movements as described in previous versions of the Information on Lodge Workings and the Instruction Manual for Lodge Directors have not only been retained but have been enhanced to describe in detail the movements of each lodge officer during a ceremony.

This enhancement will be of invaluable assistance to lodge Directors of Ceremonies and officers required to work on the floor of the Lodge.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK 1. Lodge rooms are deemed to run East to West with the Worshipful

Master’s chair situated in the East. 2. Distances stated are dependent upon the dimensions and layout of the

individual lodge room. 3. In positioning the Candidate for the Secrets in each degree the

Candidate should be positioned so that when all the steps have been taken the Candidate’s hand and the Worshipful Master/Past Master’s hand are aligned with the centre of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal when the g . . . p is given.

OUR APPROACH We will monitor our achievements and success, using contemporary media to communicate with and assist members to make the most of the opportunities to build a sustainable future for Freemasons Victoria.

Our behaviour will be underpinned by our Values and Principles Masonic teaching is at the essence of Freemasons Victoria. Teaching is based on Brotherly Love, Relief and Truth and is enabled through ceremonial structure and a network of Lodges that reinforce these values and stimulate care, trust, empathy, respect, fellowship, networking, support and a generous community compassion in which diversity is embraced. ,

Contents 2

CONTENTS MISSION STATEMENT ...................................................................................1 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK ..........................................1 OUR APPROACH .............................................................................................1

CONTENTS ................................................................................................ 2

1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS ................................................................... 6

2 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................. 9

2.2 PREPARATION OF THE LODGE.........................................................14

3 INTRODUCTION........................................................................... 16

3.1 APPROVED RITUAL ...........................................................................16 3.2 CANDIDATES .....................................................................................16 3.3 OPERATING PROCEDURES ...............................................................18 3.4 PREPARATION OF THE LODGE.........................................................23 3.5 OFFICERS OF THE LODGE .................................................................23 3.6 WORSHIPFUL MASTER .....................................................................25 3.7 IMMEDIATE PAST MASTER ..............................................................28 3.8 DIRECTOR OF CEREMONIES .............................................................29

3.9 SENIOR WARDEN ..............................................................................31 3.10 JUNIOR WARDEN ...............................................................................32 3.11 CHAPLAIN ..........................................................................................32 3.12 DEACONS............................................................................................34 3.13 INNER GUARD ....................................................................................36 3.14 TYLER .................................................................................................38 3.15 SECRETARY ........................................................................................42 3.16 BRETHREN - GENERAL .....................................................................43

4 OPENING THE LODGE IN THE FIRST DEGREE .......................... 44

5 LODGE BUSINESS......................................................................... 50

5.1 ADMINISTRATION .............................................................................50 5.2 BALLOT ..............................................................................................54 5.3 ELECTIONS .........................................................................................57

6 VISITORS ...................................................................................... 61

6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................61

Contents 3

6.2 SEQUENCE FOR ADMISSION OF VISITORS ......................................61 6.3 VOUCHING .........................................................................................62 6.4 SALUTING BASE .................................................................................62 6.5 RECEPTION OF MASTER MASONS ...................................................63 6.6 RECEPTION OF PAST MASTERS .......................................................64 6.7 RECEPTION OF WORSHIPFUL MASTERS .........................................66 6.8 ENTRY – OFFICAL LODGE VISIT .......................................................69 6.9 ENTRY – OFFICAL LODGE VISIT WITH PM REPRESENTING

MASTER .............................................................................................70 6.10 ENTRY – WARDENS AND MASTER ONLY ........................................70 6.11 ENTRY – MARK LODGE OR HOLY ROYAL ARCH CHAPTER .............70 6.12 DISTRICT COORDINATOR .................................................................71

7 CEREMONY OF INITIATION ........................................................ 72

7.1 PREPARATION ...................................................................................72 7.2 CEREMONY OF INITIATION ..............................................................73

8 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO PASSING ...................... 118

8.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................ 118 8.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PASSING .................................................... 118

9 OPENING OF THE LODGE IN THE SECOND DEGREE ............... 123

10 CEREMONY OF PASSING ........................................................... 126

10.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................ 126 10.2 CEREMONY OF PASSING ................................................................ 126

11 INSTALLATION OF MASTER – SECOND DEGREE SEGMENT .. 158

11.1 PROCEDURE FOR THE MASTER-ELECT ........................................ 158 11.2 PRESENTATION OF MASTER ELECT FOR OBLIGATION IN SECOND

DEGREE PRIOR TO THE NIGHT OF INSTALLATION .................... 159 11.3 PRESENTATION OF MASTER ELECT FOR OBLIGATION IN SECOND

DEGREE ON NIGHT OF INSTALLATION ........................................ 166 11.4 THE INSTALLATION MEETING ...................................................... 167

12 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO RAISING ...................... 169

12.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................ 169 12.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO RAISING .................................................... 169

13 OPENING THE LODGE IN THE THIRD DEGREE ....................... 174

14 CEREMONY OF RAISING ............................................................ 178

Contents 4

14.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................ 178 14.2 LAYING OUT OF THE LODGE .......................................................... 178 14.3 CEREMONY OF RAISING ................................................................. 180

15 TEMPORARY CLOSING OF THE LODGE ................................... 220

15.1 CALLING OFF .................................................................................. 220 15.2 CALLING ON .................................................................................... 220 15.3 FREEDOM OF THE LODGE.............................................................. 221

16 CLOSING THE LODGE ................................................................ 222

16.1 THIRD DEGREE ............................................................................... 222 16.2 SECOND DEGREE ............................................................................ 227 16.3 FIRST DEGREE ................................................................................ 230

17 RETIRING FROM THE LODGE ................................................... 234

17.1 RETIREMENT WITH LODGE BANNER .......................................... 236

18 DEGREE WORK - MULTIPLE CANDIDATES ............................. 237

18.1 GROUPING ....................................................................................... 237 18.2 CEREMONY OF INITIATION – TWO CANDIDATES ....................... 238 18.3 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO PASSING – TWO

CANDIDATES .................................................................................. 258 18.4 CEREMONY OF PASSING – TWO CANDIDATES ............................ 261 18.5 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO RAISING – TWO CANDIDATES

......................................................................................................... 284 18.6 CEREMONY OF RAISING – TWO CANDIDATES ............................ 287

19 FESTIVE BOARD ........................................................................ 304

19.1 CONDUCT ........................................................................................ 304 19.2 TEMPERANCE ADDRESS ................................................................ 304 19.3 GRACE.............................................................................................. 305 19.4 LOYAL TOAST ................................................................................. 305 19.5 TYLER’S TOAST ............................................................................... 305 19.6 LAST NIGHTS .................................................................................. 305

20 DIAGRAMS ................................................................................. 306

20.1 POSITIONS OF CANDIDATES ......................................................... 306 20.2 MOVEMENTS OF DEACONS ....................................................... 313

21 DEGREE WORK – CANDIDATES NOT OF CHRISTIAN FAITH . 330

Contents 5

21.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................... 330 21.2 HANDLING KORANS IN THE FREEMASONS LODGES ............ 331 21.3 NOTES FOR CANDIDATES OF JEWISH FAITH .......................... 332 21.4 APPROVED VOLUMES OF THE SACRED LAW.......................... 334

22 LODGE OF MOURNING / LODGE OF SORROW ........................ 334

22.1 MASONIC COMMEMORATION SERVICE ................................. 335 22.2 LODGE OF MOURNING/ LODGE OF SORROW RITUAL ......... 335

23 LODGE DEFINITIONS ................................................................ 336

Glossary of Terms 6

1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS Acquiescence Silent agreement or submission. Allegory A story in which a moral truth is presented.

Annals Historical records Approbation Approval. Arise To come into notice; to proceed as a

consequence Artificer Skilled worker. Awful Solemnly impressive; inspiring awe. Baneful Poisonous or horrible. Cable Tow Halter, emblem of submission to WM. Cable Tow (length of) Within capability. Celerity Swiftness; speed. Chapiter: The upper head of a pillar or column Convocation: Meeting or assembly. Corporeal: (Faculties): Bodily - of the body. Cowan One outside the Fraternity. Cramp An adjustable frame to hold pieces together. Cubit An ancient measure based on the length of the

forearm, usually between 18 and 22 inches (45 and 56 cms).

Deign To think fit or in accordance with ones dignity. Condescend.

Dew In this sense, serving to refresh. Diffidence Timidity or shyness. Dilate Enlarge upon. Enthusiast In this sense, zealot or fanatic. Equivocation Use of ambiguous expression in order to

mislead. Eureka I have found it. Evince Show or indicate. Excrescences A disfiguring addition. Exemplary Worthy of imitation. Expiation To pay the penalty of, or make amends for. Fiat An order or command. Hecatomb One hundred head of oxen. Heinousness Hatefulness.

Glossary of Terms 7

Hele Cover. Hieroglyphical A writing system, using symbols. High (time) Time to go. Impious Ungodly. Inculcate To impress on the mind repeatedly. Indite In this sense, dictate or write. Insidious Intended to trap; treacherous, deceitful. Inviolable Free from injury or desecration. Lewis A device made of wedges for lifting stone

blocks. Liberal Arts A course of instruction comprising the arts,

natural sciences and humanities. (The Liberal Arts are: Grammar, rhetoric, logic, arithmetic, geometry, music and astronomy.)

Mass (perfect) Lump of matter. Menatzchim Overseers. Meridian Midday or noon. Oblation Offering to God. Palliate To excuse, to make to seem less serious. Parallelepipedon

A prism with 6 faces, all parallelograms; a double cube.

Peculiar Particular or precise. Pendent Hanging. Polity Particular form of government. Precept Moral instruction. Premised In this sense, earlier statement; said before. Propensity Tendency or inclination. Propriety Rightness. Recant Withdraw. Rectitude Rightness of principle; correctness. Rounds Rungs (see Staves). Rude Rough. Skirret Traditionally a parsnip shaped instrument. A

marking line frame rotating on a Spiked spindle.

Specie Coin - coined money. Staves Rungs (see Rounds). Sublunary Literally beneath the moon; on, or of the earth. Succour Help.

Glossary of Terms 8

Supplicate (Supplications): Pray humbly (humble prayer). Tenets Opinion or principle held to be true. Tessellated Patchwork or chequered. Transitory Not lasting; not permanent. Tyle (Tyler) Guard (Outer Guard). Usage Practice; customary way of doing. Variance (at variance)

Dispute or quarrel; in a state of disagreement.

Variegated Marked with patches of different colours. Vulgar The common people. Wonted Usual.

General Information 9

2 GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1. LODGES OF INSTRUCTION

No Lodge of Instruction shall meet without a Licence from the Grand Master.

The lodge or brethren to whom the Licence is granted shall be answerable for the proceedings and responsible for the mode of working adopted by such Lodge of Instruction.

The Lecture Master must be an experienced Past Master who may appoint experienced Deputy Lecture Masters, subject to the approval of the Grand Master.

They shall conform to the Ritual approved by the Grand Master and shall be responsible for the correct working of it.

They shall implement all instructions from the Grand Inspector of Workings.

Notices of times and meeting places of Lodges of Instruction shall be submitted for approval to the Grand Secretary, and no Lodge of Instruction shall meet in a Public House.

No Brother shall be admitted or continue to be a member of a Lodge of Instruction unless he is at the same time a subscribing member of a lodge warranted under the Grand Lodge.

Lodges of Instruction shall keep minutes recording the names of all Brethren present at each meeting and of Brethren appointed to hold office and such minutes shall be produced when requested by the Grand Master or the Board of General Purposes.

Brethren shall not meet for general Masonic instruction except under rule 289 - 299 of the Book of Constitutions, provided that the Worshipful Master of any lodge may call together the officers and such of the members of his own lodge as he may wish for the rehearsal of any degree.

The licence granted to a Lodge of Instruction shall become void if the Lodge of Instruction shall fail to meet for six consecutive months.

2.1.1. IRREGULAR DEGREE CEREMONIES

Lodges are reminded that under Rule 160 of the Book of Constitutions every lodge is required to conform to the Ritual and Ceremonial from time to time approved by the Grand Master and duly published. Some lodges have tended to overlook this Rule and to introduce into their meetings ceremonies which have not been approved.

Uniformity of ceremonial throughout the Constitution has always been accepted as one of our basic rules and the good sense of Freemasons will lead them to


appreciate that if individual lodges were permitted to introduce ceremonies which have not been approved by the appropriate Masonic authority the Order would soon be faced with a bewildering variety of such innovations. All lodges which have introduced unapproved ceremonies are accordingly directed to discontinue them.

2.1.2. REGULAR DEGREE CEREMONIES Each lodge shall conduct its Ritual and Ceremonial according to the approved Ritual Book and the Information on Lodge Workings. On occasion, a lodge may arrange for the degree ceremonies to be conducted by visiting lodges or groups; however the host lodge must conduct both the Opening and Closing ceremonies.

Procedure for visiting lodges

1. The Worshipful Master and officers of a visiting lodge may exchange places with officers of the host lodge and conduct the degree ceremony ONLY.

2. Worshipful Master and regular officers of the host lodge must open the lodge to the appropriate degree before handing over to the visiting officers.

3. The Worshipful Master and regular officers of the host lodge must resume their normal positions upon completion of the ceremony.

Procedure for visiting groups

Groups of visitors who are not from a single lodge may conduct the second or third degree, but not the first, providing the following procedure is adopted:

1 That details of and name of the visiting group is published on the Summons for the lodge meeting by the Secretary.

2 That all acting officers within the visiting group must have attained the rank of the office they will fill at this meeting.

3 Charges must be delivered in accordance with Section 3.3.2. 4 Acting officers of the visiting group may exchange places with officers

of the host lodge and conduct the degree ceremony ONLY. 5 The Worshipful Master and regular officers of the host lodge must open

the lodge to the appropriate degree before hand over then resume their positions upon completion of the ceremony.

6 The Worshipful Master of the host lodge must sit in the Chaplain’s chair. 7 No official entry or retirement from the lodge is to be made by the

visiting group.


2.1.3 CANDIDATES WITH A PHYSICAL DISABILITY

A physical disability should not prevent a suitable Candidate from becoming a Freemason. In some instances it may be necessary to modify our ceremonial, or even our ritual, to ensure that a handicapped Candidate is not stressed or embarrassed because of his disability. At the same time however, the message that our Ritual and Ceremonial attempts to convey must not be lost because inappropriate modifications make it meaningless. Any modifications must have the prior written approval of the Grand Inspector of Workings.

Lodges must request guidance from the Grand Inspector of Workings if they feel that a Candidate’s physical disabilities would prevent any degree ceremony being conducted in the manner specified in this Book. Suggestions from the lodge on how to overcome any problems would be welcomed. In any event, lodges should allow up to three months for them to receive a reply from the Grand Inspector of Workings as he may seek advice before responding.

A file is maintained at Grand Lodge detailing any previous modifications made to accommodate handicapped Candidates. To this end, lodges are required to report back to the Grand Inspector of Workings on the success or otherwise of the suggested modifications.

Notwithstanding the above, if it is obvious that a permanent disability would prevent a brother carrying out the normal duties associated with a particular office of the lodge, he should not be invested in that office.

Where a Candidate has no disabilities our ceremonies must not be modified to accommodate any problems any of the lodge officers may have in performing their part of the work. In such a case another brother may act as a substitute for that part of the ceremony the invested officer is unable to perform.

2.1.4 WORKING TOOLS

The Working Tools in any degree may be given by the Worshipful Master, a Past Master, the Senior Warden, the Junior Warden or a Master Mason if neither of the invested Wardens is in attendance.

The position for delivering the charge is dependent on the rank of the officer delivering the charge, not the degree which is being worked. A Worshipful Master or a Past Master will deliver it from the dais, a Senior Warden (Master Mason) from the second step, a Junior Warden (Master Mason) from the first step and a Master Mason from the floor of the lodge.

2.1.5 VACATING CHAIRS

On all occasions, except where a demonstration ceremony is conducted by Master Masons or is of a different constitution, when the officers of a lodge vacate their chairs in favour of Past Masters of the lodge, or the Master and officers of a visiting lodge or group, the collar and jewel of the officer, including


the Worshipful Master, will be worn by the acting officer during the degree ceremony and handed back when the regular officers resume their stations.

Whenever the Worshipful Master, Senior Warden or Junior Warden vacate their chairs for the purpose of carrying out Ritual and/or Ceremonial on the floor of the lodge their chairs are not to be temporarily occupied.

2.1.6 DEMONSTRATIONS OF DEGREE CEREMONIES, VICTORIAN CONSTITUTION

1 When Candidates are not available the officers or Past Masters of the lodge, or the officers of a lodge paying an official visit, may demonstrate a degree ceremony. Full details are to be listed on the Summons, and the word “exemplification” must not be used in relation to such demonstrations.

2 When a lodge conducts a demonstration of a ceremony by Master Masons, the following rules must be strictly followed:

i. The lodge will be opened in the appropriate degree by the regular officers.

ii. The Worshipful Master is to announce that a degree is not to be conducted but a demonstration is to be carried out.

iii. During the demonstration the Worshipful Master must not vacate his chair.

iv. The Worshipful Master will ask his officers to vacate their positions in favour of the brethren he will name. All officers of the lodge will retain the collars of their invested office during the demonstration

v. The Worshipful Master is responsible for the proficiency of each member of the demonstrating team.

vi. There must not be more than two Candidates and they must not be below the rank of Master Mason.

vii. The lodge summons must state that a demonstration of a first, second or third degree will be given by brethren of the lodge.

viii. At the conclusion of the demonstration, the regular officers resume their stations.

ix. The normal labour of the lodge will then be resumed.

x. The purpose of demonstrating a degree ceremony is to give brethren who are not in office an opportunity to practice ceremonial and ritual. All charges should be delivered from the position laid down for the degree ceremonial.


xi. Brethren who have not attained the rank of the degree being

demonstrated must not be admitted.

2.1.7 DEMONSTRATIONS OF DEGREE CEREMONIES, OTHER CONSTITUTIONS

Before a lodge can hold a demonstration of a degree ceremony not worked under this Constitution the approval of the Grand Master must be obtained, through the Office of the Grand Secretary.

On the lodge Summons the following statement must appear:

“There will be a demonstration of a . . . degree as carried out under the . . . Constitution. The approval of the Grand Master has been obtained for this demonstration to be carried out by . . . It is strictly understood that no part of the procedure, ceremonial or movements which occur in the demonstration are to be copied by Victorian Freemasons”.

The Worshipful Master of the lodge may, if requested, permit a demonstrating Master to sit in the Master’s chair whether or not the demonstration is of the Victorian Constitution. In such a case the Worshipful Master retains his collar and sits in the Chaplain’s chair where he can retain access to the Gavel, thus remaining in control of his lodge.

2.1.8 MUSIC AS BACKGROUND

Music must not be rendered during obligations, the charges or the reciting of verses from the VSL. Only approved odes are to be used for degree ceremonies.

2.1.9 SILENCE

Silence is to be observed during the delivery of charges and other portions of the Ritual. There should be no indication of approval by applause of any kind during Ritual or ceremonial, neither should disapproval be indicated.

2.1.10 IRREGULAR BODIES

Brethren are distinctly warned against having any connection or association in any way whatever with irregular organisations; for example, Orders known by the name of “The Star of the East” and “Co-Masonry”.

Brethren should clearly recognise that the visitation to, or recognition of, such irregular bodies would be a breach of their Masonic obligations.

2.1.11 OVERSEAS LODGES

To assist brethren visiting lodges overseas they should ascertain from the Grand Secretary, prior to departure, those lodges with which The United Grand Lodge of Victoria has fraternal relations. Brethren must not be visiting lodges with which The United Grand Lodge of Victoria does not have fraternal relations.


2.2 PREPARATION OF THE LODGE 2.2.1 RESPONSIBILITY

It is the responsibility of the Director of Ceremonies to ensure that the lodge is correctly laid out prior to the meeting. The preparation is usually carried out by the Tyler, however, he is responsible to the Director of Ceremonies for this purpose.

2.2.2 WARRANT OF THE LODGE

The Warrant of the lodge must be displayed prior to opening the lodge and remain exhibited until the lodge is closed.

2.2.3 PEDESTALS

The only pedestals in the lodge shall be those of the Worshipful Master, Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

2.2.3.1 MASTER

The Worshipful Master’s chair, pedestal, and Ionic pillar shall be situated in the East. The pillar shall be on the Worshipful Master’s right near the pedestal and support a light which is illuminated while the lodge is at labour.

The only design on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal shall be the Square. The pedestal shall bear the VSL, the square and compasses and Constitutions. When the lodge is opened the VSL shall be opened towards the Worshipful Master with the square and compasses placed on the North page, the points of the compasses towards the Worshipful Master. The VSL may be opened at any page when the lodge is at labour.

2.2.3.2 SENIOR WARDEN

The Senior Warden’s chair and pedestal shall be situated in the West, facing East, with the design of a Level on the front of the pedestal. On top of the pedestal, towards the front on the South side, is the Senior Warden’s column of office bearing a sphere representing the celestial globe and on the North side is the perfect ashlar. A Doric pillar, bearing a light, stands near the pedestal on the South side. A level shall rest near the base of the front of the pedestal for use in the third degree.

2.2.3.3 JUNIOR WARDEN

The Junior Warden’s chair and pedestal shall be situated in the South, facing North, with the design of the Plumb Rule on the front of the pedestal. On top of the pedestal, towards the front on the East side, is the Junior Warden’s column of office bearing a sphere representing the terrestrial globe and on the West side is a rough ashlar. A Corinthian pillar bearing a light stands near the pedestal on the


East side. A plumb rule, standing upright, shall rest near the base of the front of the pedestal for use in the third degree.

2.2.4 TRACING BOARDS

The Tracing Boards shall be of a design approved by Grand Lodge and shall be placed in a conspicuous part of the lodge; this is usually the South East.

2.2.5 THE FLOOR

The floor of the lodge shall have a mosaic pavement of black and white squares, with the blazing star in the centre, surrounded by an indented or tessellated border with a tassel at each corner.

2.2.6 SACRED SYMBOL

The sacred symbol shall be suspended in the centre of the lodge in all degrees, and remain there while the lodge is at labour.

2.2.7 ALTAR

An altar is permissible in front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. It shall bear on the front a point within a circle bounded between North and South by two parallel lines. On it shall be the VSL and the square and compasses displayed in each degree as those on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. The VSL, square and compasses on the altar must be arranged before those on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal in both the opening and closing of each degree.

2.2.8 WORKING TOOLS

The Working Tools are situated in the East, South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Introduction 16

3 INTRODUCTION 3.1 APPROVED RITUAL Only the Ritual as approved by the Grand Master and published by the Grand Secretary must be used. No innovations or alterations are permitted. The words and charges are to be recited from memory, unless specifically defined within the Information on Lodge Workings. The reading of Ritual at lodge meetings is not permitted, except in a warranted Fellowship Lodge.

Lodges must not introduce additional charges into their Degree ceremonies even though these charges may be regularly used in other jurisdictions and may contain laudable sentiments. They are not part of the Victorian Ritual and are not to be used.

3.2 CANDIDATES 3.2.1 INITIATION

Candidates must be initiated only in the lodge in which they have been proposed and seconded.

3.2.2 PERSONAL DRESS

Proposers of Candidates should ensure that Candidates attend attired in a lounge suit for initiation and either a lounge suit or dinner suit for subsequent degrees.

3.2.3 CANDIDATE’S DRESS

Candidate’s dress consists of: • A Candidate’s “Masonic shirt” • An eye cover • Sandals

The “Masonic shirt” should be as uniform as possible throughout the Craft. To facilitate this, a number of suitable “Masonic outfits” are available for purchase from the Grand Secretary’s office. Sandals should be in good condition and of a modern design so as to be safe, hygienic and comfortable and should be fastened behind the heel so as they do not fall off. Socks, as appropriate, should be removed and both sandals buckled.

Introduction 17

3.2.4 ADMISSION

The significance of the Candidate’s admission into the lodge through the main entrance, which is properly tyled and at which the Inner Guard is normally stationed, must not be disregarded. The admission of Candidates through the door of an adjoining room is not permitted without the specific approval of the Grand Master.

3.2.5 ADDRESSING

In each degree the names of the Candidate must be stated at length by the Tyler and Inner Guard. Thereafter, the Candidate’s surname only is to be used, except where there are two Candidates having the same surname then one first or given name must be used for each Candidate. However, where there are more than two Candidates being addressed it is more convenient to address them as Brethren.

3.2.6 GROUPING

3.2.6.1 FIRST DEGREE

Not more than four Candidates may be initiated at the same meeting. Two Candidates (but no more) may be taken together up to the end of the obligation. If there are three or four Candidates the obligated Candidates should not leave the lodge room but, while awaiting the second obligation, must be seated in the North East.

3.2.6.2 SECOND DEGREE

Not more than four Candidates may be passed at the same meeting. Two Candidates (but no more) may be taken together up to the end of the obligation. If there are three or four Candidates the obligated Candidates should not leave the lodge room but, while awaiting the second obligation, must be seated in the South East.

3.2.6.3 THIRD DEGREE

Not more than two Candidates may be raised at the same meeting. Two Candidates may be taken together up to the end of the Retrospect and the Candidates are then separated for raising and are reunited again for “Let me now beg you to observe . . .”

3.2.7 ALL DEGREES

If Candidates are retired during the ceremony in any degree to resume their p . . . c . . . and are readmitted to complete the ceremony they may remain in the lodge for the closing ceremony, otherwise they should be retired as indicated.

Introduction 18

3.3 OPERATING PROCEDURES 3.3.1 ALLOTMENT OF WORK

The Worshipful Master, at his discretion may allocate the work of any degree ceremony including the obligations.

In delegating charges, preference must be given to Past Masters of the lodge but if there is no lodge member available a charge may be delegated to a visiting Past Master or Master. All charges listed in 3.3.2, as well as Tracing Board lectures, may be delegated to Master Masons.

The Worshipful Master may delegate the allotment of the work to the Director of Ceremonies.

The working tools are allocated to the Wardens. Delegation of the “Working Tools” by the Worshipful Master in all three degrees to a Master Mason may be given only in the absence of both Installed Wardens and then only from the floor of the Lodge.

3.3.2 CHARGES THAT MAY BE DELEGATED TO A MASTER MASON

3.3.2.1 FIRST DEGREE Lesser Lights Reasons for Preparation

Working Tools - only if neither of the invested Wardens are in attendance Extension of the Badge Charge after Initiation (Final) Explanation of the first degree Tracing Board

3.3.2.2 SECOND DEGREE South East Charge

Extension of the Badge Working Tools – only if neither of the invested Wardens are in attendance Explanation of the second degree Tracing Board Charge after Passing (Final)

3.3.2.3 THIRD DEGREE Ecclesiastes Extension of the Badge Working Tools - only if neither of the invested Wardens are in attendance Traditional History Charge after Raising (Final)

Introduction 19

3.3.3 TRACING BOARD LECTURES 1. It is discretionary with the Worshipful Master to include a

Tracing Board Lecture as part of a Degree ceremony. If a Tracing Board Lecture is to be included as part of the Degree ceremony it should, as indicated in the appropriate degree, be recited after the Working Tools have been presented.

2. The sequences of the charges up to and including the Working Tools, in both the First and Second Degrees, must not be departed from by the inclusion of a Tracing Board Lecture before the presentation of the Working Tools. The Candidates will be conducted by the deacons via the West to a position opposite the Tracing Board, where they remain standing during the recitation.

3. The First and Second Tracing Board Lectures are not part of the Master’s work and, therefore, may be allocated to suitably qualified Brethren below the rank of Warden. The allocation of the Lectures to Brethren other than Masters and Wardens may apply when the Lectures form part of the Degree ceremonies or when they are recited at some other regular meeting. It is permissible for the Lectures to be given by a member, or group of members, irrespective of rank.

4. The left and right Pillars are in their respective positions when the viewer is looking at the T.B. (the Pillars are viewed from within the Porch). It is desirable that every Lodge should have both Lectures given at least once a year for instruction of the Brethren and it is permissible for both to be given on the one night of lectures.

3.3.4 CHARGES FROM DAIS When a charge is delivered from the dais by a Present Grand Officer or the Chaplain (including when the Chaplain is a Master Mason) it is delivered from a position at the edge of the top step to the North of the Worshipful Master, with the exception of the Reasons for Preparation which must always be delivered from the South side of the Worshipful Master.

3.3.5 DIRECTION OF PERAMBULATION All perambulations of the lodge are in a clockwise direction, except for the movement of a Candidate when conducting him to the EOM when situated near the Secretary’s table, or if a lodge officer is required to move to the East from a position East of the centre of the Junior Warden’s pedestal he may perambulate anticlockwise.

Introduction 20

3.3.6 TURNING 1 It is usual to turn towards the Worshipful Master or the centre

of the lodge. 2 A static turn is done on the spot in either direction without

forward movement. In the case of a right static turn the movement is made by pivoting on the right heel and the left toe then completed by bringing the left foot forward beside the right; for a left turn use the left heel and right toe closing with the right foot.

3 A mobile turn from a static position may be done in either direction. A right mobile turn is made by pivoting on the right heel and the left toe then moving off with the left foot. A left mobile turn is made by pivoting on the left heel and right toe then moving off with the right foot.

4 A mobile about turn is made by drawing back the foot furthest from the centre of the lodge, at about 45 degrees, the body is then turned to face the opposite direction, taking a step with the other foot and moving off.

5 When turning whilst perambulating the lodge, continue a short pace beyond the turning point with the outside foot, turning with the inside foot facing the new direction near the heel of the outside foot.

3.3.7 PUNCTUALITY The lodge should be opened punctually at the time specified on the Summons. The Worshipful Master and all officers must be punctual in their attendance. There will be no admission of members or visitors whilst a degree ceremony is in progress or after the lodge has been laid out for a third degree ceremony.

3.3.8 OFFICERS IN PLACE All officers, including the Worshipful Master, must be in their places, without ceremony, before the lodge is opened. The Worshipful Master must not be escorted into his lodge.

3.3.9 MASONIC DRESS AND REGALIA i. Wearing of regalia in public without the approval of the Grand Master

or his Deputy is prohibited. ii. In their own lodges the Master and Wardens must wear full regalia

comprising apron, collar and gauntlets. Other officers will wear the full regalia appropriate to their office in their own lodges and may do so when paying an official visit to another lodge.

Introduction 21

iii. When paying an official visit to another lodge, or when representing their lodges in the Grand Lodge, Masters and Wardens should wear full regalia.

iv. Masters are requested to wear full regalia when attending an installation in another Craft lodge.

v. Masters are requested to wear the collar and jewel of office when visiting another Craft lodge.

vi. When a dinner suit or daylight dress is worn the apron is to be worn outside the coat.

vii. Interstate or overseas brethren affiliating with a lodge under the Victorian Jurisdiction must wear the regalia as set out in the Book of Constitutions except on special nights, such as a lecture on their former jurisdiction or at installations.

viii. Present Grand Officers will wear full dress regalia at Installations and at all official functions. The presence of the Grand Master, the Pro Grand Master, a Past Grand Master, a Past Pro Grand Master, the Deputy Grand Master or an officer officially representing the Grand Master renders any function official.

3.3.9.1 EVENING DRESS (a) Black dinner suit, white shirt, black bow tie, black socks, black

shoes and white gloves. (b) In special circumstances a brother may find it impossible to

wear correct dress. In these circumstances he should not be excluded from attending the meeting.

(c) Full evening dress may be worn by any brother at any lodge meeting.

(d) Present (and Past) Grand Officers must wear full evening dress when officiating at an installation.

(e) The Grand Master may, at his discretion, approve the wearing of a specific uniform.

3.3.9.1 FULL EVENING DRESS (a) Black tails, white starched shirt, white bow tie, black socks,

black shoes and white gloves.

Introduction 22

3.3.9.2 SUMMER DRESS (a) White long sleeve shirt with collar attached (with plain gold,

silver or white arm or sleeve bands), self-supporting black trousers, cummerbund, black bow tie, black socks, black shoes, but without gloves.

(b) Gauntlets may be left off at the discretion of the Master. Summer dress is aligned to Daylight saving and may be worn (at the discretion of the Master) between 1st October and 31st March or if the weather is oppressive. Summer dress cannot be worn at Craft Lodge Installations.

3.3.9.3 DAYLIGHT DRESS

(a) A lounge suit or tailored jacket and slacks, white shirt and tie (Masonic preferable).

(b) Gauntlets should be worn. (c) Gloves are not worn, but may be used at the discretion of the

Installing Master at Installations.

Note: that any form of dress approved for evening meetings may be worn at a Daylight meeting.

3.3.9.4 DAYLIGHT SUMMER DRESS (a) Long sleeve white shirt, self-supporting trousers, tie (Masonic

preferable), black socks, black shoes, but without gloves. (b) Gauntlets should be worn but may be left off at the discretion

of the Master.

Summer dress may be worn (at the discretion of the Master) between 1st October and 31st March.

3.3.9.5 QUARTERLY COMMUNICATIONS DRESS (a) Full evening dress must be worn by Grand Officers assisting in

any official capacity. Any other brethren may also wear full evening dress.

(b) Black dinner suit, white shirt and black bow tie, black socks and black shoes is the correct dress for other members of Grand Lodge and visiting brethren.

(c) Daylight dress may be worn by visiting brethren who are members of a daylight lodge.

Note: Summer dress is not approved for Quarterly Communications or Installations.

Introduction 23

3.3.10 SIGNS AND NAMES Signs, including the SOF, are not given until after the Worshipful Master calls the brethren to order as Freemasons. During the same period all brethren are addressed by rank and surname. When the Worshipful Master is saluted he acknowledges with a brief SOF as the brother gives the first part of the sign.

3.3.11 PILLAR LIGHTS The lights on the pillars of the three principal officers are to be illuminated before the lodge is opened. On closing, all pillar lights are extinguished after the Tracing Board is closed. All appropriate lights are to be extinguished immediately prior to the Candidate’s entry in the third degree.

3.3.12 ABBREVIATED OPENING

Under special circumstances only the opening ceremony may, at the discretion of the Worshipful Master, be curtailed by omitting the symbolical meanings of the jewels.

3.3.13 CLOSING THE LODGE

A short, or abbreviated, closing of the lodge in the first degree IS NOT PERMITTED.

There is provision for an abbreviated closing in the second and third degrees only.

When closing the lodge in the first degree Worshipful Masters must always follow the ceremony as laid out in this Book of Lodge Workings.

3.4 PREPARATION OF THE LODGE 3.4.1 RESPONSIBILITY

It is the responsibility of the Director of Ceremonies to ensure that the lodge is correctly prepared. The preparation is usually carried out by the Tyler. However, he is responsible to the Director of Ceremonies for this purpose.

3.5 OFFICERS OF THE LODGE 3.5.1 OFFICERS

Rule 165 states that the regular officers of a lodge are the Master, two Wardens, Treasurer, Secretary, two Deacons, Inner Guard and Tyler.

In addition, the Worshipful Master may appoint a Chaplain, Assistant Secretary, Director of Ceremonies, Assistant Director of Ceremonies, Almoner, Organist,

Introduction 24

Choirmaster, Education Officer, Stewards and Immediate Past Master (if there is no brother to accept this office as of right) and no other.

No brother can hold more than one regular office in the lodge at the same time.

3.5.2 ACTING OFFICERS

If any regular officer other than the Worshipful Master is absent his position may be filled by a Steward or other member of the lodge (not Entered Apprentice or Fellow Craft Freemason), excepting that another regular officer, as defined above, cannot act. If a brother below the rank of Installed Warden acts in the office of Warden he must not present the working tools to a Candidate unless both Wardens are absent.

In the absence of such a brother, a suitably qualified visiting brother or Worshipful brother may act. If an officer is unable for any reason to continue in office the vacancy is to be filled as provided in rule 181. If the Worshipful Master is absent, his office will be filled as provided in Rule 191 of the Book of Constitutions.

Invested officers shall act in their offices at the meetings except when:

(a) The lodge extends a courtesy to the Past Master’s to conduct the ceremony.

(b) The Worshipful Master and officers of a visiting lodge conduct the ceremony.

(c) An approved group conduct the ceremony.

In these instances, acting officers must have attained the position equivalent to their acting position and will wear the collar and jewel of their acting office.

(d) Where the brethren of the lodge conduct a demonstration ceremony the conditions set out in Sections 2.1.6 and 2.1.7 must be closely followed.

3.5.3 TITLES OF OFFICERS

Before the brethren are called to order at the opening of the lodge and at any time when a lodge officer is addressed by his surname he shall also be addressed by his personal Masonic rank. After the brethren are called to order the Senior Warden, Junior Warden, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon and Inner Guard, whether invested or acting, assume the title of Brother regardless of their personal Masonic rank. Other brethren, at all times, are addressed by their Masonic rank.

3.5.4 ACKNOWLEDGING SALUTES

When receiving a salute a brief SOF is given in acknowledgement as the brother gives the first part of the sign.

Introduction 25

3.6 WORSHIPFUL MASTER 3.6.1 ALLOTMENT OF WORK

The Worshipful Master, at his discretion, may allocate the work of any degree ceremony including the obligations.

In delegating charges preference must be given to Past Masters of the lodge but if there is no lodge member available a charge may be delegated to a visiting Past Master or Master. All charges listed in 3.3.2, as well as Tracing Board lectures, may be delegated to Master Masons. The Worshipful Master may delegate the allotment of the work to the Director of Ceremonies.

The working tools are allocated to the Wardens. Delegation of the “Working Tools” by the Worshipful Master in all three degrees to a Master Mason may be given only in the absence of both Installed Wardens and then only from the floor of the Lodge.

3.6.2 ENTRY TO THE LODGE The Worshipful Master must not be escorted into his lodge.

3.6.3 PUNCTUALITY

The lodge should be opened punctually at the time specified on the Summons.

3.6.4 OFFICERS IN PLACE

All officers, including the Master, must be in their places, without ceremony, before the lodge is opened.

3.6.5 PILLAR LIGHTS The lights on the pillars of the three principal officers are to be illuminated before the lodge is opened. On closing, all pillar lights are extinguished after the Tracing Board is closed. All appropriate lights are to be extinguished immediately prior to the Candidate’s entry in the third degree.

3.6.6 SIGNS AND NAMES Signs, including the SOF, are not given until after the Worshipful Master calls the brethren to order as Freemasons. During the same period all brethren are addressed by rank and surname. When the Worshipful Master is saluted he acknowledges with a brief SOF as the brother gives the first part of the sign.

Introduction 26

3.6.7 VACATING CHAIR

The Worshipful Master should not vacate his chair except to deliver a charge, or at the installation ceremony, or when the lodge has invited Past Masters of the lodge, or the Worshipful Master and/or officers of another lodge to carry out the work of the lodge. The Worshipful Master must open the Lodge from his chair and return to close the Lodge.

The Worshipful Master must not vacate his chair to greet brethren in the body of the lodge.

He may, at his discretion, permit the acting Worshipful Master of a group as prescribed in Sections 2.1.6 and 2.1.7 to occupy the Worshipful Master’s chair. In such a case, the Worshipful Master must retain his collar and gauntlets and have access to the gavel from his temporary position in the Chaplain’s chair.

3.6.8 KNOCKS The Worshipful Master may knock at any time to attract attention, but in principle he knocks to conclude an item of business or before addressing the brethren collectively rather than individually. The Worshipful Master’s knocks are answered by the Senior Warden and Junior Warden. Exceptions to this principle in the degree ceremonies are:

1 First degree - The Worshipful Master (only) knocks on the phrase ‘. . . and there was light’, after the obligation.

2 Second degree - The Worshipful Master (only) knocks on the phrase ‘. . . depicted by the letter G’, in the TB lecture.

Note: These two exceptions are the only times the Worshipful Master’s knocks are not answered by the Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

When the Worshipful Master is standing he must use the gavel of the lodge on the Master’s Pedestal, not the maul. (The Maul can be used whilst seated).

3.6.9 TIMING TO BE SEATED The Worshipful Master sits after the Tracing Board is exhibited, but, if an ode is sung he sits on completion of the ode. Brethren, with the exception of floor officers, resume their seats with the Worshipful Master. No instruction is given to be seated. Floor Officers are seated by the Director of Ceremonies.

3.6.10 DISTRICT COORDINATOR AND HIS REPRESENTATIVES

It is considered desirable that when visitations are being made to a Lodge by the District Coordinator or a member of his panel, permission should be sought from the Worshipful Master to attend the opening of the Lodge.

Note that when the District Coordinator and his representatives are visiting a Lodge in their official capacity, only two members are entitled to sit in the North

Introduction 27

East. The protocol is District Coordinator, Inspector of Workings, Assistant District Coordinator, then panel members.

Official visit to a Lodge by the District Coordinator after the Lodge is opened

Enter after Worshipful Masters under the Lodge wands with Lodge Deacons.

Introduced by Director of Ceremonies as ..WBro. …….(rank) District Coordinator of ……. District.

Seated at the right of the Chaplain.

All other Panel members enter with the Past Masters.

Introduction 28

3.7 IMMEDIATE PAST MASTER 3.7.1 ASSISTANCE TO THE MASTER The Immediate Past Master must be available and prepared to provide assistance and advice to the Worshipful Master.

3.7.2 ARRANGING THE VSL The VSL on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal shall be opened facing the Worshipful Master by the Immediate Past Master who will also place the s . . . and c . . . s on the North page of the VSL with the p . . . of the c . . . s to the East. In the first degree both p . . . of the c . . . s are covered by the square. In the second degree the SE point is exhibited. In the third degree both p . . . of the c . . . s are exhibited. The VSL may be opened at any page when the lodge is at labour. There is no definition of specific pages for each degree. If there is an Altar refer to Section 2.2.7.

3.7.3 CANDIDATE’S VSL

It is customary for the Candidate to be obligated on a VSL which eventually becomes his own. The Immediate Past Master (or Chaplain) places the Candidate’s VSL on the front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal (opened) facing the Candidate. Refer to specific degree ceremonies for the appropriate time of placement and removal.

3.7.4 CLOSING THE LODGE At the closing of the lodge the Immediate Past Master removes the square and compasses from the VSL, places them alongside or underneath the VSL and closes the VSL at the same time as the Tracing Board is closed, if there is an Altar refer to Section 2.2.7. When movement has stopped in the lodge room the Immediate Past Master delivers the charge related to fidelity. To give the threefold SOF; on the first ‘fidelity’ the right hand is raised to the region of the heart and is moved forward slightly then returned with each ‘fidelity’. The third SOF is held until the word ‘. . . preserve’, when the right forearm is extended horizontally, with the elbow tucked into the side and the hand outstretched, thumb and fingers in the form of a square. This position is maintained until the completion of the word ‘. . . Craft’, when the hand is lowered to the side. It should not be lowered gradually.

Introduction 29

3.8 DIRECTOR OF CEREMONIES 3.8.1 APPOINTMENT It is the ultimate responsibility of the Worshipful Master to ensure the proper conduct of the meetings, including the ceremonial. It is customary for the Worshipful Master to appoint a Director of Ceremonies, who should be an experienced Past Master.

3.8.2 PREPARATION OF LODGE It is the responsibility of the Director of Ceremonies to ensure the lodge is correctly prepared even though this duty is usually delegated to the Tyler. When degree ceremonies are to be worked, appropriate tools, documents and regalia must be available for use when required.

3.8.3 SALUTES AND SIGNS At no time does a Director of Ceremonies salute when carrying the baton, but particular attention must be given by the Director of Ceremonies to see that signs in each degree are given correctly by the officers and brethren. It is the responsibility of the Director of Ceremonies to ensure that after a Candidate is admitted, and until the secrets have been communicated, the brethren only use the SOF. After the secrets the sign of the degree will be given before and after each charge. If a charge is to be given from the dais the salute must be given from the dais, if the charge is to be given from the floor of the lodge the salute must be given from the floor of the lodge, except for the secrets where the SOF is given from the dais prior to moving to the floor of the lodge.

3.8.4 CHARGES FROM DAIS When a charge is delivered from the dais by a Present Grand Officer or the Chaplain (including when the Chaplain is a Master Mason) it is delivered from a position at the edge of the top step to the North of the Worshipful Master, with the exception of the Reasons for Preparation which must always be delivered from the South side of the Worshipful Master. If the Reasons for Preparation is given by a Master Mason, it must be delivered from the floor of the lodge on the South side of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

3.8.5 INVOLVEMENT IN CEREMONIAL Since the appointment of a Director of Ceremonies is optional it is not mandatory for him to be actively involved in the ceremonies. Experience will show that the most effective way for him to ensure the ceremonies are carried out in the prescribed manner is for him to lead the procession. In performing this function he is given a degree of latitude in his movements to enable him to place himself in the best position to cover any contingency that

Introduction 30

might interrupt the continuity of the ceremony. However, as a guide, it is suggested he should adopt the following principles:

1 BATON STAND The Director of Ceremonies should place the baton stand on his left where he can see the floor officers and enable them to take their timing from him.

2 SIGNALS TO OFFICERS AND PAST MASTERS The Director of Ceremonies should control the rate of progress of all ceremonies by ensuring officers and Past Masters await his cue. Officers who are required to deliver a charge or perform other duties are raised by a nod from the Director of Ceremonies. No SOF is given. Officers may be conducted to their appropriate stations but must not be introduced or announced. If a charge is given from the floor the Director of Ceremonies should stand behind the Past Master and cue him to commence with a quiet “right” when he is satisfied the next event should proceed. After completion the officer is returned to his place and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF which is returned by the officer before he sits.

3 PATH

Since the Director of Ceremonies is unable to see the procession of the Candidate behind him he should lead in the path intended for the Candidate and always stop two paces in advance of where he wants the Candidate placed, thus providing a constant guide for the Deacon/s on correct Candidate placement. When the Candidate is required to communicate across a pedestal the path of the Director of Ceremonies should be close to the pedestal. When saluting only, the path should be one pace away from the pavement. After the Candidate advances to the pedestal the Director of Ceremonies alerts the Deacon/s and Candidate to take one pace back before pivoting on the Candidate.

4 PACE OF PERAMBULATION

The Director of Ceremonies should adjust the pace of each perambulation to ensure the Candidate arrives at the pedestal and is turned, without stopping, to face the officer concerned just prior to or at the conclusion of the accompanying ode.

5 INVESTITURE OF CANDIDATES

When a Candidate is invested in the second degree or third degree the Director of Ceremonies stands behind the officiating Deacon as the Senior Warden invests each Candidate and accepts the replaced apron from the Deacon. He carries it/them with dignity to the Secretary’s

Introduction 31

table while the Deacon is fastening the apron and returns to the East side of the Deacon/s before the Senior Warden commences his address.

6 SIGNALS FOR NORTH EAST AND SOUTH EAST

After investiture and completion of the ode in the first and second degrees the Director of Ceremonies signals the Worshipful Master to address the Deacon by stepping back one pace to provide him with a clear view of the Deacon.

3.8.6 TRAINING OF OFFICERS

The Director of Ceremonies is responsible for training officers, including the Assistant Director of Ceremonies, in ceremonial. To assist him in this function it is strongly recommended that the Assistant Director of Ceremonies should lead the processions at rehearsals to give him experience and provide an opportunity for the Director of Ceremonies to watch and correct the movements of all officers. The Assistant Director of Ceremonies should also be given experience in running the South under the guidance of the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies should encourage all officers to attend a Lodge of Instruction.

3.8.7 RETIREMENT OF ENTERED APPRENTICES OR FELLOW CRAFTS

If Entered Apprentices or Fellow Crafts are present when the lodge is being opened in a superior degree the Director of Ceremonies should, as a matter of courtesy, conduct them to the saluting base in the West and then to the door for retirement.

3.8.8 CORRECT DRESS

Care must be taken to ensure correct Masonic dress is worn by all attending.

3.8.9 HANDLING OF BATON

It is noted that the Director of Ceremonies within the Lodge holds his baton at 45 degrees. This is a difference to the Grand Director of Ceremonies who holds his Baton at 90 degrees. That is, the baton is across the body, not at right angles.

3.9 SENIOR WARDEN 3.9.1 RESPONSIBILITY The Senior Warden is charged to assist the Worshipful Master to rule and govern the lodge. He is expected to attend Quarterly Communications of Grand Lodge so the lodge is properly represented thereat.

Introduction 32

3.9.2 KNOCKS Both Wardens follow the knocks of the Worshipful Master except when the Worshipful Master knocks on ‘. . . there was light’ in the first degree obligation and ‘. . . the letter G’ in the second degree Tracing Board.

During a Call-off or Call-on of the lodge, the knocks of the Junior Warden are repeated by the Senior Warden and Worshipful Master.

3.10 JUNIOR WARDEN 3.10.1 RESPONSIBILITY The Junior Warden is charged to assist the Worshipful Master and Senior Warden to rule and govern the lodge. He is expected to attend Quarterly Communications of Grand Lodge so the lodge is properly represented thereat.

3.10.2 VISITORS It is the responsibility of the Junior Warden is to ensure all visitors are properly vouched for and entitled to be in the lodge room.

3.10.3 KNOCKS Both Wardens follow the knocks of the Worshipful Master except when the Worshipful Master knocks on ‘. . . there was light’ in the first degree obligation and ‘. . . the letter G’ in the second degree Tracing Board. One knock only is given whilst standing for a Call-off or Call-on. The Junior Warden in opening and closing the lodge and in receiving reports for members or visitors will give a single knock whilst seated and the knock of the appropriate degree whilst standing.

3.10.4 INNER GUARD REPORT When the Inner Guard informs the Junior Warden that there is a report and the Junior Warden requires the Inner Guard to attend to the report the Junior Warden will respond with one knock. It is not appropriate to give any verbal instruction to the Inner Guard.

3.11 CHAPLAIN 3.11.1 BLESSINGS

The Worshipful Master is responsible for invoking the blessings at the opening and closing of the lodge, however this task is usually delegated to the Chaplain. On every occasion, each blessing must be given in full.

Introduction 33

3.11.2 CANDIDATE’S VSL

It is customary for the Candidate to be obligated on a VSL which eventually becomes his own.

The Immediate Past Master (or Chaplain) places the Candidate’s VSL on the front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, or Altar if one is used, opened facing the Candidate. Refer to specific degree ceremonies for the appropriate time of placement and removal.

3.11.3 PRESENTATION OF PAMPHLETS AND VSL In each degree the Worshipful Master may delegate the presentation of pamphlets and the VSL to the Chaplain. The Worshipful Master/Chaplain should refer to the individual degree for the appropriate wording. After a Candidate has been raised it is usual to make a presentation of the VSL on which he took his obligations.

If the presentation is made by the Chaplain, he is raised by the Director of Ceremonies, salutes the Worshipful Master, collects the pamphlets (and VSL after raising), makes the presentation in front of the Worshipful Master (across the pedestal) and on completion salutes the Worshipful Master and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with the SOF.

Introduction 34

3.12 DEACONS Deacons should at all times consider themselves as a pair rather than as individuals.

3.12.1 TIMING Deacons should at all times synchronise their movements with each other taking their timing from the Director of Ceremonies, or from the Senior Deacon if working without the Director of Ceremonies. All cues should be either non-verbal, such as a nod, a look, pressure on the wand etc., or spoken quietly.

3.12.2 PICKING UP WANDS Other than when the lodge is being opened, a Deacon, when called on, rises and immediately picks up his wand without saluting. To pick up a wand, place both hands on the wand, the right hand fully extended to the normal g . . . point and the left arm horizontal across the body over the wand with all fingers extended and the thumb behind. The wand is lifted out of the block and placed on the floor. The left arm is recovered to the side. These movements should be synchronised with the Director of Ceremonies picking up his baton.

3.12.3 HOLDING A WAND Wands should always be held between the thumb and forefinger, with the forefinger extended down the wand. When a Deacon is stationary the butt of the wand is rested on the floor next to the small toe. The thumb holding the wand should be touching the seam of the trouser leg and the wand tucked back into the shoulder to ensure it is vertical.

3.12.4 LEADING CANDIDATES When conducting Candidates around the lodge the officiating Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand in their left, with their arm behind the Candidate’s arm.

3.12.5 CROSSING WANDS Deacons position themselves at the appropriate distance apart, the Deacon with the wand on the inside changes it to the outside. Without changing g . . ., the wand is swung in front of the centre of the body, grasped with the free hand on top and touching the other. The top hand is drawn towards the breast while the other hand is slid down the shaft to the bottom with the little finger across the butt of the wand. This arm should be fully extended with the thumb alongside the seam of the trousers. With the arms in this position the cross will be inclined slightly forward. Junior Deacon adjusts any unevenness of the cross.

When the wands are crossed the Senior Deacon’s wand is always in front. The Senior Deacon should pull back against the Junior Deacon’s wand and the Junior

Introduction 35

Deacon should press forward. This pressure assists in maintaining the cross when perambulating.

Reverse Cross – A reverse cross is given as for a normal cross with the exception that the wand is grasped with the free hand on the bottom and touching the other hand. The bottom hand is slid down towards the bottom of the wand.

3.12.6 LOWERING WANDS To lower the wands, the inside hand is slid up the wand to a position where the forearm will be horizontal when the butt is on the floor. The wand is then slipped through the other hand to the floor. When in position the inside hand is returned to the side.

3.12.7 CHANGING WANDS With the wand resting on the floor the hand holding the wand is slid up the shaft to a position level with the breast without moving the wand. At the same time the opposite hand reaches across for the wand. The wand is transferred to the other side with both hands. When in position the wand is rested on the floor and the top hand is returned to the side. If this procedure is being carried out by both Deacons it should be done simultaneously.

3.12.8 TRACING BOARDS

When opening, closing or changing the Tracing Board the Deacon should retain the wand against his right shoulder, holding it with his left hand, and open the Tracing Board with his right hand. A Deacon should not surrender his wand to the Junior Warden when he operates the Tracing Board unless the position of the Tracing Board makes it difficult, or unsafe, for the Deacon to retain his wand. After opening & closing the Tracing Board, the deacons turn left towards the WM when returning to their seat.

3.12.9 LEWIS

At the opening of the lodge if a Lewis is used the Junior Deacon, after displaying the first TB, continues to a position just West of the Lewis and turns toward the centre of the lodge to face East, kneels on his right knee and places his wand on the floor with the dove facing up. The Lewis is raised. The Deacon recovers his wand in the reverse manner, rises, turns clockwise and proceeds to his chair.

In closing the lodge, the Junior Deacon, after closing the TB, will lower the Lewis by the same procedure.

Introduction 36

3.13 INNER GUARD 3.13.1 REPORTING POSITION

The reporting position is a position in the North West of the Lodge Room where the Inner Guard is in full view of the Junior Warden, the Worshipful Master and other members of the lodge, clear of the Senior Warden's pedestal and clear of the seating in the North.

3.13.2 OPENING OF THE LODGE

When the lodge is being opened the Inner Guard, when called upon by the Junior Warden, using his rank and name, will step to the reporting position. No signs are given. The Junior Warden will direct, “See that the lodge is properly tyled.” Turning to the door and moving to it the Inner Guard will open the door and visually check that the Tyler is at his post, close the door and return to the reporting position where he will report to the Junior Warden, using his rank and name. The Inner Guard remains at the reporting position until after the Junior Warden has reported to the Worshipful Master, then returns to his chair. No signs are given at this stage.

3.13.3 KNOCKS

3.13.3.1 AT OPENING

When the lodge is formally declared open the Inner Guard moves to the door, faces it and after the Junior Warden knocks, gives the knocks of the degree with his right hand. He remains in this position, holding the knocker, until answered by the Tyler.

3.13.3.2 REPORTS

On knocks from the Tyler, the Inner Guard rises and steps to the reporting position then salutes the Junior Warden and, while holding the sign, advise “Brother Junior Warden, there is a report”. The Junior Warden will respond with one knock. It is not appropriate to give any verbal instructions to the Inner Guard. The Inner Guard will complete the sign, turn and open the door to receive information from the Tyler. He then closes the door, moves to his reporting position, salutes the Junior Warden and make his report while holding the sign.

In the case of members the Junior Warden will instruct “Admit Brother Inner Guard.” The Inner Guard will complete the sign, turn and move to the door, opening it to allow members into the lodge. He will then close the door and resume his seat without further instruction.

In the case of a report for visitors, refer to Section 6 Visitors.

Introduction 37

3.13.4 OPENING THE DOOR

If the door handle is in front or to the right of the Inner Guard he must use his right hand to open the door. If the door handle is to the left of the Inner Guard he may use his left hand to open the door.

3.13.5 ALARMS

Announcement of an alarm is carried out in the same manner as the announcement of a report after receiving a knock different to the degree being worked. After he has reported the alarm the Inner Guard completes his sign and stands fast. After the Junior Warden has reported to the Master he will then give instructions for the Inner Guard to “ascertain the cause of the alarm and report direct to the Worshipful Master.” The Inner Guard will resume his salute when the Junior Warden addresses him.

The next action by the Inner Guard depends on the degree being worked. For the first degree he completes the salute then moves directly to the door, but for the second and third degrees, he completes the salute, returns to door and removes his right glove.

When he reaches the door he opens it and steps just outside leaving it ajar, but not wide open, in order to address questions to the Tyler. He then re-enters the lodge, closes the door, replaces his glove (if for a second or third degree), and moves to the reporting position.

He then salutes the Master and holding the sign makes the report. Having vouched for the preparation of the Candidate he completes the sign as the Master says “. . . in due form”. The Director of Ceremonies will indicate when he is ready to admit the Candidate/s.

Further action by the Inner Guard is described under the appropriate degree ceremony.

3.13.6 CLOSING

Closing the lodge is conducted in a similar manner to the opening except that the door is not opened only the knocks are given.

Introduction 38

3.14 TYLER 3.14.1 ELECTION

Rule 172 of the Book of Constitutions states that the Tyler must be elected. There is to be no mention of the election being necessary because the office may affect the finances of the lodge and Masters should not therefore make any such statements. The Tyler is elected on a show of hands.

3.14.2 RESPONSIBILITY

The responsibility of the Tyler is vital in regard to the security of the lodge and preventing the intrusion of unauthorised persons. He is responsible to the Junior Warden, who is charged with ensuring only masons properly ‘vouched for’ are admitted. The Tyler must ensure only those so entitled are permitted to enter.

3.14.3 OFFICE

It is suggested that this position should not be the first progressive office in a lodge, as Master Masons are unlikely to be familiar with its requirements and could feel compromised when having to challenge or test visitors. It is recommended by the Grand Master, in view of the responsibilities of this position, that the position be filled by a Past Master.

3.14.4 VISITORS

For visiting Master Masons, Fellow Crafts and Entered Apprentices, cards properly completed with the brother’s name and the name of the brother vouching for him must be collected by the Tyler so they may be handed to the Inner Guard.

For Worshipful Brethren, voucher cards must be checked by the Tyler and returned to the visitor so they can be handed to the Director of Ceremonies for the purposes of introduction.

If a visiting brother is unable to nominate a member to vouch for him, it is the Tyler’s duty to test him. On achieving a satisfactory result, the Tyler may enter his own name on the vouching card.

There will be no admission of members or visitors whilst a degree ceremony is in progress or after the lodge has been prepared for a third degree ceremony.

3.14.5 TEST QUESTIONS

Listed hereunder is a suggested range of questions to establish the bona fides of a visitor. Any other questions relevant to the particular ceremony being conducted may be substituted or added to this list.

Not all questions need be asked, only sufficient to establish with confidence that the visitor is qualified to be admitted.

Introduction 39

Tests must be conducted individually and in private.

1. What is your Lodge name and number? 2. Are you a current financial member of that Lodge? 3. Salute me as an EAF. 4. Give me the G . . . of an EAF. What does this G . . . demand? Give me that W . . . 5. Give me the P . . . G . . . and P . . . W . . . leading to the Second Degree. 6. Salute me as a FCF. 7. Give me the G . . . of a FCF. What does this G . . . demand? Give me that W . . . 8. Give me the P . . . G . . . and P . . . W . . . leading to the Third Degree. 9. Salute me as a MM. 10. What is the S . . . of S . . .?

Other questions which may be asked if the examiner has doubts about his membership:

1. How were you prepared to be made a F . . .? 2. On what were you admitted? 3. In what part of the Lodge is the Master?

In what part of the lodge are the Senior and Junior Wardens? 4. How were you prepared to be made a FCF? 5. On what were you admitted? 6. How were you prepared to be made a MM. 7. On what were you admitted?

3.14.6 CANDIDATES

The Tyler must be familiar with the preparation of Candidates. When preparing a Candidate for the second or third degree, the Tyler should check his competency in giving the signs of the previous degrees. The Tyler should be able to answer questions which may be raised by a Candidate when being prepared.

Preparation of the Candidate should be in a similar manner for each degree.

Candidate’s dress consists of: • A candidate’s “Masonic shirt” • An eye cover • Sandals

The “Masonic shirt” should be as uniform as possible throughout the Craft. To facilitate this, a number of suitable “Masonic shirts” are available for purchase from the Grand Secretary’s office.

Introduction 40

Sandals should be in good condition and of a modern design so as to be safe, hygienic and comfortable and should be fastened behind the heel so as they do not fall off. Socks, as appropriate, should be removed and both sandals buckled.

3.14.7 VOTING

If the Tyler is a member of the lodge, he may vote on lodge motions only if arrangements have been made for him to be present in the lodge during the debate by the appointment of another brother as a temporary Tyler.

3.14.8 FINAL TOAST

At the conclusion of the festive board, the following is the correct procedure for submitting and honouring the Tyler’s Toast:

Director of Ceremonies “Brethren, I claim your attention to . . . Brother Tyler who will propose the last toast of the evening.”

The following brief account of the significance of the movements should be given on all occasions when non-Freemasons are present, and should be available for the perusal of anyone requesting an explanation.

Tyler The actions accompanying the final toast of the evening fall into two parts –

The first - pointing to the centre, then to the left and the right - is open to a number of interpretations, but perhaps the most pertinent would be that we describe an equilateral triangle, an emblem of the Deity, while remembering the fundamental principles of Freemasonry - brotherly love, relief and truth. The second – touching successively the pocket, heart and hand - indicate that we are always mindful of the needs of others and that charity given from the heart is the mainspring which activates the genuinely compassionate person. As with all powerful symbols, the actions accompanying the final toast can support many interpretations. All, however, serve to emphasise our duty to remember our less fortunate brethren, wherever they may be.

Tyler “Brethren, will you please charge your glasses for the Tyler’s Toast.”

If the brethren rise at this point the Tyler requests them to remain seated. The extended form of this toast as printed below may be recited or sung at this point. Tyler then proceeds:

Tyler “To all poor and distressed Freemasons, where-so-ever scattered over the earth’s broad surface, a speedy relief to their suffering and a safe return to their native land if they so desire.”

Introduction 41

“Brethren, you will please rise.”

Tyler (Pauses until quiet is restored, then, with glass raised in his right hand) “To all poor and distressed Freemasons.”

Brethren (With glasses raised repeat) “To all poor and distressed Freemasons.”

The toast is then drunk and glasses are returned to the tables.

3.14.9 CHARITABLE SIGN

The Tyler stands in a conspicuous position so that all may see him.

Tyler “Brethren, point, left, right, three times; pocket, heart and hand, three times, taking your time from me.”

Note: The Tyler does not say, ‘in silence’.

The Tyler proceeds with the following actions and the brethren copy him. With the right forefinger extended, point forward with the right forearm at about the centre of the body. Then, point left and right close to the body, each at the same height. Each movement is distinct and deliberate and not made too quickly. The point centre, left and right action is done three times. 1 The left arm is raised to the hailing sign position, palm to the front.

Without noise, the palm of the right hand lightly touches the right trouser pocket. It is then moved across the body to lightly touch the left breast, then the raised left hand. There is a slight pause at each. These movements are made three times.

2 To complete the honours, both hands are held in the preservation position, (arms outstretched to the front, hands level with the centre of the body, fingers together and extended, palms downwards) and all say together:

Brethren “To our next merry meeting.”

The hands are then lowered to the sides.

No part of the above traditional custom is to be omitted.

3.14.10 TOAST – VERSE

Extract from the Masonic Vocal Manual, July 1852

THE FINAL TOAST BY D.L. RICHARDSON “Are your glasses charged in the West and South?” the Worshipful Master cries:

Introduction 42

“They are charged in the West, they are charged in the South,” are the Wardens’ prompt replies. Then to one final toast tonight your glasses fairly drain - Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again!

The Mason’s social brotherhood around the festive board, Reveals a wealth more precious far than selfish miser’s hoard; They freely share the priceless stores that generous hearts contain,- Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again! We work like Masons free and true, and when our task is done, A merry song and cheering glass are not unduly won; And only at our farewell pledge is pleasure touched with pain, Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again!

Amidst our mirth we drink “to all poor Masons o’er the world”. On every shore our flag of love is gloriously unfurl’d; We prize each brother fair and dark who bears no moral stain, Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again!

The Mason feels the noble truth the Scottish peasant told, That rank is but the guinea stamp - the man himself’s the gold; With us the rich and poor unite, and equal rights maintain,- Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again!

Dear Brethren of the mystic tie, the night is waning fast; Our duty’s done - our feast is o’er - this song must be our last; Good night! good night! but yet once more repeat the farewell strain, Happy to meet - sorry to part - happy to meet again!

Tyler then proceeds according to 3.14.8

3.15 SECRETARY 3.15.1 SUMMONS

The Secretary must ensure the work listed on the Summons is that to be conducted at the meeting.

3.15.2 MINUTES

Minutes must be accurate and reflect the proceedings of each meeting.

Introduction 43

3.15.3 READING OF GRAND LODGE DOCUMENTS

Documents issued by Grand Lodge, which are required to be read, must be presented by the Secretary. Those sections that are not mandatory should be summarised and presented verbally or a written summary attached to the lodge summons.

3.15.4 QUARTERLY COMMUNICATIONS SUMMONS

To be read at the first time of rising.

3.15.5 MINUTE OF APPRECIATION

If the Worshipful Master requests a minute of appreciation be recorded for a particular service it is inappropriate for the Secretary to say it has already been done.

3.16 BRETHREN - GENERAL 3.16.1 LOWERING SOF

When the wands are crossed all brethren, with the exception of the Director of Ceremonies and Deacons, will hold the SOF. The SOF is lowered after the wands are broken at the same time as the Deacons lower their inside arm to the side.

3.16.2 CROSSING THE FLOOR

At any time when a Brother crosses the floor to deliver a charge, they must stop at the saluting base in front of the Worshipful Master and undertake the appropriate sign.

Note that this may be the SOF when the Signs of the Degree have not been communicated.

This is consistent with the expectation that at all times when crossing the lodge, and appropriate acknowledgement must be given to the Worshipful Master.

Opening the Lodge – First Degree 44

4 OPENING THE LODGE IN THE FIRST DEGREE

(It is preferred that all Entered Apprentices be seated as near as possible to the North East corner and all Fellow Crafts be seated as near as possible to the South East corner.)

WM (knocks once, answered by SW and JW) Have all the brethren signed the Appearance Book? (Brethren who have signed will acknowledge in the usual manner observed among Freemasons. Any Brother having omitted to do so must retire for the purpose).

WM Brethren, assist me to open the lodge.

All rise.

WM (to JW, calling him by rank and name) Bro . . . , (pause while JW half turns to face WM) what is the first care of every Freemason?

JW To see that the lodge is properly tyled.

WM (to JW) Direct that duty to be done.

JW (to IG by rank and name) Bro . . ., (pause while IG moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1) see that the lodge is properly tyled.

IG (returns to door and without knocking, opens door and sees the Tyler is at his post; closes door; returns to reporting position and addresses JW by rank and name) Bro . . . the lodge is properly tyled.

JW (without knocks or s . . ., addresses WM by rank and name) . . .WBro . . . , the lodge is properly tyled. (on ‘tyled’ IG returns to his chair)

WM (to SW by rank and name) Bro . . . , our next care?

SW To see that none but Freemasons are present.

WM To order, brethren, as Freemasons in the first degree.

(Taking their timing from the DC, WM and brethren take the s . . . and stand to order. The brethren having proved themselves, the WM completes the s . . . and the brethren follow.)

(As each officer is addressed he will face the Master, take the s . . ., salute and hold the salute while being questioned by the Master. After calling on an officer the Master will pause, await the salute, which he will acknowledge with a brief SOF, before continuing)


WM Bro JW, (pause) how many principal officers are there in the lodge?

JW Three, namely, the WM, S and JWs.

WM Bro SW, (pause) how many assistant officers are there?

SW Three, WM besides the Outer Guard or Tyler - namely, the Senior and Junior Deacons and Inner Guard.

WM Bro JW, (pause) the situation of the Tyler?

JW Outside, at the door of the lodge.

WM (to JW) His duty?

JW Being armed with a drawn sword to keep off all cowans and intruders to Freemasonry, and to see that the Candidates are properly prepared.

WM What is the jewel of his office?

JW The sword.

WM What does it Masonically teach?

JW To prevent the approach of every unworthy thought, and to preserve a conscience void of offence towards God and man.

WM Bro IG, (pause) your situation in the lodge?

IG Within, at the entrance of the lodge.

WM What is your duty?

IG To admit Freemasons on proof, receive Candidates in due form, and obey the commands of the JW.

WM What is the jewel of your office?

IG The crossed swords.

WM What do they Masonically teach?

IG They refer to two of the four cardinal virtues namely, prudence and fortitude; they also point out that, while with one I admit the Candidate, I will with the other, guard the entrance to the lodge.

WM Bro JD, (pause) your situation in the lodge?

JD At the right of the SW.

WM Your duty?


JD To carry all messages and communications of the WM, from the Senior to the Junior Warden, and see that the same are punctually obeyed.


JD The dove, bearing an olive branch.


JD Being an emblem of celerity and peace, it indicates the swiftness with which I should attend the SW.

WM Bro SD, (pause) your situation in the lodge?

SD At or near the right of the WM.

WM Your duty?

SD To carry all messages and commands from the WM to the SW, and await the return of the JD.


SD The dove, bearing an olive branch.


SD Being an emblem of celerity and peace, it indicates the swiftness with which I should attend the WM, and, in conjunction with the JD, preserve peace, order, and harmony in the lodge, so that the beauty of our ceremonies be not marred by any impropriety, and if, unfortunately, any dissension should arise among the members, we are thereby instructed to hold out the olive branch as an emblem of peace.

WM Bro JW, (pause) your place in the lodge?

JW In the South.

WM Why are you so placed?

JW To mark the sun at its meridian; to call the brethren from labour to refreshment and from refreshment to labour, that profit and pleasure may be the result.


JW The plumb rule.



JW Being an emblem of uprightness, it points out the integrity of the measures I am bound to pursue in conjunction with the WM and Bro SW in the well ruling and governing of the lodge.

WM Bro SW, (pause) your place in the lodge?

SW In the West.


SW To mark the setting sun; to close the lodge by command of the WM, after having seen that every brother has had his due.


SW The level.


SW Being an emblem of equality, it points out the equal measures I am bound to pursue in conjunction with the WM in the well ruling and governing of the lodge.

WM Worshipful PM, (pause, WM and IPM face each other) the Master's place in the lodge?

IPM In the East.

WM Why is he so placed?

IPM As the sun rises in the East to open and enliven the day, so is the WM placed in the East to open the lodge and employ and instruct the brethren in Freemasonry.

WM What is the jewel of his office?

IPM The square.


IPM Being the implement which assists in forming the rude and proves the perfect mass. it is well applied by Freemasons to inculcate the purest principles of piety and virtue - Masonically speaking, it should be the guide of all our actions. (On ‘actions’ WM and IPM turn West).

WM To order brethren.

The brethren take the s . . . and stand to order as EAFs, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies.


-WM (or Chaplain) The lodge being duly formed, before it is declared open let us invoke a blessing from the GAOTU on all our undertakings. May our labours, thus begun in order, be conducted in peace, and closed in harmony.

Ode 1

So mote it be.

WM Brethren, in the name of the GAOTU, I declare the lodge duly opened (pause, all complete s . . .) for the purposes of Freemasonry in the first degree.

The Worshipful Master moves to the pedestal and gives the knocks of the first degree with the gavel of the lodge in his right hand. These knocks are repeated by the Senior Warden, the Junior Warden, the Inner Guard and the Tyler.

Ode 2

Hail, Eternal, by Whose aid, All created things were made;

Heav'n and earth, Thy vast design;

Hear us, Architect divine. May our work, begun in Thee,

Ever blest with order be, And may we, when labours cease,

Part in harmony and peace.

After knocks by the Junior Warden, the Senior Warden and the Junior Warden raise and lower their respective columns.

On the Senior Warden knock, the Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and the Junior Deacon takes up his wand. On the Junior Warden’s knock the Junior Deacon moves to the TB, the Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after the Junior Deacon has passed him and the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies.

Together, the Junior Deacon opens the TB, the Immediate Past Master opens the VSL towards the Worshipful Master and places the square and compasses on the North page of the VSL, with the points of the compasses to the East, then takes one pace to the left. In the first degree both points of the compasses are covered by the square and the Director of Ceremonies opens the WTs.

If an altar is used, the VSL, s . . . and c . . . s are arranged before those on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. The arrangement on the altar is identical to that on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Once the Junior Deacon has opened the TB and is clear of the seating in the South, the Immediate Past Master nods to the Director of Ceremonies and both return to their Chairs and remain standing.


Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats when the TB is exhibited, or on completion of the ode.

If there is a Lewis it is adjusted by the Junior Deacon before returning to his chair (refer Section 3.12.9).

The Director of Ceremonies, the Immediate Past Master, the Senior Deacon and the Inner Guard remain standing until the Junior Deacon returns to his chair, the Director of Ceremonies and the Junior Deacon replace baton and wand. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies all sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

ABBREVIATED OPENING

Under special circumstances only, the opening ceremony may, at the discretion of the Worshipful Master, be curtailed by omitting the symbolical meaning of jewels.

END OF CEREMONY OF OPENING THE LODGE IN THE FIRST DEGREE

Lodge Business 50

5 LODGE BUSINESS

5.1 ADMINISTRATION 5.1.1 ORDER OF BUSINESS

All items listed on the lodge notice paper should be dealt with prior to the Worshipful Master rising for the first time.

Below is a suggested order of business for a regular lodge meeting where appropriate:

1 Confirmation of the Minutes of the last Regular, Emergency or Special Meeting

2 Business arising from the Minutes 3 Grand Lodge and General Correspondence 4 Treasurer's Report and Approval to pay Accounts 5 To receive Notices of Motion 6 To consider Notices of Motion 7 General Business 8 Ballot for Candidate and vote for Joining Members 9 Admission of Visitors 10 Election of officers 11 Conferring of degrees, and other work as determined by

the WM First time of rising

12 Notice of Grand Lodge Communications 13 Long Service Jewels (if any) from Grand Lodge

No other business should be dealt with at first time of rising.

Second time of rising 14 Masonic Eulogy 15 Propositions for Candidates and Joining Brethren 16 Other Schedules 17 Committee Reports 18 Almoner's Report 19 Royal Freemasons Reports 20 Apologies

Third time of rising

21 Lodge Closing

Lodge Business 51

5.1.2 MEMBERS ADMITTED

Members who are not in attendance at the opening of the lodge may be admitted at any time as determined by the Worshipful Master. It is recommended that members be admitted for any business requiring a vote.

WM (knocks once, answered by SW and JW) Brother JW (JW rises, turns toward the WM, takes the s . . ., salutes and holds salute) admit members without report.

Junior Warden completes salute and resumes his seat.

JW (to IG) Bro IG (pause while IG moves to reporting position, takes the s . . ., salutes and holds salute) admit members without report.

Inner Guard completes salute, returns to door and without knocking opens door and advises Tyler to admit members only. When all members are admitted, he closes the door and resumes his seat.

5.1.3 MINUTES

It should be remembered that only those in attendance at the meeting documented in the minutes are entitled to vote.

Confirmation of the minutes is prima facie evidence of the recorded proceedings.

Each set of minutes requires separate confirmation.

Discussion is in order, prior to confirmation, but only about the accuracy of the minutes not the subject matter of the previous meeting.

5.1.3.1 Minutes Circulated to Members

Secretary (rises and salutes) WM, the minutes of our last meeting having been printed and circulated, I move that they be taken as read and adopted.

WM Brethren, this motion does not require to be seconded. Is there any discussion? (pause). If you agree with the motion you will signify in the usual manner observed among Freemasons. For (pause) against (pause). Worshipful Master declares the result (knock).

5.1.3.2 Minutes Read in Lodge

WM Brethren, I claim your attention to . . . Bro. (Asst) Secretary who will read the minutes of the last regular meeting.

The Secretary should read the minutes of the last regular meeting and any emergency meetings.

Lodge Business 52

WM Brethren, you have heard the minutes of the last regular meeting, if you deem them a true and faithful record and worthy of confirmation, you will signify in the usual manner observed among Freemasons.

For (pause) against (pause). Worshipful Master declares the result (knock).

If the minutes are to be modified, the Worshipful Master should say:

WM Brethren, you have heard the minutes of the last regular meeting, if you deem them a true and faithful record and worthy of confirmation, subject to the amendment/s just agreed, you will signify in the usual manner observed among Freemasons.

The Senior Deacon moves to the Secretary’s table, changes wand to left hand takes the Minute Book with his right hand and presents it for signing from a position in front of the Worshipful Master. The book is presented right hand to right hand. During signing he reverses to a position in front of the Chaplain facing South. Reverse procedure for returning.

5.1.4 MINUTE RELATING TO MASTER ELECT

At the next meeting, following the election of Worshipful Master, after the minutes have been confirmed but before they are signed by the Worshipful Master, a motion must be put as follows:

Mover Worshipful Master, I move that the minute relating to the election of Master be specifically confirmed.

The motion is seconded.

Note: This is often incorrectly stated as: “Worshipful Master, I move that the specific minute relating etc., etc.”.

WM Brethren, since Rule 169 of the Book of Constitutions requires that any brother intending to vote against this motion must give notice in writing to the Secretary within seven days of the election and no such notice has been received, I declare the motion carried. (knock by WM answered by SW and JW).

In other words the necessity for a ballot is negated and a show of hands is not required.

The minutes are then presented to the Worshipful Master for signing as described in 5.1.3.

Note: If such notice has been received, it must be disseminated as prescribed in Rule 169, and a secret ballot must be taken on the motion.

Lodge Business 53

5.1.5 EMERGENCY MEETING

The minutes of an emergency meeting should be read and confirmed at the next regular meeting after the minutes of the previous regular meeting have been read.

5.1.6 BALANCE SHEET The annual financial statement is to be submitted to the lodge, and a copy of the audited statement should be sent to every member with the summons for the meeting at which it is to be considered. A copy should also be forwarded to the Grand Secretary after confirmation. The motion is to be moved and seconded. Mover (rises and salutes) WM I move that the financial statement as

printed and circulated, be received. Seconder (rises and salutes) WM, I second the motion. WM Brethren, you have heard the motion. WM For (pause) Against (pause). Worshipful Master declares the result. WM Is there any discussion? The Worshipful Master may call for a verbal report by the auditors. WM Brethren I declare the discussion closed. Mover (rises and salutes) WM, I move that the financial statement be

adopted. Seconder (rises and salutes) WM I second the motion. WM Brethren, you have heard the motion. WM For (pause) against (pause). Worshipful Master declares the result.

Lodge Business 54

5.1.7 NOTICE OF MOTION When a member desires to submit a Notice of Motion, such notice should be given verbally at the appropriate time (usually after the Treasurer’s report) at a regular meeting and then be submitted in writing for correct recording in the minutes. The wording of the Notice of Motion, with the name of the proposer, should be included in the summons for the next regular meeting. After the minutes have been dealt with, but prior to the Notice of Motion, the Worshipful Master should ascertain if all members in attendance have been admitted. The Motion should then be moved by the proposer and seconded, then opened for discussion. When the motion is put, it will be decided upon by the majority required under the Lodge Resolutions.

5.1.8 RULES OF DEBATE The rules of debate shall be those adopted by Grand Lodge and printed at the back of the Book of Constitutions.

5.2 BALLOT 5.2.1 COMMITTEE OF MEMBERSHIP REPORT The Committee of Membership shall submit its report, in writing, to the Worshipful Master prior to the meeting at which the ballot is conducted.

5.2.2 PRESENCE OF MEMBERS AND PROPOSERS Before proceeding with any ballot, vote or resolution, the Worshipful Master should ascertain that all members in attendance have been admitted. It is desirable for both proposer and seconder to be in attendance on the night of a ballot, to speak on behalf of the Candidate. In the absence of these brethren a letter from each, vouching for the fitness of the Candidate, should be read in open lodge. The Worshipful Master, at his discretion, may proceed with a ballot in the absence of sponsors or letters.

5.2.3 BALLOTS IN GLOBO

Ballots may be taken in globo. However, if the number of black balls for rejection has been cast, a separate ballot must immediately be taken for each Candidate.

It is essential for the surplus ballot material to be collected with the same strict secrecy as is observed when taking up the ballot i.e. in a closed box.

Lodge Business 55

5.2.4 WITHDRAWAL OF CANDIDATE

On the night of election the lodge may, by resolution, permit a proposer to withdraw a Candidate before the ballot material is distributed, but a Candidate cannot be withdrawn after the ballot has been taken in globo.

5.2.5 ANNOUNCEMENT OF BALLOT

WM (knock answered by SW and JW) The next business on the notice paper is to ballot for the election, as a Candidate for initiation of Mr . . . (Reads the complete name and details set out on the notice paper).

Worshipful Master calls on the Secretary to report on the investigation by the Committee of Membership and present a précis of the referees’ reports.

The Worshipful Master invites the proposer and seconder to briefly support their nomination.

Voting is not mandatory.

5.2.6 DISTRIBUTION

WM Bro JD, (pause) distribute the ballot material.

The Junior Deacon moves to the Secretary’s table, changes the wand to his left hand, removes his gloves and leaves them on the table, obtains the ballot material and carries the wand and ballot box in his left hand.

He commences the distribution of ballot material to members of the lodge only, commencing with the Immediate Past Master and finishes with the Worshipful Master.

Distribution to Wardens is made from the Deacon’s left hand side of the pedestal to the Warden’s right hand.

After supplying the Worshipful Master, Junior Deacon takes up a position on the floor of the lodge in the North East, facing South, in line with where he collected the ballot material from the Secretary’s table.

WM (Knocks, answered by SW and JW) Has every brother been supplied with ballot material? (pause, nods to JD).

The Junior Deacon returns to the Secretary’s table, deposits the ballot box and may take ballot material for himself. After replacing his gloves, he changes his wand to his right hand and returns to his chair.

WM (Knocks, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, a ballot is about to be taken for the election or otherwise of Mr . . . as a Candidate for initiation. Be careful how you vote, white for, black against; three black balls will exclude (or the number defined in the lodge resolutions).

Lodge Business 56

5.2.7 COLLECTION

WM Bro SD, (pause) collect the ballot.

The Senior Deacon takes the ballot box in his left hand (glove not removed) from the Secretary’s table and places it on the dais floor at the Worshipful Master’s right foot with the opening facing South.

The Worshipful Master displays the empty ballot box to the Chaplain and Immediate Past Master (see 5.2.9 EXAMINATION OF BALLOT BOX) and places it beside his left foot with the opening facing North.

During this time the Senior Deacon moves via the front of the pedestal to the left of the Worshipful Master, takes up the ballot box and collects the ballot, commencing with the Immediate Past Master and finishing with the Worshipful Master.

The ballot is collected from Wardens from the Deacon’s right hand side of the pedestal from the Warden’s left hand.

After collecting the Worshipful Master’s ballot the Senior Deacon places the ballot box on the dais floor at the Worshipful Master’s right foot with the opening facing South, then takes a position on the floor of the lodge in the North East, facing South, in line with where he collected the ballot box from the Secretary’s table.

WM Has every brother voted as he wished?

WM (Pause) Brethren, I declare the ballot closed. (do not knock)

NOTE: The statement should not be ‘. . . voted, and voted as he wished?’

5.2.8 ERRONEOUS VOTE

Should a brother inform the Worshipful Master that he has not voted as he wished the ballot must be taken again. Before proceeding with the second ballot the distributed ballot material must be collected. It is essential the material be collected with the same strict secrecy as is observed when taking up the ballot.

5.2.9 EXAMINATION OF BALLOT BOX Three brethren, selected in accordance with the precedence listed hereunder, must examine the ballot box before and after the ballot.

1 Worshipful Master 2 Chaplain, whether or not a Past Master 3 Immediate Past Master 4 Senior Warden 5 Junior Warden

Lodge Business 57

5.2.10 DECLARATION

The Worshipful Master examines the result of the ballot, usually in conjunction with the Chaplain and Immediate Past Master, who quietly advise him of their findings. The Worshipful Master then places the ballot box beside his left foot with the opening facing North.

WM Brethren, the ballot (not) proving clear I declare Mr . . . has (has not) been duly elected as a Candidate for initiation (Knocks answered by SW and JW).

It is the Worshipful Master’s prerogative to announce the result of the ballot; it is not the duty of the Chaplain or Immediate Past Master to rise and announce their findings to the Worshipful Master.

After the ballot is declared, the Senior Deacon collects the ballot box, returns it to the Secretary’s table with the opening facing South and returns to his seat. He replaces his wand and sits without direction.

5.2.11 COLLECTION OF REMAINING MATERIAL

WM Bro JD, (pause) collect the remaining ballot material.

The Junior Deacon collects the ballot box, with gloves on, from the Secretary’s table in his left hand and collects the remaining material in the same order as the ballot was collected.

5.2.12 SPECIAL BALLOTS

When a ballot is required by the Constitutions or the Lodge Resolutions for a specific purpose, such as the election of a special member, the ballot may be taken in the usual manner with white for and black against, subject to the Lodge Resolutions.

5.3 ELECTIONS 5.3.1 ELECTION OF MASTER.

Every lodge shall annually, on the day named in its Resolutions for that purpose, elect a Worshipful Master from among those members who have nominated themselves in writing as Candidates for election to that office for the ensuing year.

In the event that only one nomination is received, the brother nominated shall be declared duly elected.

WM Brethren, I declare . . . Brother . . . duly elected Master of this lodge.

Lodge Business 58

If more than one nomination is received, the Lodge shall proceed to elect its Master by ballot, such ballot to take place at the second regular meeting prior to the date of Installation.

The ballot paper will list only the names of the nominated Candidates. They are to be listed in the order prescribed by Rule 169, so that, if the Senior Warden is a Candidate, his name appears at the head of the paper.

WM Brethren, the next item of business is the election of Master.

WM . . . Bro. Secretary, (pause) does the ballot paper contain the names of all Past Masters and Wardens who have nominated themselves as Candidates for election to the Office of Master.

Secretary (rises and salutes) It does WM.

5.3.2 APPOINTMENT OF SCRUTINEERS

WM Brethren, I am pleased to appoint Worshipful Brother . . . and Worshipful Brother . . . as scrutineers.

The Worshipful brethren named rise together, turn and give SOF to Worshipful Master, turn West and sit together.

5.3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF BALLOT PAPERS WM Brother JD, (pause while JD takes up his wand) distribute the

ballot papers. The Junior Deacon commences with the Immediate Past Master and concludes with the Worshipful Master. As the Junior Deacon hands the paper to the Immediate Past Master it may be appropriate for the Worshipful Master to ask members of the lodge to rise and remain standing until they receive a paper.

4.3.4 METHOD OF VOTING

WM Brethren, the method of voting is to place a cross in the square alongside the name of the brother for whom you wish to vote.

If there is any brother who is not familiar with the usual procedure, he has my permission to refer to a more experienced brother nearby.

5.3.5 COLLECTION OF BALLOT

WM Brethren, the ballot is about to be collected. Please place your ballot paper in the box face down, with the cut corner away from you.

WM Brother SD, (pause while SD takes up wand) collect the ballot.

Lodge Business 59

The Senior Deacon takes the tray for collecting the ballot from the Secretary’s table in his left hand, moves to the Scrutineers and displays it to them to show it is empty. He then collects the ballot, commencing with the Immediate Past Master and concluding with the Worshipful Master.

The Senior Deacon then collects the specially prepared envelope from the Secretary’s table, places it on top of the voting papers then stands in the North East facing South.

WM Has every brother voted as he wished? Worshipful Master nods to Senior Deacon who places the collecting tray in front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal on the kneeling stool and returns to his chair.

5.3.6 SCRUTINEERS The Scrutineers rise and move together to centre East where they salute the Worshipful Master. One asks his permission to retire to a private part of the lodge room. On receiving approval they again salute, one picks up the collecting tray from the kneeling stool and both move off to a place where they can conduct the count in a discreet and private manner (no piles of votes to be created which indicates to the Candidates, Secretary or anyone else that the vote is anything but unanimous.) While the Scrutineers check the ballot papers, the ELECTION OF OFFICERS (below) should be carried out. On completion, the Scrutineers place all voting slips in the envelope provided, write the number of votes, their names, signatures and the name of the successful Candidate in the spaces provided. No mention of unanimous or otherwise to be noted on the envelope. The envelope is then sealed. At the appropriate time the Scrutineers return to centre East, salute the Worshipful Master and one reports:

Scrutineer Worshipful Master, we present to you the result of the ballot.

The Worshipful Master thanks them; collects the envelope from them and resumes his seat.

The Scrutineers again salute the Worshipful Master and return to their seats.

5.3.7 DECLARATION OF BALLOT WM Brethren, the successful Candidate is . . . Brother . . . Master

Elect of the . . . . lodge. (Knocks, answered by SW and JW) The words “for the ensuing year” should not be added to the declaration. The sealed envelope is then taken by the Senior Deacon to the Secretary who retains it for sixty days, then destroys it unopened.

Lodge Business 60

The Worshipful Master may choose to comment at this time, and/or invite the Master Elect to address the brethren.

5.3.8 ELECTION OF OFFICERS Election of officers is by a show of hands.

WM Brethren, I call for nominations for the position of Treasurer. It is common for only one brother to be nominated and seconded. The Worshipful Master calls for further nominations. If no other nominations:

WM Brethren, I declare nominations closed, and . . . Bro . . . elected Treasurer for the ensuing year.

If more than one brother is nominated and seconded, nominations must be declared closed. There will be a show of hands and the result declared.

WM Brethren, I call for nominations for the position of Tyler. The same procedure follows except that in the case of one nomination the following procedure is required:

WM Brethren, the office of Tyler requires a show of hands for confirmation, all those in favour, (pause), against (pause), carried. (Knocks, answered by SW and JW).

This confirmation is required under the Constitution; there is no connection with any remuneration for the position and this should not therefore be mentioned.

5.3.9 ELECTIONS FOR COMMITTEES The procedure described for the election of Treasurer is used for the election of:

1 Masonic Centre Representatives 2 Past Master representatives on the Committee of General

Purposes. 3 Master Mason Representatives on the Committee of General

Purposes. 4 Auditors 5 Committee of Membership

Any other committees the Lodge Resolutions may allow

Visitors 61

6 VISITORS

6.1 GENERAL All lodge business should be completed before visiting brethren are received. The Worshipful Master should at all times ensure that visitors are admitted without undue delay. When a degree ceremony is to be worked, the latest time visitors can be admitted is as follows:

1 First degree – before the Secretary returns from interviewing the Candidate.

2 Second degree – prior to the alarm. 3 Third degree – before the lodge is prepared. Visitors must not

be admitted after the lodge is prepared.

This of course does not apply to a report of an emergency nature.

Visitors may be admitted in the degree in which the Candidate is ‘questioned, entrusted and retired’. If the proposer/seconder are not members of the lodge they should be invited to witness their Candidate’s ceremony. The ‘questions’ are part of the progress from one degree to another and the two parts (questions and degree ceremony) are inseparable. The Tyler should not give any reports (unless of an emergency nature) after the alarm has been given in the first and second degrees, or when the lodge has been prepared for the third degree. Reports of an emergency nature over ride these criteria at all times.

6.2 SEQUENCE FOR ADMISSION OF VISITORS Visitors are admitted in following order:

1 Master Masons, Fellow Craft and Entered Apprentice Freemasons (Both subject to the degree in which the lodge is opened).

2 Past Masters, including District Coordinator’s Panel Members, Inspector of Workings and Masters’ groups.

3 Past Masters visiting on behalf of their Worshipful Master – Refer to Procedure for Past Master visiting Lodges at the request of their Worshipful Master as disseminated by Grand Lodge Office.

4. Worshipful Masters. 5 Official visits by a craft lodge.

Visitors 62

6. Official visits by Mark or Chapter - approved visit. 7 District Co-ordinator. 8 Grand Inspector of Workings. 9 Past Deputy Grand Masters, if acting in an official capacity.

The following notes are also to be observed: 1 When a mentor accompanies his charge on a visit to a lodge he should

enter and leave the lodge according to the rank of his charge. He should sit with his charge, both in the lodge room and in the South.

2 Present Senior Grand Officers who are not representing the Grand Master, with the exception of the Grand Inspector of Workings, and who are scheduled to address the meeting, may wear full dress regalia, enter separately after the Past Masters and are received in the same manner as Past Masters, not under the wands. They are entitled to sit in the East to the right of the Worshipful Master. Other Present Grand Officers should enter with the Past Masters, unless they are sitting Worshipful Masters, and be seated in the East to the right of the Worshipful Master.

6.3 VOUCHING To avoid inadvertently violating the obligations of the Brethren it is necessary that all visiting Brethren below the rank of Past Master be vouched for. Vouching cards must be completed by these Brethren.

Any Past Master or Worshipful Master, regardless of rank, who is not known to a member of the lodge, or a known visiting brother, must be examined before being admitted.

Visiting Brethren vouched for must give their completed cards to the Tyler for handing to the Inner Guard.

It is strongly recommended that all Lodges have an Introduction Card on which a visiting Past Master and/or Worshipful Master can enter his name, rank and lodge. The Worshipful Brethren can present the card to the Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies thereby ensuring that they are correctly presented to the Worshipful Master.

6.4 SALUTING BASE The position of the saluting base is in line with an extension of the North edge of the pavement, one step West of the tessellated border. When a group are preparing to salute the Worshipful Master, they will line up one step West of the

Visitors 63

tessellated border starting at the saluting base, this enables them to take the step as part of the salute and not step on to the pavement.

6.5 RECEPTION OF MASTER MASONS WM (knocks once, answered by SW and JW) Brother JW (JW rises, turns toward

the WM, takes the s . . . , salutes and holds salute) admit members and visitors.

Junior Warden completes salute and resumes his seat.

JW (to IG) Bro IG (pause while IG moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . ., salutes and holds salute) take a report for members and visitors.

The Inner Guard completes salute, returns to his seat and alerts the Tyler to give a report (the Tyler can be alerted by buzzer or other means).

On knocks by the Tyler.

IG (moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . ., salutes which is held) Bro JW, there is a report.

Junior Warden remains seated and gives one knock, (no statement is made by Junior Warden). On Junior Warden’s knock, Inner Guard completes salute and returns to the door, opens it and receives Tyler’s report. Inner Guard closes the door.

Brethren who have not attained the rank of Worshipful Master are not introduced in the East.

IG (after receiving vouching cards from the Tyler, moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . ., and salutes) Bro JW, a number of visiting brethren vouched for.

JW (from a seated position and without knocks) The brethren vouching will please rise and so signify to the WM with the SOF.

IG (lowers, but does not complete his sign, then announces from the card the name of the first visiting brother and the brother vouching) Bro . . . vouched for by . . . Bro . . .

Vouching Brother rises and signifies to Worshipful Master with SOF. When he resumes his seat the Inner Guard will read the details of the next visitor, etc.

Inner Guard recovers his sign after the last name.

JW Admit Brother IG.

Visitors 64

Inner Guard completes the salute and moves to the door to admit the visiting brethren. When all are admitted he closes the door and resumes his seat.

6.6 RECEPTION OF PAST MASTERS On knocks by the Tyler.



IG (moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . ., and salutes) Bro JW, a number of visiting Past Masters.

JW Admit Brother IG.

On ‘Admit Brother Inner Guard’, Inner Guard completes the salute, waits until Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies picks up baton, then both move off together. Inner Guard returns to the door.

Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies moves to the North West corner and faces South, then indicates to the Inner Guard to open the door.

The Inner Guard opens the door and admits visiting Past Masters. When all are admitted he closes the door and resumes his seat.

Visiting Past Masters move to the saluting base and salute Worshipful Master. They are conducted to the East end of the pavement by the Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies, who remains adjacent to the pavement.

DC/ADC WM, (WM gives brief SOF, rises, moves to the edge of the dais and recovers SOF), I have the honour to present the following visiting Past Masters (takes the name card from the first visiting PM).

DC/ADC . . . Wor Bro . . . (Rank), Past Master of the . . . Lodge.

The Past Master gives SOF as his name and lodge is announced. The SOF is lowered before he moves. The SOF is not held while moving.

Worshipful Master, remaining on the dais, takes the hand of each visitor when he reaches the bottom of the steps. He briefly greets the Past Master and resumes the SOF as the Past Master moves off.

Visitors 65

Worshipful Master does not invite Past Masters to be seated in the East. They are seated in this location by right, not by invitation.

The visiting Past Master responds in similar vein, moves to his seat, and sits without direction. While the Past Master is moving to his seat the Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies takes the name card from the next Past Master.

The last visiting Past Master remains in place at the foot of the dais until the Worshipful Master is seated.

On Director of Ceremonies/Assistant Director of Ceremonies prompt they move to centre East, the Past Master salutes and moves to the dais on the South side. On arrival at a seat, he is seated with a SOF which he returns.

6.6.1 In Globo

The practice of welcoming visitors “In Globo” must only be carried on occasions when the lodges meeting schedule is under strict timing demands.

It must be limited to the admission of Past Masters only.

The entry of E.A.s, F.C.s & M.M.s does not warrant any consideration as they simply enter the lodge, salute & move to their seats.

The reception of Worshipful Masters must not be abbreviated for the courtesy of introduction it is not only a courtesy extended to their office but it must be remembered that while they are in attendance not only as individuals but are in fact representing the entire membership of the lodge over which they preside. Therefore the only consideration for the practice of admitting visitors is in relationship of the number of Past Masters in attendance.

Should there be a large number in attendance and the Worshipful Master in conjunction with the Director of Ceremonies come to the decision that visiting PM.s be welcomed In Globo the following practice should be observed. At the appropriate time the PM,s will be admitted by the Inner Guard, stand in the West & salute the W.M.

The Worshipful Master will then issue a welcome along the following lines.

WM “Worshipful Brethren we appreciate your presence this evening and as the lodge’s schedule is extremely busy I welcome you In Globo and hope that you have an enjoyable evening with us.

I ask that you now take up your seating on the dais or, in the body of the lodge without any further formality”

It must again be reinforced that this practice should only be carried under exceptional circumstances.

Visitors 66

6.7 RECEPTION OF WORSHIPFUL MASTERS On knocks by the Tyler.



IG (moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1 takes the s . . ., and salutes)

(If one Worshipful Master) - Bro JW, a Worshipful Master.

(If more than one Worshipful Master) Bro JW, Worshipful Masters

JW (Knocks once, rises, turns to face the Worshipful Master, takes the s . . ., and salutes) WM, (repeats report made by Inner Guard) (On JW’s knock IG completes the salute and remains in position).

Junior Warden completes salute and resumes his seat without comment from the Worshipful Master.

WM (with one knock followed by the SW and JW) Brethren you will please rise, (pause, all brethren rise) and assist me to receive this/these Worshipful Master/s.

As Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton the Deacons take up their wands.

Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Inner Guard move off together, Director of Ceremonies to a predetermined position near the pavement in the South East facing West. Senior Deacon moves South then West to pick up Director of Ceremonies. He should arrive beside the Director of Ceremonies placing his right foot next to the Director of Ceremonies left foot. The Senior Deacon does not stop, the Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate to the South West corner. As Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon turn North, Senior Deacon is joined on his left by Junior Deacon who has been keeping step with him by walking in his shoes. Senior Deacon does not stop but is joined on the move by Junior Deacon. Deacons then perambulate behind Director of Ceremonies to the North West where they wheel East. The Deacons separate as they wheel to leave space for a Worshipful Master between them and stop half a pace West of the tessellated border.

Director of Ceremonies continues around the pavement turning South, one pace East of the North West corner.

Visitors 67

Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left side. On Director of Ceremonies prompt Deacons raise their wands, Senior Deacon’s wand in front. All brethren give SOF.

Director of Ceremonies nods to the Inner Guard.

The Worshipful Masters move to the saluting base and salute. On Director of Ceremonies prompt the Deacons pivot on the Worshipful Master to face North. On Senior Deacon prompt they all perambulate to the North East corner.

As Director of Ceremonies reaches the East edge of the pavement he steps right to allow the Deacons to come abreast of him.

DC WM, (pause, WM drops SOF, moves to edge of dais facing West and resumes SOF). I have the honour to present the following Worshipful Master/s.

Director of Ceremonies takes the vouching card from the Worshipful Master under the wands.

DC The WM of the . . . Lodge . . . Wor Bro . . .

If the Worshipful Master holds Grand Rank, it is announced.

The Worshipful Master under the wands gives SOF as his lodge is named and holds it until his name (and rank if any) is announced. Before he moves from under the wands he must drop his SOF, he then moves on to the dais to be greeted by the Worshipful Master.

The Worshipful Master then turns North to receive this Worshipful Master. He briefly greets the Worshipful Master.

The Worshipful Master does not invite Worshipful Masters to be seated in the East. They are seated in this location by right, not by invitation.

The Worshipful Master being received responds briefly, moves to his seat and remains standing, holding SOF while the wands are crossed.

The Worshipful Master returns facing West and resumes SOF to receive the next Worshipful Master.

As the Worshipful Master breaks his handshake with the last Worshipful Master, the Deacons break their cross and the brethren drop the SOF with the Deacons. Worshipful Master returns to his chair and sits.

Junior Deacon changes wand to his right hand, Deacons step together then move off together.

If the Senior Deacons chair is East of the edge of the pavement the Senior Deacon takes two paces forward, commencing on the left foot, turns South and reverses to a position in line with his chair, if necessary he then takes a side step to position himself in front of his chair.

Visitors 68

At the same time, the Junior Deacon takes one pace forward with his left foot, turns South, moving behind the Senior Deacon, and will pick up the Director of Ceremonies in passing, with the Director of Ceremonies nearer the pavement, and move to the South East corner where the Junior Deacon turns West towards his seat, moving behind the Director of Ceremonies who will continue a further (extended) pace South and turn East to reach his seat.

If the Senior Deacons chair is in line with, or West of, the edge of the pavement the Senior Deacon steps back the required number of paces and reverses to his chair. The Junior Deacon proceeds as above.

On reaching his chair the Junior Deacon turns clockwise. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies and Deacons replace their baton and wands. Deacons and Inner Guard sit with Director of Ceremonies. The Appearance Book Steward, if appointed, enters the lodge after all visitors have been admitted.

Appearance Book Steward (Takes the s . . ., and salutes in the West and whilst holding salute)

WM, all Freemasons in attendance have been admitted. The Worshipful Master suitably responds. If an Appearance Book Steward is not appointed, the Tyler reports to the Inner Guard.

Tyler All Freemasons in attendance have been admitted.

IG (moves to reporting position, takes the s . . , and salutes) Bro JW, all Freemasons in attendance have been admitted.

JW (Knocks once, rises, turns to face the Worshipful Master, takes the s . . . and salutes) WM, all Freemasons in attendance have been admitted (On JW’s knock IG completes the salute and remains in position).

Junior Warden completes salute and resumes his seat without comment from the Worshipful Master, at the same time the Inner Guard returns to his chair and sits. If the District Co-ordinator is entering officially, he Enters after Worshipful Masters have been admitted.

Visitors 69

6.8 ENTRY – OFFICAL LODGE VISIT If the District Coordinator is in attendance he enters under the wands after the Worshipful Masters have entered.

For an official visit by a Lodge, the visiting Master is accompanied on entry by his officers and brethren with the Master and Wardens in full regalia (other officers may wear full regalia).The Worshipful Master visiting (having previously vouched for his members) will assemble the brethren of his lodge in the ante-room in two lines, the PMs on the left to enter on the North side of the lodge, and the Wardens and Brethren on the right to enter on the South side.

The JW is the second last in the right hand column and the SW the last. The brethren will enter the lodge in pairs. The first PM will stand at the Northwest corner , as far back from the pavement as possible, and face South with subsequent PMs passing in front and stepping back into line. The most senior PM should be nearest the East. The first brother will stand at the Southwest corner one pace back from the pavement and face North with subsequent brethren passing in front and stepping back in line. The SW and JW should be nearest the East. As each brother reaches his position he will assume the SOF. The Master will enter last, to be escorted by the host lodge Deacons and salute under the wands.

The visiting Master will be escorted to the East, be introduced and will sit together with all other brethren as the Master is seated. After the Deacons of the host lodge have resumed their seats, the DC will say – “Wor Brethren and Brethren, you will salute the Worshipful Master and, with the exception of PMs (and Wardens), be seated.” The Past Masters will then be introduced by the DC. Visiting Wardens may, at the discretion of the Master, be introduced to the Wardens of the lodge, in which case the DC will have used the words in brackets. After the PMs have been introduced, the DC will proceed along the South side with the two Wardens and, in passing, introduce the JW and seat him upon the right of the JW of the lodge. He will then introduce the SW and seat him upon the right of the SW of the lodge.

Visitors 70

6.9 ENTRY – OFFICAL LODGE VISIT WITH PM REPRESENTING MASTER

The process is the same as above however the PM Salutes in the West (Last PM in) and is Presented to the Lodge as WBro … representing the WM of Lodge… accompanied by his officers and brethren. The PM Representing the WM salutes in Centre East and sits in at the South East of the IPM. Note that the PM representing the WM does not enter under Wands.

6.10 ENTRY – WARDENS AND MASTER ONLY If the Master is accompanied only by his two Wardens, both Wardens should enter together, the SW at the left of the JW. They should take up a position opposite the centre of the pavement with the SW one pace North of the pavement and the JW one pace South of the pavement. When in position, they turn inwards, face each other across the pavement and hold the SOF. Wardens may enter a lodge in this way only on official visits. After the Master has been escorted to the East, introduced and seated, the DC will turn about and direct the Wardens to salute the Master from their places and be seated, or they may be introduced to the Wardens of the lodge by the DC.

6.11 ENTRY – MARK LODGE OR HOLY ROYAL ARCH CHAPTER

Arrangements for Mark Lodge or Royal Arch Chapter visits are as follows:

a) A Craft lodge may receive one official visit by a Mark Lodge or Royal Arch Chapter in any one calendar year.

b) Regalia of the visiting order must be worn by members of the visiting group.

c) The date of the visit is agreed to by the Craft and Mark or Royal Arch Chapter.

d) The Mark/ Royal Arch Chapter secretary will request the approval of Chamar.

e) The Craft lodge secretary will request the approval from the District Co-ordinator.

f) If the Mark/ Royal Arch Chapter is to arrange for a speaker in the temple, the suitability of that speaker must be approved by Chamar.

g) The official delegation will enter after other visitors have entered, but prior to the Inspector of Workings.

Visitors 71

h) When the Master of the Mark / First Principle of the Royal Arch Chapter is a Past Master in the Craft, he will be received under the wands and escorted to the East by the DC.

i) He will be introduced as the Worshipful Master/First Principal of the . Mark /Royal Arch Chapter, a Past Master of the ., .(Craft) lodge, and will be seated on the dais on the right of the Worshipful Master with visiting Craft WM's..

j) When the Master of the Mark/ Royal Arch Chapter is a Craft Master Mason he is not received under the wands, but is escorted to the East by the DC. He will be introduced as the Worshipful Master / First Principal of the ... Mark/ Royal Arch Chapter, a Member of the ... (Craft) lodge. He will be seated on the right of the Worshipful Master with visiting Craft WM's.

k) Mark Masons and Companions of the Royal Arch Chapter who are Past Masters of the Craft may be seated on the dais.

6.12 DISTRICT COORDINATOR

It is considered desirable that when visitations are being made to a Lodge by the District Coordinator or a member of his panel, permission should be sought from the Worshipful Master to attend the opening of the Lodge.

Note that when the District Coordinator and his representatives are visiting a Lodge in their official capacity, only two members are entitled to sit in the North East. The protocol is District Coordinator, Inspector of Workings, Assistant District Coordinator, then panel members.

Official visit to a Lodge after the Lodge is opened

Enter after Worshipful Masters under the Lodge wands with Lodge Deacons.

Introduced by Director of Ceremonies as ..WBro. …….(rank) District Coordinator of ……. District.

Seated at the right of the Chaplain.

Ceremony of Initiation 72

7 CEREMONY OF INITIATION

7.1 PREPARATION Preparation of the Candidate should be in a similar manner for each degree. Refer to Section 3.2.3 for indicative Candidate’s dress.

Where a candidate is wearing his own trousers for the ceremony, and they are not self-supporting, the use of a belt or suspenders is permissible.

In addition to the items normally on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, prior to the opening of the lodge, the Candidate’s VSL, a pair of compasses, a copy of the Book of Constitutions and a copy of any First Degree Ceremony documentation that is required to be presented to the Candidate are placed in the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

An EA apron is placed in the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

The s . . . i . . . is placed near the door, in a convenient location for easy access by the Inner Guard.

The c . . . t . . ., h . . . w, Candidate’s “Masonic shirt” and footwear are placed in a convenient room adjoining the lodge.

The Masonic Shirt and h…w… must be freshly laundered

The Candidate is introduced to the Tyler, who ensures he is properly prepared.

The c . . . t . . . is placed loosely on the Candidate, resembling a figure ‘9’ when viewed by the Junior Deacon/Tyler, with the leg of the ‘9’ on the Candidate’s left side.

The lodge is opened in the first degree.

On the completion of lodge business, but prior to the admission of visitors, the Secretary retires to meet with the Candidate, who signs the declaration and pays the prescribed fees.

The secretary re-enters the lodge after the admission of all visitors and salutes in the West.

Sec (Holding the salute) WM, Mr . . . is in attendance, has signed the necessary declaration, paid the prescribed fee, and is in the hands of the Tyler.

Worshipful Master thanks the Secretary for his report (Secretary completes salute).


7.2 CEREMONY OF INITIATION 7.2.1 ADDRESS TO BRETHREN

After the Secretary’s report to the Worshipful Master and prior to the alarm it is suggested that a Master Mason or Fellow Craft should read or recite the following address. The Director of Ceremonies will rise, pick up his baton and, from his chair, raise the brother giving the address. The brother giving the address rises and gives the address from his seat.

Note that this is an address to the Brethren and therefore the brother delivering the Charge is not required to salute the Worshipful Master.

MM/FC Brethren, in a few moments Brother Tyler will announce that Mr. . . . . . is waiting to be admitted to join our fraternity.

Let us briefly consider the Candidate’s position in the near future, whilst preparations are being made for his reception.

The Candidate is at the moment of entering the lodge one of the profane and, therefore, has practically no knowledge of our teachings, thus, he will require full and complete confidence in his leaders.

From the superficial knowledge he has of our craft he is fairly confident he is joining a body of gentlemen, in the true sense of the word. Yet the manner of his preparation and the mystery surrounding his approach will surely have a great tendency to bewilder and may distress him.

Brethren, remember that you also were once placed in a similar position and felt the need of comfort and sympathy. Therefore, I entreat you to have sympathy with him in this solemn ceremony and to assist us in surrounding him with the spiritual cloak of Brotherly love.

Without doubt our unspoken thoughts will strengthen him with a firm yet humble confidence, by becoming a member of our ancient and honourable institution.

7.2.2 ALARM

When the Candidate is properly prepared, including h . . . w . . ., and the Worshipful Master is ready, the Tyler is alerted to give the alarm.

Inner Guard rises and advances to reporting position (see Section 3.13.1), takes s . . . and gives s . . . (Junior Warden acknowledges with brief SOF).


IG Brother JW, there is an alarm.

JW (Knocks once, rises, turns to face WM, takes s . . . and gives s . . .) WM, there is an alarm (On JW’s knock IG completes salute and remains in position).

WM Bro JW, ascertain the cause of the alarm (JW holds the salute while being addressed by the WM).

JW (Completes salute and resumes his seat) Bro IG, (pauses while IG takes s . . . and gives s . . .) see who seeks admission and report direct to the WM.

Inner Guard completes salute, returns and opens door, steps outside leaving door ajar (not wide open).

Inner Guard checks to ensure Candidate is properly prepared, (r . . . a . . .,l . . . b . . ., and k . . . made b . . ., r . . . h . . . s . . . s . . . c . . . t . . . and h . . . w . . .).

IG Whom have you there?

Tyler Mr . . . , a poor Candidate in a state of d . . . , who has been well and worthily recommended, regularly proposed and approved in open lodge and now comes of his own free will and accord, properly prepared, humbly soliciting to be admitted to the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry.

IG How does he hope to obtain those privileges?

Tyler By the help of God, being free and of good report.

IG Halt, while I report to the WM.

Inner Guard closes the door and advances to a position in the lodge room where he is in full view of the Worshipful Master and facing him, clear of the Senior Warden's pedestal and clear of the seating in the North.

IG (takes s . . . and gives s . . .) WM, at the door of the lodge stands Mr . . ., a poor Candidate in a state of d . . ., who has been well and worthily recommended, regularly proposed and approved in open lodge and now comes of his own free will and accord, properly prepared, humbly soliciting to be admitted to the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry.

WM How does he hope to obtain those privileges?

IG By the help of God, being free and of good report.

WM The tongue of good report has already been heard in his favour. Do you, Bro IG, vouch that he comes properly prepared?

IG I do, WM.


WM Then let him be admitted in due form.

On ‘form’ Inner Guard completes salute and remains in position.

WM (after IG completes salute) Bro Deacons.

7.2.3 ADMISSION OF THE CANDIDATE

On ‘Brother Deacons’, the Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon and Kneeling Stool Steward rise together.

As Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton, Deacons take up their wands and the Kneeling Stool Steward takes up the kneeling stool.

When all are ready, Director of Ceremonies signals and all move together as follows:

1 Director of Ceremonies to a predetermined position near the pavement in the South East facing West.

2 The Inner Guard returns to the lodge room door and picks up s . . . i . . .

3 The Kneeling Stool Steward moves to the North West corner of the tessellated border facing East and places the stool on the tessellated border. The North edge of the stool is placed in line with an imaginary extension of the North side of the pavement and the East edge of the stool against the West edge of the pavement. He should be returning to his seat before the Director of Ceremonies and Deacons arrive in the West. He sits without instruction or SOF.

4 The Senior Deacon moves South then West to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. He should arrive beside the Director of Ceremonies on his right foot. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate to the South West corner. As the Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon turn North, the Senior Deacon is joined on his left by the Junior Deacon who has been keeping step with him by walking in his shoes. The Senior Deacon does not stop but is joined on the move by the Junior Deacon. Deacons then perambulate behind the Director of Ceremonies and continue towards the door.

5 As they turn North, the Director of Ceremonies proceeds to a position in the North West where he can observe the Candidate is properly prepared and receive the s . . . i . . . without obstructing the movement of the Deacons.

6 Deacons arrive at an open space clear of the doorway, halt, step half a pace outwards to make room for the Candidate and turn inwards to face each other. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.


7 When all are ready, the Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard who opens the door.

8 Inner Guard meets the Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the s . . . i . . . to the Candidate’s l . . . b . . .

IG Do you feel anything?

Can. I do.

IG (with s . . . i . . still applied) I admit you on the point of a s . . i . . . Note: Must be spoken so that it can be heard by the Organist

Ode 3

Spirit of pow’r and might, behold Thy willing servant here;

With Thy protection him enfold, And free his heart from fear.

Inner Guard raises the s . . . i . . . above his head, releases the Candidate’s right hand then transfers s . . . i . . . to his left hand.

If the Candidate wears glasses, the Inner Guard must now obtain them from Tyler.

With the Inner Guard on the left of the Candidate, using his right hand, takes the Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Deacons, where he is quietly introduced by name (e.g. Bro. Junior Deacon, Mr. Smith).

Tyler closes the lodge door.

If the Candidate wears glasses, the Inner Guard places them in the Junior Deacon’s breast pocket.

Deacons turn to face into the lodge room with the Candidate.

Inner Guard discreetly passes the s . . . i . . . point first to the Director of Ceremonies’ right hand and returns to the door and sits without instruction or SOF.

When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidate is properly prepared (r . . . a . . ., l . . . b . . ., and k . . . made b . . ., r . . . h . . . s . . . s . . ., c . . . t . . . and h . . . w . . .) he nods to the Deacons. The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidate to the kneeling stool. All arrive in this position together with the Director of Ceremonies to the North of the Deacon closest to the North West corner.


Note: The c . . . t . . . should be placed loosely on the Candidate in a position resembling the number 9 (knot on Candidate’s left side), to facilitate easy removal.

WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., as no man can be made a Freemason unless he is free and of mature age, I demand of you, are you free and of the full age of eighteen years?

Can. (prompted by JD) I am.

WM Then you will kneel while the blessing of heaven is invoked on our proceedings.

On ‘proceedings’, the Director of Ceremonies steps back on his left foot, turns and positions himself behind the Candidate. The Deacons slide their hands up to the Candidate’s elbows, step forward on their inside foot and assist him to kneel.

When the Candidate is in position and the Deacons have recovered the Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by the Senior Warden and the Junior Warden. On the Junior Warden’s knock the Deacons cross wands, the Senior Deacon’s wand in front. The brethren all rise and give SOF.

7.2.4 PRAYER

Chap Vouchsafe Thine aid, Almighty Father and Supreme Ruler of the Universe, to our present convention, and grant that this Candidate for Freemasonry may so dedicate and devote his life to Thy service as to become a true and faithful brother among us. Endue him with a competency of Thy divine wisdom, so that, assisted by the secrets of our Masonic art, he may the better be enabled to unfold the beauties of true godliness, to the honour and glory of Thy holy name.

Ode 4

So mote it be

On ‘be’, Deacons uncross their wands and brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., in all cases of difficulty and danger, in whom do you put your trust?

Can (prompted by JD) In God.

WM Right glad am I to find your faith so well founded. Relying on such sure support, you may safely arise (pause).

On ‘arise’, Deacons assist the Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside leg and placing their wrist under the Candidate’s armpit. When the


Candidate is standing, Deacons grasp his hands. Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of Senior Deacon.

WM (When all are steady) and accompany your Conductor with a firm but humble confidence, for where the name of God is invoked, we trust no danger will ensue.

After the word ‘ensue’, Worshipful Master and the brethren resume their seats.

7.2.5 PERAMBULATION to the NORTH WEST

On Director of Ceremonies prompt all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and at the same time the Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate, also facing North. On Junior Deacon prompt they move to a position in the North West facing East, with the Deacons’ and Candidate’s heels in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the squared pavement and halt.

Note: The Director of Ceremonies takes the path of the Candidate throughout the perambulations, not along the edge of the tessellated border.

WM (Knocks once, answered by SW and JW). The brethren from the N, E, S and W will take notice that Mr . . . is about to pass in view before them, to show that he is the Candidate properly prepared to be made a Freemason.

Ode 5.1 Lead, kindly Light, amid th'encircling gloom,

Lead Thou me on; The night is dark, and I am far from home,

Lead Thou me on.

7.2.6 PERAMBULATION to the JUNIOR WARDEN On Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession steps off together with the left foot and moves along the North side of the squared pavement. Junior Deacon ensures the Candidate follows the path taken by Director of Ceremonies. The Kneeling Stool Steward rises, retrieves the kneeling stool, returns it to its position and resumes his seat without instruction or SOF. As the procession reaches the Senior Deacon’s chair, Senior Deacon replaces his wand and sits without instruction or SOF. The Past Master or Master Mason delivering the Lesser Lights rises and moves to a position on the floor of the lodge where he can accept the s . . . i . . . from the Director of Ceremonies as the procession passes. The Director of Ceremonies, without stopping or deviating from his path, passes the s . . . i . . to the Past Master or Master Mason.


As Director of Ceremonies reaches the South East corner of the squared pavement Junior Warden rises, moves to his pedestal and presents his right shoulder. Director of Ceremonies adjusts his path to ensure the procession arrives close to the pedestal, where the Candidate can easily reach the Junior Warden. On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden. Junior Deacon, using the back of the Candidate’s right hand, gently strikes Junior Warden three times on his right shoulder. Junior Warden resumes his seat and removes his right glove.

JW (to JD) Whom have you there?

JD Mr . . ., a poor Candidate in a state of d . . ., who has been well and worthily recommended, regularly proposed and approved in open lodge and now comes of his own free will and accord, properly prepared, humbly soliciting to be admitted to the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry.

JW How does he hope to obtain those privileges?

JD By the help of God, being free and of good report.

JW (Rises and takes Candidate’s right hand) Pass, free and of good report. (JW does not shake Candidate’s hand or give the g . . .).

Junior Warden resumes his seat and replaces his glove.

Ode 5.2

Keep Thou my feet; I do not ask to see The distant scene,

One step enough for me.

7.2.7 PERAMBULATION to the SENIOR WARDEN

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face West.

On Junior Deacon prompt, the procession moves off on the left foot towards the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidate’s VSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.


As Director of Ceremonies reaches the South West corner of the squared pavement Senior Warden rises, moves to his pedestal, and presents his right shoulder.

Director of Ceremonies adjusts his path to ensure the procession arrives close to the pedestal, where the Candidate can easily reach the Senior Warden.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.

Junior Deacon, using the back of the Candidate’s right hand, gently strikes Senior Warden three times on his right shoulder. Senior Warden resumes his seat and removes his right glove.

SW (to JD) Whom have you there?

JD Mr . . ., a poor Candidate in a state of d . . ., who has been well and worthily recommended, regularly proposed and approved in open lodge, and now comes of his own free will and accord, properly prepared, humbly soliciting to be admitted to the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry.

SW How does he hope to obtain those privileges?

JD By the help of God, being free and of good report.

SW (Rises and takes Candidate’s right hand) Enter, free and of good report. (SW does not shake Candidate’s hand or give the g . . .).

Senior Warden resumes his seat, replaces right glove and removes left glove.

7.2.8 PRESENTATION to the WORSHIPFUL MASTER

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face North.

On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room. Junior Deacon places the Candidate in a position at the left of Senior Warden facing East, approximately double arms’ length from Senior Warden, remaining behind the Candidate.

Senior Warden rises and with his left hand takes the Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master.

Senior Warden gives SOF.

SW WM, I present to you Mr . . ., a Candidate properly prepared to be made a Freemason.


WM Brother SW, your presentation will be attended to, but I shall first address a few questions to the Candidate, which I trust he will answer with candour.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat and replaces glove.

WM (to Candidate). Mr . . ., do you seriously declare, on your honour, that, unbiased by the improper solicitation of friends against your own inclination, and uninfluenced by mercenary or other unworthy motives, you freely and voluntarily offer yourself as a Candidate for the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry?

Can. (prompted by JD) I do.

WM Do you further seriously declare that you are prompted to solicit those privileges by a favourable opinion preconceived of the Institution, a general desire for knowledge, and a sincere wish to render yourself more extensively serviceable to your fellow creatures?


WM Do you likewise pledge yourself that, avoiding fear on the one hand and rashness on the other, you will steadily persevere through the ceremony of your initiation, and if admitted, will afterwards act and abide by the Antient usages and established customs of the order?


WM Brother SW, (pause while SW rises and gives SOF) you will direct the JD to instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden drops SOF, resumes his seat.

SW Brother JD, (pause while JD turns to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

7.2.9 ADVANCING to the EAST

Ode 6

How blessed are our brethren, Lord, How sure is their defence;

Eternal wisdom is their guide, Their help, Omnipotence.


On ‘form’ Junior Deacon faces East behind the Candidate. Where practicable, Junior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take one pace left with him. Junior Deacon then takes one pace right, one pace forward with his left foot and closes with his right, to a position at the right of the Candidate. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, the procession moves off with the left foot in a direct line to position the Deacon on the North edge of the Tessellated Border. Director of Ceremonies moves South to position himself in front of the Candidate and turns East without stopping.

Senior Deacon rises, takes up his wand and changes it to his left side.

Director of Ceremonies continues along the North side in the path intended for the Candidate. Junior Deacon should ensure the Candidate follows the path taken by the Director of Ceremonies.

As Junior Deacon and Candidate reach him, Senior Deacon picks up the step, takes the Candidate’s left hand and joins the procession.

Procession wheels to halt facing East in front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, at a distance from the kneeling stool sufficient to accommodate the advancement.

Director of Ceremonies halts at the right of Junior Deacon.

JD The mode of advancing to the East is by three irregular steps. You will therefore, take a short step forward with your left foot, (pause) drawing the right heel up to it. (pause) You will now take another, a little longer with the left foot, (pause) drawing the right up to it. (pause) You will now take another, a little longer still with the left foot, (pause) drawing the right heel up as before.

Once the Candidate is in position in front of the Pedestal, the Director of Ceremonies takes up a position behind him. Any further steps required for the Candidates to reach the kneeling stool should be taken when the Worshipful Master directs the Candidates to k . . .

WM (to Candidate) It is my duty to inform you that Masonry is free, and requires a perfect freedom of inclination in every Candidate for its mysteries;

It is founded on the purest principles of piety and virtue; it possesses many great and invaluable privileges; but, in order to secure those privileges to worthy men, and we trust to worthy men alone, vows of fidelity are required. Let me assure you, however, that in those vows there is nothing incompatible with your civil, moral or religious duties.


Are you therefore, willing to take a solemn obligation, founded on the principles I have stated, to keep inviolate the secrets and mysteries of the Order?

Can. (prompted by JD) I am. WM Then you will k . . . on your l . . . k . . . (pause while Deacons assist the Candidate), place your r . . . f . . . in the form of a s . . . ,(DC assists the Candidate to position his r . . . f . . .).

Worshipful Master, with gloves removed, rises and moves to the pedestal.

give me your right hand, (JD passes Candidate’s r . . . h . . . to WM then drops his hand to the side) which I place on this book, your VSL (WM places Candidates r . . . h . . . on Candidate’s VSL), while your l . . . will be employed in supporting a pair of c . . s one p. . .t extended towards your n . . . l . . . b . . .

Worshipful Master takes c . . . s from inside Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Senior Deacon passes Candidate’s l . . . h . . . to Worshipful Master then drops his hand to the side. Worshipful Master supports Candidate’s left hand and positions c . . . s therein. (c . . . s are hung over Candidate’s open hand, hand is closed around c . . . s, then placed in a position where one point of the c . . . s is extended toward l . . . b . . . with other point facing down. The c . . . s are placed so that the point closest to the candidate is held within this hand, with the second arm of the c . . . s touching the back of the candidates hand that is closest to the WM.)

Worshipful Master knocks once with the gavel of the lodge and is answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

On the Junior Warden’s knock, Deacons cross their wands above the Candidate’s head, Senior Deacon’s wand in front, brethren rise and give SOF.

Ode 7

0 God, unseen, yet ever near, Thy Presence may we feel;

And thus inspired with holy fear, Before Thine altar kneel.

7.2.10 OBLIGATION

WM Say I, state your names at length and repeat after me.

Can. I . . . . . . . . .

WM In the presence of the G.A.O.T.U., and of this worthy, worshipful and warranted lodge of Antient, Free and Accepted Masons, regularly held, assembled and properly dedicated, of my own free


will and accord, (pause, WM places his right hand on the Candidate’s right hand) do hereby and hereon (after Candidate repeats words resume fidelity) solemnly and sincerely promise and swear that I will always hele, conceal, and never reveal any part or parts, point or points, of the secrets or mysteries of or belonging to Antient, Free and Accepted Masons in Masonry, which may heretofore have been known by me, may now, or at any future time be communicated to me, unless it be to a true and lawful brother or brethren, and not even to him or them until after due trial, strict examination, or sure information from some well-known brother that he is or they are worthy of that confidence, or in the body of a lodge, just, perfect and regular.

I further solemnly promise that I will not write those secrets, carve, mark, engrave, indite, or otherwise them delineate, or cause or suffer the same to be so done by others, if in my power to prevent it, on anything movable or immovable under the canopy of heaven, whereby or whereon any letter, character, or figure, or the least trace of any letter, character or figure, may become legible or intelligible, to myself or anyone in the world, so that our secret arts and hidden mysteries may improperly become known through my unworthiness.

These several points I solemnly swear to observe, without evasion, equivocation, or mental reservation of any kind, under no less a penalty, on the violation of any of them, than that of being branded as a wilfully perjured individual, void of all moral worth, and totally unfit to be received into this, or any other warranted lodge, or society of men who prize honour and virtue above the external advantages of rank and fortune.

So help me God, and keep me steadfast in this my great and solemn obligation of an EA Freemason.

Worshipful Master removes c . . s from Candidate’s l . . . h . . . and returns c . . s to Worshipful Master’s pedestal and, if Deacons have not done so, quietly instructs Candidate to lower his l . . . a . . .

WM As a pledge of your fidelity, and to render this a solemn obligation binding upon you as long as you live, you will seal it with your l . . . on your VSL.

Ode 8

Keep thy tongue from evil; And thy lips that they speak no guile.


On ‘guile’ Deacons lower their wands, Worshipful Master and brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies and Deacons step back one pace, Junior Deacon then steps left one pace to a position behind the Candidate.

WM Having been kept for a considerable time in a state of d . . ., what in your present situation is the predominant wish of your heart?

Can. (prompted by JD) L . . .!

WM Brother JD, at the proper time let that blessing be restored to the Candidate.

Junior Deacon places the bottom of his wand slightly forward and to the right with the wand resting against his shoulder. He then places his hands on the h . . . w. . . ties in readiness to undo h . . . w. . . This is the cue for the Organist to commence the Ode.

Chap (If Ode not sung) And God said let there be Light. Ode 9

And God said let there be Light And there was light.

The brethren respond singing ‘And there was light’, at the same time the brethren point centre, left, right, and on ‘light’ the Worshipful Master (ONLY) knocks and brethren clap once. On the Worshipful Master’s knock Junior Deacon removes h . . . w. . ., and gently applies his right hand to the back of Candidate’s head so he sees the three emblematical lights. If the Candidate wears glasses, Junior Deacon opens them then returns them over Candidate’s right shoulder. Senior Deacon quietly instructs Candidate to take glasses with his l . . . h . . ., thus ensuring Candidate’s r . . . h . . . remains on VSL. Junior Deacon, with left hand, passes h . . . w . . . back to the Director of Ceremonies who places it in his pocket.

WM Having been restored to the blessing of material l . . ., let me direct your attention to what we consider the three great, emblematical lights in Freemasonry - the VSL, the square and compasses (WM indicates the emblematical lights collectively, but does not touch them). The sacred writings are to rule and govern our faith, the square to regulate our actions, and the compasses to keep us in due bounds with all mankind, particularly our brethren in Freemasonry.


WM (Takes Candidate by r . . . h . . with his r . . . h . . . only and says) Rise, (pause while Candidate rises) duly obligated brother among Masons.

Ode 10

Spirit of Truth and Love, Life-giving, holy Dove, Speed forth Thy flight!

Move o'er the waters' face, Bearing the lamp of grace,

And in earth's darkest place Let there be light.

Worshipful Master resumes his seat and replaces gloves. Brethren resume their seats with the Worshipful Master.

7.2.11 LESSER LIGHTS

The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position two paces to the right of Candidate.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and turns the Candidate and himself to face South, at the same time Director of Ceremonies turns right and Senior Deacon changes his wand by walking around it to face North.

To walk around his wand, the Senior Deacon raises the hand holding the wand (the left) breast high and reaches for the wand with his other hand about waist high. Leaving the wand with the butt on the floor, he executes a left turn inside the wand. The wand will then be on his right side. He slides his right hand down to the normal holding position and drops his left hand to his side.

On Junior Deacon prompt, all move off together on the left foot. Junior Deacon ensures the Candidate follows in the path of Director of Ceremonies.

Senior Deacon returns to his chair where he replaces his wand and sits without instruction or SOF.

The procession perambulates the lodge room via the South, West and North.

As the procession moves between the Junior Warden’s pedestal and Senior Warden’s pedestal the Candidate’s VSL is recovered.

Procession halts in the East facing South, with Director of Ceremonies furthest East in line with an imaginary extension of the North side of the tessellated border. Junior Deacon wheels Candidate alongside Director of Ceremonies.

Junior Deacon takes a pace back with his right foot, one pace left and closing with the right to place himself behind the Candidate.


Note 1: If a Past Master is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies moves to his station in the South East to raise him. On rising, the Past Master gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the South of the Worshipful Master.

Note 2: If the Chaplain is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies moves to his station in the South East to raise him. On rising, the Chaplain gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the North of the Worshipful Master. Alternatively, the charge may be given from the South.

Note 3: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge.

Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Masters pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to give a SOF to the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge. Director of Ceremonies returns to his chair where he remains standing.

At the conclusion of the charge, if the Master Mason is seated in the North East he is picked up by the Director of Ceremonies and gives a SOF when crossing in the East. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies. If the Master Mason is seated in the West he moves beside the Director of Ceremonies and gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master and is escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to his seat, if they cross the lodge room the Master Mason gives a further SOF. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies.

PM/MM You are now enabled to discover the three lesser lights in Freemasonry. They are situated in the S, W, and E, and are meant to represent the sun, the moon, and the Master of the lodge - the sun to rule the day, the moon to govern the night, and the Master to rule and direct his lodge.

Brother . . ., by your meek and candid behaviour this evening you have escaped two great dangers; but there is a third which will await you until the latest period of your existence.

The dangers you have already escaped are those of . . . and . . ., for, at your entrance into the lodge, the p . . . of this s . . . i . . (PM/MM displays the instrument at shoulder height, holding the handle in his right


hand with the p . . . against the palm of his left) was presented to your n . . . l . . . b . . ., so that had you rashly attempted to rush forward, you might have been accessory to your own death by s . . . (lower s . . . i . . .) There was, likewise (pause until JD in position), that c . . . t . . ., with a r . . . n . . ., about your n. . .,

At this time the Past Master/Master Mason adjusts the speed of his recital to the movements of the Junior Deacon .

On ‘likewise’ the Junior Deacon, who is standing close behind the Candidate, moves left and forward of the Candidate continuing clockwise to a position in front of and facing the Candidate, three steps then closing with his right foot.

Junior Deacon then places the butt of his wand to the outside of the Candidate’s left foot; resting on the Junior Deacon’s right shoulder.

Junior Deacon then grasps the knot of the c . . . t . . . with his left hand, takes the loop with his right hand and removes it, holding it in front of the Candidate. On ‘r . . . n . . .’ Junior Deacon elevates his left hand and with the right hand closes the r . . . n . . ., then coils the c . . . t . . . into his left hand and recovers his wand.

PM/MM (continues) which would have rendered any attempt at retreat equally fatal.

On ‘fatal’ Junior Deacon moves past right of the Candidate and turns clockwise to a position behind him, in three steps as described above.

PM/MM (continues) but the danger which will await you to your latest hour is that of being branded as a wilfully perjured individual, and void of all moral worth, should you improperly disclose the secrets entrusted to you.

Past Master/Chaplain turns to face the Worshipful Master, gives a SOF and returns to his seat. He is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

If Master Mason delivered the charge, Director of Ceremonies escorts him back to his chair as described in Note 3 above.

While the Past Master/Chaplain or Master Mason is returning to his seat, the Junior Deacon places the c . . . t . . . on the Secretary’s table. Turning West, Junior Deacon returns beside the Candidate.

7.2.12 SECRETS

Junior Deacon then moves the Candidate forward to a position one pace North of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, facing South. When in position, Junior Deacon returns behind the Candidate by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace left and closing with the right.


The Director of Ceremonies signals the Worshipful Master/Past Master, who rises with gloves removed. If a Past Master he gives SOF to the Worshipful Master.

The Worshipful Master/Past Master moves to a position opposite the Candidate, facing North, one pace South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Director of Ceremonies takes up position behind the Worshipful Master/Past Master.

WM/PM Bro . . ., Having taken the great and solemn obligation of an EAF, I am now permitted to inform you that there are several degrees in Freemasonry, with peculiar secrets restricted to each. These, however, are not communicated indiscriminately, but are conferred on Candidates according to merit and ability.

I shall, therefore, proceed to entrust you with the secrets of this degree, or those s . . . by which we are known to each other, and distinguished from the rest of the world; premising for your general information that all s . . ., l . . ., and p . . . are true and proper s . . . by which to know a Freemason.

You are, therefore, expected to stand perfectly erect, with your feet in the form of a s . . . (pause), your body being thus considered an emblem of your mind and your feet of the rectitude of your actions.

You will now take a short p . . . towards me with your l . . . f . . (WM/PM take the p . . . with Candidate), placing the r . . . h . . . into its h . . . (WM/PM place h . . . with Candidate); that is the first regular s . . . in F . . ., and it is in this position the secrets of the degree are communicated. (S . . . is maintained until the WM/PM releases the g . . . after the w . . . is given to Candidate.)

They consist of a s . . ., a g . . . or t . . ., and a w . . .

The s . . . is given, copy me, by raising the r . . . h . . . to this position, arm parallel to the ground, t . . . and f . . . in the f . . . of a sq . . ., placing to the l . . . of the t . . ., drawing sq . . . across and l . . . to the s . . .;

This is in allusion to the ancient penalty formerly associated with the violation of your obligation wherein the Candidate swore as a man of honour and an EAF that, before improperly disclosing the secrets entrusted to him, he would rather, copy me, (WM/PM gives the s . . . with the Candidate) have his t . . . c . . . a . . . (lower s . . .) his t . . . t . . . o . . . b . . . i . . . r . . . and his b . . . b . . . i . . . t . . . s . . . of t . . .


s . . . a . . . low w . . . m . . ., a . . . l . . . a cable’s l . . . f . . . t . . . s . . ., where the tide r . . . e . . . a . . . f . . . twice in the twenty-four hours.

The g . . . or t . . . is given by a distinct . . . of the . . . on the . . . (WM/PM gives the g . . . after it has been explained).

This, when properly given and received, serves to distinguish a brother by night as well as by day. The g . . . demands a w . . ., a w . . . highly prized among Freemasons as a safeguard to their privileges.

Too much caution, therefore, cannot be observed in communicating it. It should never be given at length as you are about to receive it, unless by command in open lodge, but always by letter or syllable.

To enable you to do this, I must tell you what that w . . . is. It is . . . (Say and spell word. Candidate does not repeat word) (WM/PM releases g . . . and WM/PM and Candidate recover s . . .).

As during the course of the ceremony you will be called on for this w . . ., the JD will now dictate the answers you are to give. (Pause while JD takes one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with left, then pivots back to face East on his right, and closes with the left)

Brother JD is on your right, and you will be careful to repeat only as dictated by him.

WM/PM (gives the g . . . to Candidate and asks) - What is this?

Can (JD instructs Candidate to repeat) The g . . . or t . . . of an EAF.

WM/PM What does this g . . . demand?

Can (JD instructs Candidate to repeat) A w . . .

WM/PM Give me that w . . .

Can (JD instructs Candidate to repeat) At my initiation I was taught to be cautious; I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.

WM/PM L . . . it and begin.

WM/PM This w . . . is derived from the p . . ., which stood at the l . . . of the p . . . or entrance to KST, so named after . . ., the GG of David, a prince and ruler in Israel. The import of the word is . . .

Can (JD instructs Candidate to repeat the import of the w . . .).

WM/PM Pass . . .


Director of Ceremonies moves to the left of the Worshipful Master/Past Master and both wheel on Director of Ceremonies to face East. If the Worshipful Master has delivered the charge he returns to his seat via the North side of his pedestal. If a Past Master has delivered the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master, returns to his seat and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

7.2.13 PRESENTATION to the JUNIOR WARDEN

As the Worshipful Master/Past Master returns to his seat, the Junior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right.

Ode 11.1

Onward to the Junior Warden, He will prove you in the South.

Director of Ceremonies moves into position in front of Candidate.

On Junior Deacon prompt, the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Junior Warden’s pedestal. On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden.

JD Bro. JW, I present to you Bro . . . on his initiation.

JW I will thank Bro . . . to advance to me as a Freemason.

Junior Deacon instructs Candidate to stand fast, takes one pace forward on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. He changes his wand before commencing instruction.

JD copy me Take the s . . ., (pause) give the s . . .

JW Have you anything to communicate?

JD Repeat after me brother – I have.

Can I have.

Junior Warden, with right glove removed, rises and Junior Deacon instructs the Candidate to give the g . . .

JW What is this?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) The g . . . or t . . . of an EAF.

JW What does this g . . . demand?


Can (JD prompts Candidate) A w . . .

JW Give me that w . . .

Can (JD prompts Candidate) At my initiation, I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.

JW L . . . it and begin.

Can (JD prompts Candidate) . . .

JW Pass . . .

Candidate recovers his step.

Junior Warden resumes his seat and replaces glove.

Junior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right.

Ode 11.2

In the West again be proven, Sign and token, word of mouth.

7.2.14 PRESENTATION to the SENIOR WARDEN

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face West.

On Junior Deacon prompt, all step off with the left foot and perambulate to the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.

JD Bro. SW, I present to you Bro. . . . on his initiation.

SW I will thank Bro. . . . to advance to me as a Freemason.

Junior Deacon instructs Candidate to stand fast, takes one pace forward on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. He changes his wand before commencing instruction.

JD Copy me Take the s . . . only.

SW What is that?

JD Repeat after me brother – The first r . . . s . . . in Freemasonry.

Can The first r . . . s . . . in Freemasonry.


SW Do you bring anything with you?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) I do.

JD Copy me (gives the s . . .).

Candidate copies Junior Deacon.

SW What is that?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) The s . . . of an EAF.

SW To what does it allude?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) The ancient penalty formerly associated with a violation of the obligation, implying that as a man of honour and an EAF, the brother would rather, copy me (JD gives the s . . . ) have h . . . t . . . c . . . a . . than improperly disclose the secrets entrusted to him.

SW Have you anything to communicate?

Can. (JD prompts Candidate) I have.

SW (With right glove removed, rises and takes the g . . .) What is this?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) The g . . . or t . . . of an EAF.

SW What does this g . . . demand?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) A w . . .

SW Give me that w . . .

Can (JD prompts Candidate) At my initiation I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.

SW H . . . it and begin.

Can (JD prompts Candidate) . . .

SW Whence is this w . . . derived?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) From the p . . . which stood at the l . . . of the p . . . or e . . . to KST, so named after . . ., the GG of D, a p . . . and r . . . in Israel.

SW The import of the w . . . ?

Can (JD prompts Candidate) In . . .

SW Pass . . .



Senior Warden sits, replaces right glove and removes left glove.

Junior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right.


On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face North.

On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room. Junior Deacon places the Candidate in a position at the left of the Senior Warden facing East, at approximately double arms’ length from the Senior Warden. Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate.

Senior Warden rises, and with his left hand takes the Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master, takes the s . . . and gives the s . . .

SW (holding s . . .) WM, I present to you Bro . . ., on his initiation, for some mark of your favour.

WM Bro. SW, I delegate you to invest our newly initiated brother with the distinguishing b . . . of an EAF.

Senior Warden completes s . . ., lowers Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat, replaces glove and places EA apron on his pedestal.

7.2.16 INVESTITURE

Where practicable, Junior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take one pace left with him. Junior Deacon then takes one pace right, one pace forward with his left foot and closes with his right, to a position at the right of the Candidate.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, the procession moves off with the left foot. Director of Ceremonies moves South to position himself in front of the Candidate and turns East without stopping.

Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. Junior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidate is beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with his toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.

Junior Deacon steps behind the Candidate taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closes with his right.


Senior Warden places the apron on top of his pedestal.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden rises and salutes the Worshipful Master then places the apron over his left arm. He leaves his pedestal via the North side and moves to a position immediately in front of the Candidate. At the same time Junior Deacon places the bottom of his wand slightly forward and to the right with the wand resting against his shoulder.

Director of Ceremonies moves back one pace to the East side of the Junior Deacon.

Senior Warden, assisted by the Junior Deacon, invests the Candidate. Senior Warden retains hold of the apron until the apron is secure and the Junior Deacon recovers his wand.

When the wand is recovered, Senior Warden reverses to a position where his toes are in line with an imaginary extension of the South edge of the squared pavement.

SW Bro . . ., by the WM’s command I invest you with the distinguishing b . . . of an EAF. It is more Antient than the Golden Fleece or Roman Eagle, more honourable than the Garter, or any other order in existence, being the badge of innocence and the bond of friendship; and I strongly exhort you to wear and ever consider it as such; and let me further exhort you never to disgrace that b . . ., for it will never disgrace you.

Senior Warden turns East and salutes the Worshipful Master. He steps back with his right foot and completes a left about turn, then returns to his chair via the South side of his pedestal.

As Senior Warden returns to his chair, Director of Ceremonies steps one pace forward, seats Senior Warden with SOF and steps back one pace.

7.2.17 EXTENSION

Junior Deacon instructs Candidate to turn ‘half left’, and guides him by taking his left elbow. The Junior Deacon remains facing South.

Note 1: If a Past Master is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the South of the Worshipful Master.

Note 2: If the Chaplain is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Chaplain salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the North of the Worshipful Master.



Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to salute the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he salutes the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge. Director of Ceremonies returns to his station in the South East where he remains standing.

At the conclusion of the charge, if the Master Mason is seated in the North East he is picked up by the Director of Ceremonies and salutes when crossing in the East. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies. If the Master Mason is seated in the West he moves beside the Director of Ceremonies and salutes the Worshipful Master and is escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to his seat, if they cross the lodge room the Master Mason gives a further salute. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies.

PM/MM/Bro … Let me add to the remarks of my brother the SW, that you are never to put on that b . . . and enter a lodge wherein there is a brother with whom you are at variance, or against whom you entertain feelings of animosity.

In such a case it is expected you will invite him to withdraw in order to settle your differences amicably, upon which being happily effected, you may then clothe yourselves, enter the lodge, and work with that love and harmony, which should at all time characterise Freemasons.

But if, unfortunately, your differences are of such a nature as not to be so easily adjusted, it were better that one or both of you retire than that the harmony of the lodge should be disturbed by your presence.

Past Master/Chaplain turns to face the Worshipful Master, salutes and returns to his seat. He is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF.


As the Past Master/Chaplain/Master Mason returns to his seat, Junior Deacon instructs the Candidate to turn ‘half right’, and guides him by taking his left elbow.


Ode 12

Pure as that badge thy life may be; If thou but to thine inmost self be true; And, like the Master, give thy best work

To all thy hand shall find to do.

Director of Ceremonies steps back one pace.

WM Brother JD, (pause, JD turns left to face the WM) you will place our newly initiated brother in the NE part of the lodge (JD turns to face South).

7.2.18 NORTH EAST CHARGE

Junior Deacon steps to right side of the Candidate and together they step back two paces (this aligns them with the Director of Ceremonies). Junior Deacon then wheels on the Candidate to face East as the Director of Ceremonies turns in front of the Candidate.

On Junior Deacon prompt all step off with the left foot and perambulate to North East corner.

Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate at North East corner to face South, with his toes one pace from the squared pavement. Junior Deacon indicates, with the butt of his wand, where the Candidate is to stand (toes against the North edge of the squared pavement at the East corner). Junior Deacon recovers his wand and quietly says to the Candidate – ‘Step to the pavement Brother’.

Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate step to the pavement.

When Junior Deacon is satisfied the Candidate is in the correct position, he steps behind him, taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

Director of Ceremonies moves to the South East corner, turns East, then reverses to a position two paces West of the East edge of the pavement.

Director of Ceremonies signals to raise Past Master.

Past Master moves to the right of Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, turns clockwise to face East and salutes the Worshipful Master.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, both wheel North one pace back from the pavement, on another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, both step forward with toes to the pavement (Past Master against the South edge of the squared pavement at the East corner, Director of Ceremonies at his left).

Director of Ceremonies steps behind Past Master by taking one pace back with his left foot, one pace right and closing with his left.


WM/PM Bro . . ., at the erection of all stately and superb edifices, it is customary to lay the first or foundation stone in the NE corner of the intended structure. You, being newly initiated into Freemasonry, are placed in the NE part of the lodge (no hand indication is given), figuratively to represent that stone, and on the foundation laid this evening, may you raise a superstructure perfect in all its parts and honourable to the builder. You now stand, to all external appearance, a just and upright man, and a Freemason, and I give it to you in strong terms of recommendation ever to continue and act as such. Indeed, I shall immediately proceed to put your principles in some measure to the test, by calling on you to exercise that virtue which may justly be denominated the distinguishing characteristic of a Freemason’s heart; I mean charity. I need not here dilate upon its excellences; doubtless it has often been felt and practised by you. Suffice it to say, it has the approbation of heaven and earth, and, like its sister, mercy, blesses him who gives as well as him who receives. In a society so widely extended as that of Freemasonry, whose branches are spread over the whole surface of the habitable globe, it cannot be denied that we have many members of rank and opulence amongst us. Neither can it be concealed that among the thousands who range under its banners there are some who, perhaps from circumstances of unavoidable calamity and misfortune, are reduced to the lowest ebb of poverty and distress. On their behalf it is our usual custom to awaken the sympathy of every newly initiated brother, by making such a claim on his charity as his circumstances in life may fairly warrant. Whatever, therefore, you feel disposed to give, you will deposit with the JD; it will be thankfully received and faithfully applied.

On ‘applied’, Junior Deacon turns left and moves on the square to the Secretary’s desk. Changes his wand to his left hand, but does not remove his glove, and collects the charity box.

Junior Deacon completes a mobile right about turn and continues South to a point forward of the Candidate, turns West and moves to a position in front of and facing the Candidate.


JD (Presenting the charity box) Have you anything to give? (waits for a reply).

JD Were you deprived of everything valuable prior to entering the lodge? (waits for a reply).

JD If you had not been, would you give freely? (waits for a reply).

The Junior Deacon moves to the left side of the Candidate in three steps by taking a forward diagonal step with his right foot, turning clockwise as he steps forward with his left foot and continues turning as he places his right foot beside the Candidate, then closes with his left foot.

JD Wor Bro . . ., our newly initiated brother affirms that he was divested of everything valuable prior to entering the lodge, or he would give freely.

Junior Deacon remains beside the Candidate while the Charity ode is played and/or sung.

Ode 13

(Solo, if soloist available) Meek and lowly, pure and holy,

Chief among the "Blessed Three"; Turning sadness into gladness, Heav'n born art thou, Charity.

Never weary of well-doing, never fearful of the end, Claiming all mankind as brothers,

Thou dost all alike befriend; (All brethren)

Meek and lowly, pure and holy, Chief among the "Blessed Three";

Turning sadness into gladness, Heav'n born art thou, Charity.

Junior Deacon turns left and moves on the square to the Secretary’s desk, deposits the charity box, changes the wand to his right hand, completes a mobile left turn and returns on the square to a position behind the Candidate.

WM/PM I congratulate you on the honourable sentiments by which you are actuated, likewise on the inability, which in the present instance precludes you from gratifying them.

Believe me; this trial was not made with a view of sporting with your feelings, far be from us any such intention.


It was done for three especial reasons - first, as I have already premised, to put your principles in some measure to the test, secondly, to evince to the brethren that you had neither m . . . nor m . . . substances of value about you, for if you had, the ceremony of your initiation thus far, must have been repeated; and lastly, as a warning to your own heart, that should you at any future time, meet a brother in distress who might solicit your assistance, you will remember those peculiar moments when you were admitted into Freemasonry, p . . . and p . . ., and cheerfully embrace the opportunity of practicing toward him that virtue you now profess to admire.

Ode 14

O Mason blest, who pity shows, And learns to feel another's woes;

Bends to the poor man's wants, his ear, And wipes the helpless orphan's tear;

In ey'ry want, in ev'ry woe, Himself true pity then shall know.

Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of the Past Master. Both take one pace back off the pavement then wheel back on the Director of Ceremonies to face East. Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and returns to his seat where he is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

7.2.19 REASONS FOR PREPARATION

Junior Deacon moves to right side of the Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, a pace forward with his left and closing with his right. He then instructs the Candidate – ‘Step back from the pavement Brother’. Junior Deacon and Candidate step back to a position clear of the pavement (usually one or two paces).

Junior Deacon returns behind Candidate, by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

Note 1: If a Past Master is to deliver the charge it must be given on the dais, South of the Worshipful Master. The Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the South of the Worshipful Master.

Note 2: If the Past Master is Chaplain, Treasurer or Secretary, Director of Ceremonies moves to North East to raise him. The Past Master and Director of Ceremonies move to centre East where the Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to the dais on the South side of


Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies moves to South East station facing East. On completion Director of Ceremonies seats the Past Master with SOF from the South East station.

Note 3: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge, including when he is Chaplain. Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to salute the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he salutes the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge. Director of Ceremonies returns to his station in the South East where he remains standing.


WM/PM/MM Bro . . . I will now explain to you the reasons for your preparation, which to you may have appeared somewhat strange.

Let me, however, assure you that every part of it had a deep symbolical import, and was designed to convey an important and useful lesson.

Your preparation was twofold ~ internal and external.

Internally you were prepared in your heart by a favourable opinion preconceived of the order, a general desire for knowledge, and an earnest wish, based on worthy motives, to be ranked amongst its members.

Externally, you were prepared in a peculiar manner in a convenient room adjoining the lodge, to fit you for the ceremony of initiation.

You were divested of all m . . . and m . . . substances of value.

First, that you might bring nothing offensive or defensive into the lodge to disturb its harmony.


Secondly, that as you were admitted into Freemasonry in a state of poverty, you should always be mindful of your duty to relieve indigent brethren so far as may be consistent with your circumstances in life.

It was also intended to point out to you that in a Freemasons’ lodge a man is not esteemed on account of his worldly substance, for herein all men are equal, meeting on the level and parting on the square.

And thirdly, it had reference to the building of King Solomon’s Temple, for it is upon the circumstances surrounding the erection of that edifice that our ceremonies are chiefly based.

There was not heard the sound of any hammer or other implement of iron, the stones being prepared in the quarries and the timber in the forests, and placed in their respective positions in the building by means of wooden mauls.

You were b . . . or h . . . w . . . . This was symbolical of your being in a state of darkness touching the mysteries of Freemasonry, and to impress upon you the necessity of keeping others in a similar state, until brought to the light in the same regular manner as you have been.

It was also to remind you that the heart must be made to conceive before the eye can be permitted to discover.

A c . . . t . . . or c . . . was placed around your n . . ., first, as a means of restraint should such have been necessary, and secondly, as symbolical of your being in a state of bondage, the bondage of ignorance.

Your r . . . a . . . was made bare in token of your sincerity, and to show that you were able and willing to work in furtherance of the interest of the craft.

Your l . . . b . . . was made bare to prove that you were not an impostor as regards sex, for the rules of our Order forbid the admission of females into our assemblies.

It was also that you might be received on the p . . . of a s . . . instrument presented thereto, to intimate to you that you were about to engage in something serious and solemn.

Your l . . . k . . . was made bare in token of your humility. On it you bent, and in the presence of TGAOTU entered into a solemn


obligation never improperly to reveal any of those Masonic secrets, which have been entrusted to your keeping.

Your r . . . h . . . was s . . . . This was to point out to you that our lodges are considered to stand on holy ground, and in token of an Antient custom amongst Eastern peoples, referred to in the third chapter of the Book of Exodus, and the fifth verse, where it is recorded that the Lord spake thus to Moses from the burning bush “Put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground”.

Past Master is seated by the Director of Ceremonies as described in Notes 1& 2 above.


7.2.20 WORKING TOOLS

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Junior Deacon moves to the right side of the Candidate, by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right.

Both wheel on the Candidate to face East and perambulate to a position at centre East, midway between the tessellated border and the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and turns him to face East. Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate.

In this degree the Working Tools are usually delivered by the Junior Warden. The Junior Warden is picked up by the Director of Ceremonies from the West of the Junior Warden’s pedestal and they perambulate clockwise around the lodge. The Junior Warden salutes as he crosses the West, then moves East to a position in front of the Candidate and salutes the Worshipful Master.

Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Candidate and Deacon before taking up a position at the South East corner facing East. The Junior Warden, if a Master Mason, delivers the charge from the first step.

The working tools are not handled, nor should the officer stand in front of the tools in order to explain or point to them.

The officer moves to his appropriate position, makes the first statement regarding the tools and indicates them collectively, then continues with the charge.


The position for delivering this charge is dependent on the rank of the officer, not the degree being worked. If the Worshipful Master or a Past Master, the whole charge is delivered from the dais, a Senior Warden (Master Mason) from the second step, if Warden is a Past Master the whole charge is delivered from the dais.

If a Past Master, he salutes the Worshipful Master before and after the charge and is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF, which he returns.

WM/PM/JW/MM Bro. . . . ., I now present to your notice the working tools of an EAF. They are the 24-inch g . . ., the common g . . . and the c . . . (pause, indicates tools collectively).

The 24-inch g . . . is to measure the work, the common g . . . to knock off all superfluous knobs and excrescences, and the c . . . to further smooth and prepare the stone and render it fit for the hands of the more expert workman.

But as we are met not as operative, but rather as Free and Accepted or symbolic masons, it is the moral to be derived from the contemplation of these tools to which I would direct your attention.

In this sense, the 24-inch g . . . represents the 24 hours of the day, part to be spent in prayer to almighty God, part in labour and refreshment, and part in serving a friend or brother in time of need, without detriment to ourselves or connections.

The common g . . . represents the force of conscience, which should enable us to keep down all vain and unbecoming thoughts which might obtrude themselves during any of the aforementioned periods, so that our words and actions might ascend to the throne of grace pure and unpolluted.

The c . . . points out the advantages of education, by which means alone we are rendered fit members of every well organized society.

Ode 15.1

The working tools have marked the ground, The Light through Masonry;

He once was lost, but now is-found; Was blind, but now can see.

The Junior Warden moves to the South of Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, turns clockwise to face East, takes a step and salutes the Worshipful Master.


On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Junior Warden and Director of Ceremonies step back on right foot and execute a mobile left about turn together. Director of Ceremonies escorts Junior Warden to his pedestal remaining East of the centre of the pedestal, Junior Warden is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF. The Director of Ceremonies turns left and returns to a position in line with the Candidate, facing East. He does not perambulate the lodge.

7.2.21 WARRANT, BOOK of CONSTITUTIONS and RESOLUTIONS

While Junior Warden is returning to his seat, Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate and instructs him to move forward to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

WM (seated) Brother . . ., our authority to admit you into Freemasonry is vested in this Warrant or Charter from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria, (pause and indicates) which is open for your inspection on this or any future lodge meeting.

WM (rises, moves to his pedestal) This is our Book of Constitutions which I recommend to your serious perusal, as by it you will be taught the duties you owe to the Craft, (Presents a copy of the B of C to Candidate’s right hand. JD prompts him to place it in his left hand). I also direct your attention to the Book of Lodge Resolutions, which is available for your perusal at the Secretary’s table at each meeting. (omit if there isn’t one)

Worshipful Master resumes his seat.

If the TB lecture is not presented, the Worshipful Master proceeds to 7.2.23

If the TB lecture is presented, continue as follows.

7.2.22 EXPLANATION of the FIRST TRACING BOARD

The TB lecture is optional. It may be given either before or after the final charge (usually before), but not before the working tools. This lecture may be given by the Worshipful Master, Past Master or Master Mason or a combination of one or more of these brethren, who salute the Worshipful Master from the floor before and after the charge. On completion a Past Master or Master Mason is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF, which is returned.

If the TB lecture is given before the Final Charge, the Deacon, Candidate and Director of Ceremonies turn South and perambulate to a position in the North, as near as possible opposite the TB, and wheel to face South.


Deacon steps behind the Candidate.

The brother delivering the lecture is conducted by the Director of Ceremonies to a position near, or in line with, the South edge of the tessellated border in front of the TB.

The Director of Ceremonies may stand behind the brother delivering the lecture, in which case another brother will point to each item on the TB as it is mentioned.

The brother delivering the charge may also stand near the TB and point.

Alternatively, the brother delivering the lecture may also perambulate, clockwise, to various positions within the lodge, in order to be near the items that are mentioned in the lecture. The brother salutes the Worshipful Master each time the lodge is crossed.

If the explanation of the TB is given as a lecture, it is usual for the brother to be granted the freedom of the lodge. In this case, the Director of Ceremonies remains seated and no salutes are given by the brother delivering the lecture.

WM/PM/MM

The usages and customs among Freemasons have ever borne a near affinity to those of the ancient Egyptians. Their philosophers, unwilling to expose their mysteries to vulgar eyes, couched their systems of learning and polity under signs and hieroglyphical figures, which were communicated to their chief priests or Magi alone, who were bound by a solemn oath to conceal them. The system of Pythagoras was founded on a similar principle, as well as many others of more recent date.

Masonry, however, is not only the most antient, but the most honourable society that ever existed, as there is not a character or emblem here depicted, but serves to inculcate the principles of piety and virtue among all its genuine professors.

Let me first call your attention to the form of the lodge, which is a parallelepipedon. In length from East to West, in breadth between North and South, in depth from the surface of the earth to the centre, and even as high as the heavens.

The reasons a Freemason’s lodge is described of this vast extent is to show the universality of the science; likewise, that a Mason's charity should know no bounds save those of prudence.

Our lodges stand on holy ground, because the first lodge was consecrated on account of three grand offerings thereon made, which met with divine approbation. First, the ready compliance of Abraham with the will of God in not refusing to offer up his son Isaac as a burnt sacrifice, when it pleased


the Almighty to substitute a more agreeable victim in his stead. Secondly, the many pious prayers and ejaculations of King David, which actually appeased the wrath of God, and stayed a pestilence which then raged among his people, owing to his inadvertently having had them numbered. Thirdly, the many thanksgivings, oblations, burnt sacrifices, and costly offerings which Solomon, King of Israel, made at the completion, dedication, and consecration of the temple at Jerusalem to God's service.

Those three did then, do now, and I trust ever will, render the ground of Freemasonry holy.

Our lodges are situated due East and West, because all places of divine worship, as well as Mason's regular, well formed, constituted lodges, are, or ought to be so situated; for which we assign three Masonic reasons. First, the sun, the glory of the Lord, rises in the East and sets in the West. Second, learning originated in the East, and then spread its benign influence to the West; [The third, last, and grand reason is; Whenever we contemplate the beautiful works of creation, how ready and cheerful ought we to be to adore the almighty Creator. From the earliest period of time, we have been taught to believe in the existence of a deity who has never left himself without a living witness among men. We read of Abel bringing a more acceptable offering to the Lord than his brother Cain; of Enoch walking with God; of Noah being a just and upright man in his day and generation, and a teacher of righteousness; of Jacob wrestling with an angel, prevailing and thereby obtaining a blessing for himself and posterity. But we never hear or read of any place being set apart for the public solemnisation of divine worship, until after the happy deliverance of the children of Israel from their Egyptian bondage. Which it pleased the almighty to effect with a high hand and an outstretched arm, under the conduct of His faithful servant Moses, according to a promise made to their forefather, Abraham that He would make of his seed a great and mighty people, even as the stars in heaven for number and the sand of the seashore for multitude. And as they were about to possess the gate of their enemies, and inherit the promised land, the almighty thought proper to reveal to them those three most excellent institutions - the moral, ceremonial, and judicial laws. And for the better solemnisation of divine worship, as well as a receptacle for the Books and Tables of the Law, Moses caused a tent or tabernacle to be erected in the wilderness, which by God's especial command was situated due East and West, for Moses did everything according to a pattern shown him by the Lord on Mount Sinai.

This tent or tabernacle proved afterwards to be the ground plan, in respect to situation, of that most magnificent temple built at Jerusalem by that wise and mighty prince, King Solomon, whose regal splendour and unparalleled lustre far transcend our ideas. This is the third, last, and grand reason I as


a Freemason give, why all places of divine worship, as well as Masons' regular well formed, constituted lodges are or ought to be so situated.]

Our lodges are supported by three great pillars. They are called wisdom, strength, and beauty. Wisdom to contrive, strength to support, and beauty to adorn; wisdom to conduct us in all our undertakings, strength to support us under all our difficulties, and beauty to adorn the inward man. The universe is the temple of the Deity whom we serve; wisdom, strength and beauty are about His throne as pillars of His works, for His wisdom is infinite, His strength omnipotent, and beauty shines through the whole of the creation in symmetry and order. The heavens He has stretched forth as a canopy; the earth He has planted as a footstool, he crowns His temple with stars as with a diadem and with His hand He extends the power and glory. The sun and moon are messengers of His will, and all His law is concord. The three great pillars supporting a Freemason’s lodge are emblematical of those divine attributes, and further represent SK of I, HK of T, and HA. SK of I for his wisdom in building, completing, and dedicating the temple at Jerusalem to God's service; HK of T for strength in supporting him with men and materials; and HA for his curious and masterly workmanship in beautifying and adorning the same. But, as we have no noble orders of architecture known by the names of Wisdom, Strength, and Beauty, we refer them to the three most celebrated, which are the Ionic, Doric, and Corinthian.

The covering of a Freemasons’ lodge is a celestial canopy of divers colours, even the heavens. The way by which we as Masons hope to arrive there is by the assistance of a ladder, in scripture called Jacob's ladder. It is composed of many staves or rounds, which point out as many moral virtues, but three principal ones, which are faith, hope, and charity: faith in the Great Architect of the Universe, hope in salvation, and to be in charity with all men.

It reaches to the heavens, and rests on the VSL, because, by the doctrines contained in that Holy Book, we are taught to believe in the dispensation of divine providence, which belief strengthens our faith and enables us to ascend the first step. This faith naturally creates in us a hope of becoming partakers of the blessed promises therein recorded, which hope enables us to ascend the second step.

But the third and last, being charity, comprehends the whole, and the Mason who is possessed of this virtue, in its most ample sense, may justly be deemed to have attained the summit of his profession. Figuratively speaking, an ethereal mansion, veiled from mortal eyes by the starry firmament, emblematically depicted here by seven stars, which have an allusion to as many regularly made Masons, without which number no


lodge is perfect, neither can any Candidate be legally initiated into the order.

The interior of a Freemasons’ lodge is composed of ornaments, furniture, and jewels. The ornaments of the lodge are the mosaic pavement, the blazing star, and the indented or tessellated border. The mosaic pavement is the beautiful flooring of the lodge, the blazing star the glory in the centre, and the indented or tessellated border the skirtwork round the same. The mosaic pavement may justly be deemed the beautiful flooring of a Freemason’s lodge by reason of its being variegated and chequered. This points out the diversity of objects which decorate and adorn the creation, the animate as well as the inanimate parts thereof. The blazing star, or glory in the centre, refers us to the sun, which enlightens the earth, and by its benign influence dispenses its blessings to mankind in general. The indented or tessellated border refers us to the planets, which in their various revolutions form a beautiful border or skirtwork round that grand luminary, the sun, as the other does round that of a Freemason’s lodge.

The furniture of the lodge consists of the VSL, the c . . . and s . . . . The sacred writings are to rule and govern our faith, on them we obligate our Candidates for Freemasonry. So are the c . . . and s . . ., when united, to regulate our lives and actions. The Sacred Volume is derived from God to man in general, the c . . . belong to the Grand Master in particular, and the s . . . to the whole Craft. The jewels of the lodge are three movable and three immovable. The movable jewels are the square, level, and plumb rule. Among operative Masons the square is to try, and to adjust rectangular corners of buildings, and assist in bringing rude matter into due form. The level to lay levels and prove horizontals; and the plumb rule to try and to adjust uprights, while fixing them on their proper bases. Among Free and Accepted Masons, the square teaches morality, the level equality, and the plumb rule justness and uprightness of life and actions.

They are called movable jewels because they are worn by the Master and his Wardens, and are transferable to their successors on nights of installation. The Master is distinguished by the square, the Senior Warden by the level, and the Junior Warden by the plumb rule. The immovable jewels are the Tracing Board, and the rough and perfect ashlars. The Tracing Board is for the Master to lay lines and draw designs on; the rough ashlar for the EA to work, mark, and indent on; and the perfect ashlar for the experienced craftsman to try and to adjust his jewels on. They are called immovable jewels because they lie open and immovable in the lodge for the brethren to moralize upon. As the Tracing Board is for the Master to lay lines and draw designs on, the better to enable the brethren to carry on the intended structure with regularity and propriety. So the VSL may justly be deemed to be the spiritual Tracing


Board of the Great Architect of the Universe, in which are laid down such divine laws and moral plans that were we conversant therewith, and adherent thereto, would bring us to an ethereal mansion not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. The rough ashlar is a stone rough and unhewn as taken from the quarry, until, by the industry and ingenuity of the workman, it is modelled, wrought into due form, and rendered fit for the intended structure. This represents man in his infant or primitive state, rough and unpolished as that stone, until, by the kind care and attention of his parents or guardians, by giving him a liberal and virtuous education, his mind becomes cultivated, and he is thereby rendered a fit member of civilized society. The perfect ashlar is a stone of true die or square, fit only to be tried by the s . . . and c . . . This represents man in the decline of years, after a regular well spent life in acts of piety and virtue, which cannot, otherwise be tried and approved than by the s . . . of God's word, and the c . . . of his own self convincing conscience. In all regular, well formed, constituted lodges there is a point within a c . . . round which the brethren cannot err. This c . . . is bounded between North and South by two grand parallel lines, one representing Moses, the other King Solomon; on the upper part of this c . . . rests the VSL, supporting Jacob's ladder, the top of which reaches to the heavens; and were we as conversant with that holy book, and as adherent to the doctrines therein contained as those parallels were, it would bring us to Him who will not deceive us, neither will he suffer deception. In going round this c . . . we must necessarily touch on both these parallel lines, likewise on the Sacred Volume; and, while a mason keeps himself thus circumscribed, he cannot err. The word Lewis denotes strength, and is here depicted by certain pieces of metal dovetailed into a stone, forming a cramp, and, when in combination with some of the mechanical powers, such as a system of pulleys, it enables the operative mason to raise great weights to certain heights with little encumbrance, and to fix them on their proper bases. Lewis likewise denotes the son of a mason. His duty to his parents is to bear the heat and burden of the day, which they, by reason of their age, ought to be exempt from; to assist them in time of need, and thereby render the close of their days happy and comfortable. His privilege for so doing is that of being made a Mason before any other person, however dignified. Pendent to the corners of the lodge are four tassels, meant to remind us of the four cardinal virtues, namely: temperance, fortitude, prudence, and justice, the whole of which, tradition informs us, were constantly practised by a great majority of our ancient brethren. The distinguishing characteristics of a good Freemason are virtue, honour, and mercy, and may they ever be found in a Masons breast.


The portion in square brackets may be omitted and the following words substituted. [The third, last, and grand reason which is too long to be entered upon now, is explained in the course of our lectures which I hope you will have many opportunities of hearing.]

At the conclusion of the TB lecture Junior Deacon moves the Candidate to a position, centre East, facing the Worshipful Master. Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate, Director of Ceremonies at right of Junior Deacon.

7.2.23 CHARGE AFTER INITIATION

WM I shall now direct your attention to an Antient charge, founded on the excellence of the institution and the qualifications of its members.

Ode 15.2

Through many dangers, toils and snares He has already come;

His trust has brought him safe thus far; And faith will lead him home.

On Junior Deacon prompt, the procession perambulates to the North West corner, then wheels in line to face East. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Junior Deacon steps behind the Candidate by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

Note 1: If a Past Master is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the South of the Worshipful Master. For the charge, the Director of Ceremonies moves back two paces and steps behind the Candidate.

Note 2: If the Chaplain is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Chaplain salutes the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the North of the Worshipful Master. For the charge, Director of Ceremonies moves back two paces and steps behind the Candidate.


Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him


to the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Masters pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to salute the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he salutes the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge. Director of Ceremonies returns to his station in the South East where he remains standing.


WM/PM/MM Brother . . ., having passed through the ceremony of your initiation, allow me to congratulate you on being admitted a member of our Antient and honourable institution. Antient no doubt it is, having existed from time immemorial; and honourable it must be acknowledged to be, as by a natural tendency, it conduces to make all those so who are strictly obedient to its precepts; indeed no institution can boast of a more solid foundation than that on which Freemasonry rests - namely, the practice of every moral and social virtue; and to so high an eminence has its credit been advanced that in every age monarchs have been promoters of the art, have not thought it derogatory to their dignity to exchange the sceptre for the gavel, have patronised our mysteries, and joined in our assemblies. To you, as a Freemason, I would first recommend the most serious contemplation of the VSL, charging you to consider it as the unerring standard of truth and justice, and to regulate your actions by the divine precepts it contains. Therein you will be taught the important duties you owe to God, to your neighbour, and to yourself. To God, by never mentioning His name but with that awe and reverence which are due from the creature to his creator, by imploring His aid in all your lawful undertakings, and by looking up to Him in every emergency for comfort and support. To your neighbour by acting with him on the square, by rendering him every kind office which justice or mercy may require, by relieving his necessities, soothing his afflictions, and by doing to him as in similar cases you would wish he should do to you. And to yourself, by such a prudent and well regulated course of discipline as may best conduce to the preservation of your corporeal and mental faculties in their fullest


energy, thereby enabling you to exercise those talents wherewith God has blessed you, as well to His glory as the welfare of your fellow-creatures. As a citizen of the world I am next to enjoin you to be exemplary in the discharge of your civil duties; by never proposing, or at all countenancing, any act which may have a tendency to subvert the peace and good order of society, by paying due obedience to the laws of any state which may for a time become the place of your residence, or afford you its protection but, [above all, by never losing sight of the allegiance due to the sovereign of your native land,] ever remembering that nature has implanted in your breast a sacred and indissoluble attachment to that country whence you derived your birth and infant nurture. As an individual, I would further recommend the practice of every domestic as well as public virtue. Let prudence direct you, temperance chasten you, fortitude support you, and justice be the guide of all your actions. Be especially careful to maintain, in their fullest splendour, those truly Masonic ornaments which have already been amply illustrated, namely; benevolence and charity. Still, however, as a Freemason, there are other excellences of character to which your attention may be peculiarly and forcibly directed. Amongst the foremost of these are secrecy, fidelity, and obedience. Secrecy consists in an inviolable adherence to the obligation you have entered into, never improperly to disclose any of those Masonic secrets which have now been, or may at any future time be, entrusted to your keeping, and cautiously to avoid every occasion which might inadvertently lead you so to do. Your fidelity must be exemplified by a strict observance of the constitutions of the Fraternity, by adhering to the Antient landmarks of the Order, by never attempting to extort, or otherwise unduly obtain the secrets of a superior degree, and by carefully refraining from recommending anyone to a participation in our secrets unless you have strong grounds to believe that, by a similar fidelity, he will ultimately reflect honour on our choice. So must your obedience be proved by a close conformity to our laws and regulations, by prompt attention to all s . . . and summonses, by modest and correct demeanour, and whilst in the lodge, by abstaining from every topic of political or religious discussion, by a ready acquiescence in all votes and resolutions duly passed by a majority of the brethren, and by a perfect submission to the will of the Master and his Wardens, whilst acting in the discharge of the duties of their respective offices. And as a last and general recommendation for your conduct, let me exhort you to dedicate yourself to such pursuits as may enable you to continue respectable in life, useful to mankind, and to become an ornament to the society of which you have this day been admitted a member; that you will more especially devote a portion of your leisure hours to the study of such of the liberal arts and sciences as may be within the compass of your


attainments; and that, without neglecting the ordinary duties of your station, you will feel yourself called upon to make a daily advancement in Masonic knowledge.

Note: The portion in brackets [ ] may be omitted at the discretion of the Worshipful Master after full enquiry when the Candidate is not of Australian or British birth.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps to left side of the Candidate, the Junior Deacon steps to the right side of the Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right.

Past Master/Chaplain turns to face the Worshipful Master, salutes and returns to his seat. He is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

If Master Mason delivered the charge, Director of Ceremonies escorts him back to his chair as described in Note 3 above. WM (must be given by the WM) Bro . . ., from the very commendable

attention you have given to this exhortation and charge, I am led to hope that you will duly appreciate the value of Freemasonry and imprint indelibly on your heart the sacred dictates of truth, of honour, and of virtue.

WM Bro . . ., this concludes the ceremony of your initiation.

Ode 16.1

Praise to the Lord, the Almighty, the King of Creation; 0 my soul, praise Him, for He is thy health and salvation.

7.2.24 PRESENTATION OF PAMPHLET

On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back, the Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face North while the Director of Ceremonies turns North in front of the Candidate. On prompt from the Junior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates via the North side to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, the Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. The Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the Junior Deacon.

WM (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up pamphlet and places it in his left hand) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you into Freemasonry and in particular to this the . . .


Lodge. On behalf of our Most Worshipful Grand Master, Most Worshipful Brother . . . I congratulate you on the completion of your first step in Freemasonry. The Most Worshipful Grand Master, along with all the members of the Craft, wish you a long and happy future in our great Order. (pause, releases Candidate’s hand, takes pamphlet from left hand and holding it where Candidate can read it) I also present to you this pamphlet from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria entitled ‘First Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes’. In particular I draw your attention to the questions and answers contained in the pamphlet which you must learn and commit to memory before you can be passed to the next degree. (pass pamphlet to Candidate’s right hand.)

The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand.

The Worshipful Master/Chaplain resumes his seat. If Chaplain, salutes Worshipful Master and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF

Ode 16.2

All ye who hear, Brethren and Fellows draw near,

Joining in glad adoration.

7.2.25 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATE On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn to face South and the Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate. On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. The Junior Deacon remains beside the Candidate.

WM Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire. The Junior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Junior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left side. JD Bro . . ., at all times when entering, crossing or leaving the lodge,

addressing the WM or his Wardens, or being addressed by them, you will take the s . . . and give the s . . .


In this degree the s . . . and s . . . are given thus. Stand fast brother (demonstrates s . . . and s . . .).

Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF. copy me Take the s . . ., give the s . . .

The Junior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on the Candidate’s right. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Candidate at the same time as the Junior Deacon.

Ode 16.3

Praise to the Lord, who doth prosper the Art, and defend us; Surely His goodness and mercy shall daily attend us;

Ponder anew What the Almighty can do,

If in His strength he befriend us. On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, the Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate and both face North. On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies the Inner Guard rises to open the door, the Director of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement, while the Junior Deacon conducts the Candidate towards the door. The Inner Guard opens the door. The Inner Guard ensures the Candidate is placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in the North West near the pavement facing North. The Junior Deacon positions himself facing South in line with his chair. On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, the Junior Deacon returns to his chair and remains standing until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair. The Director of Ceremonies and the Junior Deacon replace their baton and wand together. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Inner Guard, the Junior Deacon and the Director of Ceremonies sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF FIRST DEGREE CEREMONY


Refer to Section 18 for Multiple Candidates

Refer to Section 21 for Candidates Not of Christian Faith

Questions & Ceremony Prior to Passing 118

8 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO PASSING

8.1 PREPARATION The Candidate, prior to being passed to the second degree, must learn the questions and responses as set out in the pamphlet ‘First Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes’.

Note: It is the responsibility of the proposer, seconder, Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies to assess the Candidate’s ability to proceed to the next degree.

If, in the opinion of the Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies, the Candidate cannot adequately answer the questions the ceremony of Passing should not proceed.

8.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PASSING The Candidate will be sitting in a front seat in the North East.

WM (WM knocks, answered by SW and JW) Is there any Brother present desirous of advancement in Freemasonry?

The Candidate rises and moves forward to a position two paces North of the tessellated border.

Director of Ceremonies and Junior Deacon rise, take up baton and wand, then perambulate to the Candidate. As they approach the Candidate they wheel on the Junior Deacon to face North; Junior Deacon in front of the Candidate and Director of Ceremonies one pace East of the Candidate.

If the Candidate is wearing gloves the Director of Ceremonies ensures the gloves are removed before picked up by the Junior Deacon.

Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand; all turn East and move off together.

The procession perambulates to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal and all wheel to face the Worshipful Master.

Junior Deacon instructs Candidate to stand fast, moves forward one pace on his right foot, steps one pace back with his left and closes with the right.


JD Bro . . . salute the WM as an EAF. (JD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. JD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

After the salute, Junior Deacon retraces his steps to a position beside the Candidate.

The procession turns South (Junior Deacon wheels on the Candidate), then perambulates to the saluting base in the North West. Junior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Junior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, mobile turns to face North and steps off with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivots to face South and steps back one pace.

JD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF. (JD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. JD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

Junior Deacon steps forward with his left foot, then back three paces and close, to position him in front of the Director of Ceremonies. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt the Director of Ceremonies and the Junior Deacon both side step behind the Candidate.

WM Brethren, Bro . . . is this evening (day) a Candidate to be passed to the second degree, but it is first necessary that he should give proof of his proficiency in the former.

I shall, therefore, proceed to ask the usual questions.

WM (To Can) Where were you first prepared to be made a Freemason?

Can. In my heart.

WM Where next?

Can. In a convenient room adjoining the lodge.

WM Describe the mode of your preparation.

Can. I was divested of all m . . . and m . . . substances of value and h . . . w . . ., my r . . . a . . ., l . . . b . . . and, k . . . were made b . . ., my r . . . h . . . was s . . . s . . . and a c . . . t . . . placed around my neck.

WM Where were you made a Freemason?

Can. In the body of a lodge, just, perfect and regular.


WM And when?

Can. When the sun was at its meridian.

WM Freemasons’ lodges being usually held in the evening, how do you account for that, which at first view appears a paradox?

Can. The earth constantly revolving on its axis in its orbit round the sun and Freemasonry being universally spread over its surface, it necessarily follows that the sun is always at its meridian with respect to Freemasonry.

WM What is Freemasonry?

Can. A peculiar system of Morality, veiled in Allegory and illustrated by Symbols.

WM Name the grand principles on which the order is founded.

Can. Brotherly Love, Relief and Truth.

WM Who are fit and proper persons to be made Freemasons?

Can. Just, upright, and free men, of mature age, sound judgement and strict morals.

WM How do you know yourself to be a Freemason?

Can. By the regularity of my initiation, repeated trials and approbation’s and a willingness at all times to undergo an examination when properly called on.

WM How do you demonstrate that proof to others?

Can. By s . . ., t . . . and the perfect p . . . of my entrance.

WM These, brethren, are the usual questions. If any brother desires me to ask others, I may do so (pause).

Worshipful Master knocks, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

WM If there is any Bro. present who has not taken the second degree he must now retire.

Director of Ceremonies assists with the retirement of EAFs present, who will salute the Worshipful Master from a position on the South side of the Candidate and retire. After all EAFs have retired the Director of Ceremonies returns beside the Candidate.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back and turn North; Junior Deacon wheels on Candidate.

On prompt from Junior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates via the North side to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.


On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. Junior Deacon remains behind the Candidate. Director of Ceremonies turns East beside Junior Deacon.

WM (To Can) Bro . . ., do you pledge your honour as a man, and your fidelity as a Freemason, that you will steadily persevere through the ceremony of being passed to the degree of a FC?

Can. I do.

WM Do you likewise pledge yourself, under the penalty of your former obligation, that you will conceal what I shall now impart to you with the same strict caution as the other secrets in Freemasonry?

Can. I do.

WM Then I will entrust you with a test of merit, which is a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . . leading to the degree to which you seek to be admitted.

Worshipful Master, with right glove removed, rises and moves to the pedestal. The p . . . g . . . must be described before giving it to the Candidate.

WM The p . . . g . . . is given by a distinct p . . . of the . . . between the first and second, &c. (gives g . . . and then says) This p . . . g . . . demands a p . . . w . . . which is S . . . (JD instructs Candidate to repeat p . . . w . . .), S . . . denotes P . . ., (JD instructs the Candidate to repeat) and is usually depicted in a FC lodge by an e . . . of c . . . near a f . . . of w . . . You must be particularly careful to remember this w . . . as without it you cannot gain admission into a lodge in a superior degree. Pass . . .

Worshipful Master resumes his seat and replaces glove.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn South. Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate.

On prompt from Junior Deacon, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. Junior Deacon remains beside Candidate. Junior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Junior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, mobile turns to face North and steps off with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivots to face South and steps back one pace.

JD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF. (JD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. JD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)


Junior Deacon steps one pace forward with his left foot, mobile turns to face East and moves backwards three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on the Candidate’s right. Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Candidate at the same time as the Junior Deacon.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As Director of Ceremonies turns to face South, Junior Deacon pivots on Candidate and both face North. On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Inner Guard rises to open the door; Directr of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement while Junior Deacon conducts Candidate towards the door.

Inner Guard ensures the Candidate is placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair.

Junior Deacon positions himself facing South in line with his chair. On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon returns to his chair where he remains standing until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair.

Director of Ceremonies and Junior Deacon replace their baton and wand together.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Inner Guard, Junior Deacon and Director of Ceremonies sit together.

THE LODGE IS THEN OPENED IN THE SECOND DEGREE

Opening the Lodge – Second Degree 123

9 OPENING OF THE LODGE IN THE SECOND DEGREE

The Worshipful Master gives one knock, which is answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden

WM Brethren, assist me to open the lodge in the second degree.

All brethren rise. Each officer will face the Worshipful Master, salute and hold, while being addressed.

WM Bro JW, (pause while JW half turns to face WM, takes the s . . . and gives s . . . and s . . . of the first degree) what is the first care of every Fellow Craft Freemason?



JW Bro IG, (pause while IG moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . . and gives s . . . and s . . . of the first degree) see that the lodge is properly tyled.

Inner Guard gives the knocks of an EAF. On being answered he opens the door, sees the Tyler is at his post and closes the door.

IG (returns to reporting position, with s . . . and s . . . of the first degree) Bro JW, the lodge is properly tyled. (On JW’s knock, IG completes salute and remains in position).

JW (gives the knocks of an EAF, s . . . and s . . .) WM, the lodge is properly tyled. (IG returns to his chair).

WM Bro SW, (pause) our next care?

SW To see that the brethren appear to order as Freemasons.


The brethren take the s . . . and stand to order as EAFs, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies.

WM Bro JW, (JW turns his head only towards the WM.) are you a Fellow Craft Freemason?

JW I am, WM; try me and prove me.

WM Are all the brethren present FC Freemasons?


If all are FCs.

JW (without looking around) They are, to the best of my belief.

If all are not FCs.

JW (without looking around) They are not WM.

WM If there is any brother present who has not taken the second degree, he must now retire.

If EAFs are present the Director of Ceremonies assists with their retirement.

WM (to JW) By what instrument in architecture will you be proved?

JW The square.

WM What is a square?

JW An implement having an angle of 90 degrees, or the fourth part of a circle.

WM Being yourself acquainted with the proper method, you will prove the brethren Fellow Craft Freemasons, and demonstrate that proof to me by copying their example.

JW Brethren, it is the WM's command that you prove yourselves Fellow Craft Freemasons.

The brethren take the s . . . and stand to order as FCFs, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies.

When the Junior Warden has seen this done he says:

JW WM, the brethren having proved themselves FC Freemasons, I, in obedience to your command, thus copy their example (facing North, takes s . . . and gives s . . .).

WM Bro JW, I acknowledge the correctness of the same (takes s . . . and gives s . . .).

WM (or Chaplain) Brethren, before the lodge is opened in the second degree, let us supplicate the GG of the Universe, that the rays of heaven may shed their benign influence, to enlighten us in the paths of nature and science.

Ode 17

So mote it be.

WM Brethren, in the name of the GG of the Universe I declare the lodge duly opened, (pause) on the square, (pause) for the employment and instruction of FC Freemasons.


The Worshipful Master moves to the pedestal and gives the knocks of the second degree with the gavel of the lodge in his right hand. These knocks are repeated by the Senior Warden, the Junior Warden, the Inner Guard and the Tyler.

Ode 18

Guide us, O Thou great Jehovah, Pilgrims through this barren land; We are weak, but Thou art mighty,

Hold us with Thy pow'rful hand; Light of heaven, Light of heaven,

Guide us now and evermore, Guide us now and evermore.

On the Senior Warden knocks, the Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and the Senior Deacon takes up his wand. On the Junior Warden’s knock the Senior Deacon moves to the TB, the Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after the Senior Deacon has passed him and the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies.

Together, the Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master exhibits South p . . . of the c . . . s then takes one pace to the left, and the Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

If an altar is used, the c . . . s are arranged before those on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. The arrangement on the altar is identical to that on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Once the Senior Deacon has opened the TB and returned behind the Director of Ceremonies, the Immediate Past Master nods to the Director of Ceremonies and both return to their chairs and remain standing. Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats when the TB is exhibited, or on completion of the ode.

The Director of Ceremonies, the Immediate Past Master, the Junior Deacon and the Inner Guard remain standing until the Senior Deacon returns to his chair, the Director of Ceremonies and the Senior Deacon replace baton and wand. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies all sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF CEREMONY OF OPENING THE LODGE IN THE SECOND DEGREE

Ceremony of Passing 126

10 CEREMONY OF PASSING

10.1 PREPARATION Following the opening of the lodge in the second degree and the reception of visitors, the ceremony of passing to the second degree can commence.

The Tyler ensures the Candidate is properly prepared for the ceremony.

Preparation of the Candidate should be in a similar manner for each degree. Refer to Section 3.2.3 for indicative Candidate’s dress.

In addition to the items normally on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, prior to the opening of the lodge, the Candidate’s VSL, a square and a copy of any Second Degree Ceremony documentation that is required to be presented to the Candidate are placed in the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

An FC apron is placed in the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

The s . . . . is placed near the door, in a convenient location for easy access by the Inner Guard.

The Candidate’s “Masonic shirt” and footwear are placed in a convenient room adjoining the lodge.

10.2 CEREMONY OF PASSING 10.2.1 ALARM

When the Candidate is properly prepared and the Worshipful Master is ready, the Tyler is alerted to give the alarm.

Inner Guard rises and advances to reporting position (see Section 3.13.1), takes s . . . and gives s . . . (Junior Warden acknowledges with brief SOF).


JW (Knocks once, rises, turns to face WM, takes s . . . and gives s . . .) WM, there is an alarm (On JW’s knock IG completes salute and remains in position).




Inner Guard completes salute, returns to door, removes right glove, opens the door and steps outside leaving the door ajar (not wide open).

Inner Guard checks to ensure Candidate is properly prepared, (l . . . a . . ., r . . . b . . . and k . . . made b . . ., l . . . h . . . s . . . s . . ., wearing an EA Apron).


Tyler Bro . . ., who has been regularly initiated into F. . . and has made such progress as he hopes will entitle him to be passed to the second degree, for which ceremony he comes properly prepared.

IG How does he hope to obtain that privilege?

Tyler By the help of God, the assistance of the s . . . and the benefit of a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

IG Give me that p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

After receiving p . . . g and p . . . w, Inner Guard closes the door, replaces his glove then turns and advances to a position in the lodge room where he is in full view of the Worshipful Master and facing him, clear of the Senior Warden's pedestal and clear of the seating in the North.

IG (takes s . . . and gives s . . .) WM, Bro . . ., who has been regularly initiated into F . . . and has made such progress as he hopes will entitle him to be passed to the second degree, for which ceremony he comes properly prepared.

WM How does he hope to obtain that privilege?

IG By the help of God, the assistance of the s . . . and the benefit of a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

WM We acknowledge the propriety of the aid by which he seeks admission. Do you, Bro. IG vouch that he comes properly prepared and is in possession of the p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . ?

IG I do WM.

WM Then let him be admitted in due form. (IG completes salute, but remains in position).

WM Brother Deacons.

10.2.2 ADMISSION

On ‘Brother Deacons’, the Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon, Inner Guard and Kneeling Stool Steward rise together.




1. Director of Ceremonies to a predetermined position near the pavement in the South East facing West.

2. The Inner Guard returns to the lodge room door and picks up s . . .

3. The Kneeling Stool Steward moves to the North West corner of the tessellated border facing East and places the stool on the tessellated border. The North edge of the stool is placed in line with an imaginary extension of the North side of the pavement and the East edge of the stool against the West edge of the pavement. He should be returning to his seat before the Director of Ceremonies and Deacons arrive in the West. He sits without instruction or SOF.

4. The Senior Deacon moves South then West to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. He should arrive beside the Director of Ceremonies on his right foot. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate to the South West corner. As the Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon turn North, the Senior Deacon is joined on his left by the Junior Deacon who has been keeping step with him by walking in his shoes. The Senior Deacon does not stop but is joined on the move by the Junior Deacon. Deacons then perambulate behind the Director of Ceremonies and continue towards the door.

5. As they turn North, the Director of Ceremonies proceeds to a position in the North West where he can observe the Candidate is properly prepared without obstructing the movement of the Deacons.

6. Deacons arrive at an open space clear of the doorway, halt, wheel anticlockwise, step half a pace outwards to make room for the Candidate and turn inwards to face each other. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

7. When all are ready, the Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard who opens the door.

8. Inner Guard meets the Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the external angle of the s . . . to the Candidate’s r . . . b . . .

IG I admit you on the angle of the s . . . (the s . . . is not exhibited).

Note: Must be spoken so that it can be heard by the Organist


Ode 19

Acknowledge the Lord in all thy ways, And He shall direct thy paths.

Inner Guard transfers the s . . . to his left hand and with his right hand takes Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Deacons. Inner Guard quietly introduces the Candidate by name as he is placed into the care of Senior Deacon. As the Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand and the Junior Deacon takes his left they turn into the lodge room.

When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidate is properly prepared, (l . . . a . . ., r . . . b . . . and k . . . made b . . ., and I . . . h . . . s . . . s . . . wearing EAF apron) he nods to the Deacons. The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidate to a position one pace back from the kneeling stool. All arrive in this position together with the Director of Ceremonies to the North of the Deacon closest to the North West corner.

Senior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘Stand fast’. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, mobile turns to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace.

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

Senior Deacon retraces his steps to return to the right side of the Candidate. Director of Ceremonies steps forward three paces beside Junior Deacon.

WM Let the Candidate kneel.

On ‘kneel’, Director of Ceremonies positions himself behind the Candidate. Deacons slide their hands up to the Candidate’s elbows, step forward on their inside foot and assist him to kneel.

Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock Deacons cross wands, Senior Deacon’s wand in front. The brethren all rise and give SOF.

10.2.3 PRAYER

WM/CHAP We supplicate the continuance of Thine aid, O merciful Lord, on behalf of ourselves and him who kneels before Thee; may the work begun in Thy Name be continued to Thy Glory and evermore established in us by obedience to Thy Divine precepts.


Ode 20 So mote it be.


WM Let the Candidate rise.

On ‘rise’, Deacons assist the Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside leg and placing their wrist under the Candidate’s armpits. When the Candidate is standing, Deacons grasp his hands. Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of Junior Deacon.

WM (after Deacons have recovered) and proceed.

On ‘proceed’ Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats.

10.2.4 FIRST PERAMBULATION

On Director of Ceremonies prompt all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and at the same time the Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate, also facing North.

On Senior Deacon prompt all perambulate to the East.

Ode 21.1

Through Masonry, our hearts inspire; Imbue us with Thy sacred fire; Make us obedient to Thy laws,

And zealous to support Thy cause.

When clear, the Kneeling Stool Steward rises, retrieves the kneeling stool and resumes his seat without instruction or SOF.

At each pedestal the Candidate is wheeled to face the officer. On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Worshipful Master.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Junior Deacon simultaneously takes a half pace back from Candidate.



Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right. Junior Deacon simultaneously steps forward.

10.2.5 PERAMBULATION to the JUNIOR WARDEN.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face South and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot

Ode 21.2

O may our highest pleasure be To further man's felicity;

Let none in sorrow vainly sigh, No grief unheeded pass us by.

On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden.


SD Bro . . ., advance to the JW as an EAF, giving the s . . . and communicating the t . . . and w . . . of that degree.

Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take s . . . and give EA s . . .


Can. (prompted by SD) I have.

JW (With right glove removed, rises, receives the g. . .) What is this?

Can. (prompted by SD) The g . . . or t . . . of an EAF.


Can. (prompted by SD) A w . . .

JW Give me that w . . . freely and at length.

Can. . . . (SD only prompts if necessary)

JW Pass . . .


Junior Warden sits and replaces right glove.



10.2.6 PERAMBULATION to the SENIOR WARDEN.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face West and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot

Ode 21.3

Let equity our steps attend, And injured worth our tongues defend;

So may we all, as Brethren true, The path of kindliness pursue.

On arrival at a position midway between the tessellated border and the Senior Warden’s pedestal, the Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.


SD Bro . . ., salute the SW as an EAF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)


10.2.7 SECOND PERAMBULATION

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate move to a position in the North with the heels of the Deacons and Candidate in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the Squared Pavement, facing East.

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) The brethren will take notice that Bro . . . is about to pass in view before them, to show that he is the Candidate properly prepared to be passed to the second degree.


Ode 22.1

Let Masonry from pole to pole, Her boundless pow'r expand As far as mighty oceans roll,

To earth's remotest land. On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Worshipful Master.




10.2.8 PERAMBULATION to the JUNIOR WARDEN

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face South and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 22.2

The virtues that exalt mankind Our noble tenets prove;

Engraven on each faithful mind Are Unity and Love.



SD Bro . . ., salute the JW as an EAF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)




On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face West and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 22.3

Ascending to her native sky, In Beauty, Strength and Grace,

A glorious pillar raised on high; Integrity the base.

Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidate’s VSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.


SD Bro . . ., advance to the SW as an EAF giving the s . . . and communicating the p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . . you received from the WM prior to leaving the lodge.

Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take s . . . and give EA s . . .


Can. (instructed by SD) I have.

SW (With right glove removed, rises, receives the p. . . g. . .) What is this?

Can. (SD instructs Candidate) The p . . . g . . . leading from the first to the second degree.

SW What does this p . . . g . . . demand?

Can. (SD instructs Candidate) A p . . . w . . .

SW Give me that p . . . w . . .

Can . . . (SD prompts if required)

SW What does . . . denote?


SW How is it usually depicted in a Fellow Craft lodge?

Can. (SD instructs Candidate) By an e . . . of c . . . near a f . . . of w . . .


SW Pass . .

Candidate recovers his step..

Senior Warden sits, replaces right glove and removes left glove.



On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Deacons pivot on the Candidate to face North. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side, Deacons place the Candidate at the left of the Senior Warden facing East, approximately double arms’ length from the Senior Warden. Deacons remain behind the Candidate. Senior Warden rises, takes Candidate’s right hand, thumb in the form of a square and palm towards Worshipful Master, gives SOF.

SW WM, I present to you Bro . . ., a Candidate properly prepared to be passed to the second degree.

WM Bro SW, you will direct the SD to instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, sits and replaces glove.

SW Bro SD, (pause while SD turns to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

10.2.11 ADVANCING to the EAST Senior Deacon turns to face East behind the Candidate. Where practicable, Senior Deacon prompts Candidate and Junior Deacon to take one pace left. Deacons step along side Candidate.

Director of Ceremonies prompts the procession to move off with the left foot.

Ode 22.4

Peace joins with olive branch entwined, The emblem of a dove;

Fraternal comfort we will find, And blessings from above.


Director of Ceremonies moves South to position himself in front of the Candidate and turns East without stopping. All move to a position near the North East corner (allowing for the steps), facing South in line with tessellated border.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace with the left and back on the right to face East.

SD Bro . . ., the method of advancing to the East in this degree is by f . . . s . . ., as though ascending a w . . . s . . . For your information I will first go through them and you will afterwards follow my example.

Senior Deacon resumes his position at the right side of Candidate, then demonstrates the advancement to the East commencing with l . . . f . . . Following the demonstration, Senior Deacon returns to his position at the right of the Candidate, passing behind Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate. Deacons and Candidate step off on left foot advancing to the East. When completed, Director of Ceremonies moves to a position behind Candidate. Any further steps required for the Candidates to reach the kneeling stool should be taken when the Worshipful Master directs the Candidates to k . . .

WM Bro . . . as the secrets of each degree in F . . . are to be kept separate and distinct, another obligation is required of you, in many respects similar to the former. Are you willing to take it?

Can. I am (SD prompts).

WM Then you will k . . . on your r . . . k . . ., place your l . . . f . . . in the form of a s . . ., (DC to adjust the f. . . of the Candidate) place your r . . . h . . . on your VSL, (rises, with both gloves removed, and moves to pedestal) while your l . . . a . . . will be supported in the angle of the s . . . in this position.

Worshipful Master demonstrates position of the l . . . a . . ., but does not apply the s . . . during the demonstration. As the Worshipful Master demonstrates the position, Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to copy the Worshipful Master. The Worshipful Master holds his l . . . a . . . in this position until the Candidate has copied him. The Worshipful Master then obtains the s . . . from under his pedestal and passes it under the Candidate’s left arm into the left hand of Senior Deacon who positions the s . . . on the Candidates left elbow for the duration of the obligation. The Junior Deacon and/or Director of Ceremonies do not support the s . . . or the arm of the Senior Deacon.



On the Junior Warden’s knock, Deacons cross their wands above the Candidate’s head, Senior Deacon’s wand in front, brethren rise and give SOF. Junior Deacon holds the wand with two hands.

Ode 23

O God, unseen, yet ever near, Thy Presence may we feel;


10.2.12 OBLIGATION

WM Say I, state your several names at length, and repeat after me.

Can. I . . .

WM In the presence of the GG of the U, and of this worthy, worshipful, and warranted lodge of FC Freemasons, regularly held, assembled, and properly dedicated, of my own free will and accord (pause, WM places his right hand on the Candidate’s right hand) do hereby and hereon (after Candidate repeats words resume fidelity) solemnly and sincerely promise and swear that I will always hele, conceal, and never reveal any of the s . . . ts or mysteries of or belonging to the second degree in F . . ., denominated the Fellow Craft's, to him who is but an EA, any more than I would any of them to the uninitiated world who are not Freemasons, unless it be to an approved Candidate in the body of a FC lodge duly opened on the square. I further solemnly promise to act as a true and faithful craftsman, answer s . . . s, obey summonses, and maintain the principles inculcated in the former degree. All these several points I solemnly swear to observe, without evasion, equivocation, or mental reservation of any kind, under no less a penalty, on the violation of any of them, than that of being branded as a wilfully perjured individual, void of all moral worth, and totally unfit to be received into this or any other warranted lodge or society of men who prize honour and virtue above the external advantages of rank and fortune.


So help me almighty God, and keep me steadfast in this my great and solemn obligation of a FC Freemason

Senior Deacon removes s . . . and passes it back to Worshipful Master under Candidates l . . . a . . ., Director of Ceremonies then lowers Candidates l . . . arm. Senior Deacon holds wand with both hands. Candidate’s r . . . h . . . remains on the VSL.

WM As a pledge of your fidelity, and to render this a solemn obligation equally binding with that in the former degree, you will seal it with your l . . . t . . . on your VSL.

Ode 24


On the word ‘guile’ Deacons lower wands, Worshipful Master and brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

WM Your progress in Freemasonry is marked by the altered position of the s . . . and c . . . When you were made an E.A. both p . . . were hidden; in this degree one is disclosed, implying that you are now midway in Freemasonry, superior to the EA, but inferior to that which, I trust, will hereafter be communicated to you.

WM (WM takes Candidate’s r . . . h . . . with his r . . . h . . .) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, Fellow Craft Freemason.

Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats.

Ode 25

Brother, faithful and deserving, Now the second rank you fill;

Purchased by your faultless serving, Leading to a higher still.

Thus from rank to rank ascending, Mounts the Mason's path of love;

Bright its earthly course, and ending In the glorious Lodge above.

Director of Ceremonies moves beside Senior Deacon.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face South and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On Senior Deacon prompt, all step off on left foot.

As the procession moves between the Junior Warden’s pedestal and Senior Warden’s pedestal the Candidate’s VSL is recovered.


Junior Deacon leaves the procession as it approaches his chair in South West, replaces wand and sits.

Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate continue to perambulate to a position in the East, two paces North of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, facing South.

When in position, Senior Deacon moves behind the Candidate.

Director of Ceremonies moves to the South East corner and signals the Past Master who is to deliver the secrets.

Past Master rises with gloves removed, gives SOF to the Worshipful Master from the dais and moves to a position opposite the Candidate, facing North, two paces South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. Director of Ceremonies takes up position behind the Past Master.

10.2.13 SECRETS WM/PM Bro . . ., having taken the great and solemn obligation of a FCF, I

shall now proceed to entrust you with the s . . . ts of this degree. You will therefore advance towards me as at your initiation.

Senior Deacon prompts Candidate to take the s . . . and give the EA s . . . Senior Deacon moves forward with the Candidate, WM/PM copies Candidate.

You will now take another short p . . . towards me with your l . . . f . . ., (pause while Candidate takes p . . .) placing the r . . . h . . . into its h . . . as before (pause while Candidate positions h . . . ). That is the second regular s . . . in F . . . and it is in this position (pause while WM/PM assumes position) the s . . . of the degree are communicated. They consist, as in the former, of a s . . ., a g . . . or t . . . and a w . . ., with this difference - that in this degree the s . . . is of a threefold nature. The first part of the threefold s . . . is given, copy me, by placing the r… h… in the region of the h . . . t . . . and f . . . s in the form of a square and is called the s . . . of F . . ., emblematically to shield the repository of your s . . . ts from the attacks of the insidious. The second part is given, by elevating the l . . . h . . . to this position, t . . . and f . . . s in the form of a square and is called the H . . . s . . ., or s . . . of P . . . . This s . . . took its rise at the time when J . . . fought the battles of the Lord, for it was in this position that M . . . prayed fervently to the Almighty to enable J . . . to complete the overthrow of his enemies.


The third part of the threefold s . . . is given, by lowering the l . . . h . . . to the side drawing the r . . . h . . . sq . . . across in a c . . . m . . . and lowering the s . . . , and is the P . . . s . . . . This alludes to the ancient penalty formerly associated with the violation of your obligation, wherein the brother swore as a man of honour and a FCF that, before improperly disclosing the secrets entrusted to him, he would rather, copy me have his l . . . b . . . l . . . o . . ., his h . . . t . . . there from and given to the r . . . b . . . of the a . . . and d . . . b . . . of the f . . . as prey. The complete s . . . is given thus, copy me (No step is taken). The g . . . or t. . . is given by a distinct p. . . of the t . . ., on the s . . . k . . . j . . . of a b . . . ’s r . . . h . . .. (the g . . . or t . . . is explained before giving it to the Candidate). This g . . . demands a w . . . - a w . . . to be given and received with the same strict caution as that in the former degree; it is never to be given at length as you are about to receive it, but always by letter or syllable, unless by command in open lodge. To enable you to do this I must tell what that w . . . is . . . It is J… (Say and spell word. Candidate does not repeat word) (WM/PM releases g . . . and WM/PM and Candidate recover s . . .). As during the course of the ceremony you will be called on for this w . . . the SD will now dictate the answers you are to give.

Senior Deacon takes side step to the right, moves one pace forward on left foot, then one step back on the right closing with the left, facing East.

Bro SD is on your right and you will be careful to repeat only as dictated by him.

WM/PM (gives g . . .) What is this?

Can (SD instructs Candidate to repeat) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.

WM/PM What does this g . . . demand?

Can (SD instructs Candidate to repeat) A w . . .

WM/PM Give me that w . . .

Can (SD instructs Candidate to repeat) In this degree, as in the former, I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.

WM/PM L . . . it and begin.

WM/PM This w . . . is derived from the p . . . which stood at the r . . . of the porchway or entrance to KST, so named after . . ., the assistant HP who officiated at its dedication.


The import of the w . . . is . . ., (SD prompts Candidate to repeat w . . .) and when conjoined with that in the former degree . . ., (SD prompts Candidate to repeat w . . .) for God said . . . will I . . this mine house to stand firm forever. Pass . . .

Director of Ceremonies moves to left of Past Master and both wheel back to face East.

Past Master salutes Worshipful Master and returns to his seat where he is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

If Worshipful Master delivers the secrets he returns to his chair via the North side of pedestal and sits without SOF.

As the Worshipful Master/Past Master returns to his seat, Senior Deacon steps to the right side of the Candidate.


Director of Ceremonies moves into position in front of Candidate.

On Senior Deacon prompt, the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Junior Warden’s pedestal.

Ode 26.1

Glorious Craft that fires the mind With sweet harmony and love;

By angelic skill designed, Emblems of blest joy above.

On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden, two steps from pedestal.

SD Bro JW, I present to you Bro . . . on his being passed to the second degree.

JW I will thank Bro . . . to advance to me as a FC, first as an EA.

Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate to stand fast, steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Senior Deacon changes his wand before commencing instruction.

SD Copy me. Take the s . . ., give the (EA) s . . .

SD Copy me. Take the s . . ., give the (FC) s . . .


Can. (SD prompts the Candidate) I have.


Junior Warden with right glove removed, rises and moves to pedestal.

Senior Deacon assists Candidate to give g . . .

JW What is this?

Can. (SD prompts the Candidate) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts the Candidate) A w . . .


Can. (SD prompts the Candidate) In this degree, as in the former, I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.


Can (SD prompts the Candidate) . . .

JW Pass . . .


Junior Warden sits and replaces glove.

Senior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right.


On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, Senior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face West.

On Senior Deacon prompt, the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

Ode 26.2

Wisdom, precious gift divine, Strength and Beauty here we meet;

Art and Science all combined, Symbols noble and complete.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden, two steps back from pedestal.

SD Bro SW, I present to you Bro . . . on his being passed to the second degree.

SW I will thank Bro . . . to advance to me as a FC, first as an EA.


Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate to stand fast, steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Senior Deacon changes his wand before commencing instruction.

SD Take the s . . ., give the first degree s . . .

Candidate takes the s . . . and gives the s . . . of EAF.

SD Take the s . . . only copy me

SW What is that?

Can. (SD prompts Candidate) The s . . . regular s . . . in Freemasonry.


Can. I do (SD instructs Candidate to give SOF).

SW What is that?

Can. The SOF, emblematical of shielding the repository of my s . . . ts from the attacks of the insidious.

SW Do you bring anything else?

Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to give the h . . . s . . .

SW What is that?

Can (SD prompts Candidate) The h . . . s . . ., or s . . . of p . . .

SW When did it take its rise?

Can (SD prompts Candidate) At the time when J . . . fought the b . . . of the L . . ., for it was in this position that M . . . prayed fervently to the Almighty to enable J . . . to complete the overthrow of his enemies.


Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to give p . . . s . . .

SW What is that?

Can. (SD prompts Candidate) The p . . . s . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts Candidate) To the ancient penalty formerly associated with a violation of the obligation, implying that as a man of honour and a FCF, the Brother would rather, (SD) copy me SD does not give h . . . s . . . ) have his l . . . b . . . l . . . o . . ., (open and close hand) his h . . . t . . . therefrom, (draw hand squarely across in a clutching motion) than improperly disclose the secrets entrusted to him.



Can. (SD prompts Candidate) I have.

SW (Right glove removed, rises and moves to pedestal and takes g . . .) What is this?

Can. (SD prompts Candidate) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts Candidate) A w . . .

SW Give me that w . . . Can. (SD prompts Candidate) In this degree as in the former, I was

taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.


Can. (SD instructs Candidate – examination completed)


Can. (SD prompts Candidate) From the p . . . which stood at the r . . . of the porchway or entrance to KST so named after . . . the assistant HP, who officiated at its dedication.

SW The import of the w . . .?

Can. (SD prompts Candidate) . . . and when conjoined with that of the former degree . . ., for God said . . . will I . . . this mine house to stand firm forever.

SW Pass . . .


Senior Warden sits and replaces right glove.

Senior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back beside the Candidate with his left and closes with his right.


On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Senior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face North.

On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room. Senior Deacon wheels the Candidate to a position at the left of Senior Warden facing East, at approximately double arms’ length from Senior Warden. Senior Deacon remains behind the Candidate.


Senior Warden removes left glove, rises, take Candidate’s right hand, thumb in the form of a square and palm towards Worshipful Master, gives SOF and addresses the Worshipful Master.

SW WM, I present to you Bro . . . on his being passed to the second degree, for some further mark of your favour.

WM Bro SW, I delegate you to invest our newly passed Bro with the distinguishing b . . . of a FCF.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat, replaces glove and places FC apron on pedestal.

10.2.17 INVESTITURE

Where practicable, Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take one pace left with him. Senior Deacon then takes one pace right, one pace forward with his left foot and closes with his right, to a position at the right of the Candidate.


The Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. Senior Deacon and Candidate wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidate is beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with his toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.

Senior Deacon steps behind the Candidate taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closes with his right.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden rises, salutes the Worshipful Master and places the apron over his left arm. Senior Warden leaves his pedestal via the North side and moves to a position immediately in front of the Candidate. As Senior Warden leaves his pedestal, Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Senior Deacon.

Senior Warden holds the FC apron in front of the Candidate while Senior Deacon removes the EA apron and passes it to Director of Ceremonies.

When the FC apron is secure, Senior Deacon recovers his wand, prompting Senior Warden to reverse to a position where his toes are in line with an imaginary extension of the South edge of the squared pavement.

As soon as the Director of Ceremonies receives the EA apron he carries it with dignity to Secretary’s table and returns alongside the Senior Deacon. When the


Director of Ceremonies is alongside the Senior Deacon, he checks that the Senior Warden is in the correct position and signals him to continue the investiture.

SW Bro . . ., by the WM command I invest you with the distinguishing b . . . of a FCF, to mark the progress you have made in the science.

Senior Warden turns East and salutes Worshipful Master. He steps back with his right foot and completes a left about turn, then returns to his chair via the South side of his pedestal.

10.2.18 EXTENSION

Director of Ceremonies steps beside the Candidate, seats Senior Warden with SOF and steps back beside Senior Deacon.

Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to turn ‘half left’, and guides him by taking his left elbow.



Note 3: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge. Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to

the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to salute the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he salutes the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge. Director of Ceremonies returns to his station in the South East where he remains standing.



WM/PM/MM Let me add to the remarks of my brother the SW, that the b . . . with which you have just been invested points out to you that, as a Craftsman, you are expected to make the liberal arts and sciences your future study, that you may be the better enabled to discharge your duty as a Freemason, and estimate the wonderful works of the almighty Creator.




Ode 27

With your emblem now invested, Still proceed as you began;

Prove yourself, however tested, Both a Craftsman and a man.


WM Bro SD, (pause as SD faces WM) you will place our newly passed brother in the South East part of the lodge (SD turns to face South).

10.2.19 SOUTH EAST CHARGE Senior Deacon steps to right of Candidate and with the Candidate steps back two paces, then wheels on him to face East as Director of Ceremonies turns East in front of the Candidate. On Senior Deacon prompt the procession steps off on the left foot and perambulates to South East corner. Senior Deacon wheels Candidate at South East corner to face North, with his toes one pace from the squared pavement. Director of Ceremonies positions himself beside the Candidate. Senior Deacon indicates with the butt of his wand the position where the Candidate is to stand (toes against the South edge of the squared pavement at the East corner). Senior Deacon recovers his wand and says to the Candidate – ‘Step to the pavement Brother’. Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon and Candidate step to the pavement. When Senior Deacon is satisfied the Candidate is in the correct position he steps behind him, by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closes with his right.


If a Past Master is to deliver the charge, Director of Ceremonies moves to South East corner, indicates to Past Master to rise. They move to centre East, salute Worshipful Master and move to North East corner facing the Candidate at the edge of the tessellated border. They step to the pavement. Director of Ceremonies steps behind. If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to the North East corner facing the Candidate at the edge of the tessellated border (If they cross the lodge room the Master Mason salutes the Worshipful Master). They step to the pavement. Director of Ceremonies steps behind.

WM/PM/MM Bro . . ., when you were made an EA you were placed in the NE part of the lodge to show that you were newly admitted. As Freemasonry is a progressive science, you are now placed in the SE part, to mark the progress you have made; and as I trust the import of the charge delivered to you in the former degree neither is, nor ever will be effaced from your memory, I shall content myself with observing that, as in the former degree you were made acquainted with the principles of moral truth and virtue, you are now expected to extend your researches into the hidden mysteries of nature and science.

Director of Ceremonies moves to right side of Past Master/Master Mason, they wheel back and move to centre East, salute Worshipful Master. Past Master/Master Mason is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF. As Past Master/Master Mason is being seated, Senior Deacon moves to right side of Candidate.

10.2.20 WORKING TOOLS Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the left of Candidate. All take two steps back. Senior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face West as Director of Ceremonies turns West. All perambulate to centre East. Senior Deacon turns Candidate from behind to face Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies perambulates to front of Senior Warden’s pedestal and raises him. Senior Warden salutes in the North West. Director of Ceremonies and Senior Warden perambulate to centre East (Senior Warden in front of Candidate, Director of Ceremonies behind the Senior Deacon). Senior Warden salutes Worshipful Master, turns and moves to second step (if Past Master top step). Director of Ceremonies places himself at the SE corner facing East.

WM/PM/SW/MM Bro . . ., I now present to your notice the working tools of FCF. They are the square, level and plumb rule. (pause, indicate tools collectively) The square is to try, and to adjust all rectangular


corners of buildings, and assist in bringing rude matter into due form, the level to lay levels and prove horizontals, and the plumb rule to try, and to adjust all uprights, while fixing them on their proper bases. But, as we are met not as operative but rather as Free and Accepted or Symbolic Masons, it is the moral to be derived from the contemplation of these tools to which I would direct your attention.

The square teaches us to regulate our lives and actions according to Masonic line and rule, and to harmonise our conduct in this life so as to render us acceptable to that Divine Being from whom all goodness springs, and to whom we must give an account of all our actions. The level demonstrates that we are all sprung from the same stock, are partakers of the same nature, and sharers in the same hope; and, although distinctions among men are necessary to preserve subordination, yet ought no eminence of station make us forget that we are brothers, for he who is placed on the lowest spoke of fortune’s wheel is equally entitled to our regard, as a time will come - and the wisest of us knows not how soon - when all distinctions save those of goodness and virtue, shall cease, and death, the great leveller of all human greatness, shall reduce us to the same state. The infallible plumb rule, which, like Jacob's ladder, connects heaven and earth, is the criterion of rectitude and truth. It teaches us to walk justly and uprightly before God and man, turning neither to the right nor the left from the paths of virtue. Not to be an enthusiast, persecutor, or slanderer of religion, bending neither towards avarice, injustice, malice, revenge, nor the envy and contempt of mankind, but giving up every selfish propensity which might injure others. To steer the barque of this life over the seas of passion, without quitting the helm of rectitude, is the highest perfection to which human nature can attain, and, as the builder raises his column by the level and perpendicular, so ought every Freemason conduct himself towards this world, to observe a due medium between avarice and profusion, to hold the scales of justice with equal poise, to make his passions and prejudices coincide with the just line of his conduct, and in all his pursuits to have eternity in view. In this sense the Square teaches morality, the Level equality, and the Plumb Rule justness and uprightness of life and actions. Thus, by square conduct, level steps, and upright intentions, we hope to ascend to those heavenly mansions whence all goodness emanates.

Senior Warden moves to the South of the Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, about-turns to face East and salutes the Worshipful Master. On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden and Director of Ceremonies step back on right foot and execute a mobile left about turn together.


Director of Ceremonies escorts Senior Warden to his pedestal, seats him with SOF and returns beside the Candidate.

Ode 28 As a Craftsman, pass on higher,

O'er the paths of Truth and Love, Let God's work your heart inspire

True to Him who rules above. Then shall Plumb-rule, Square and Level

Your integrity proclaim; Shielding you from all that's evil,

As you win each upward aim.

If the TB lecture is to be delivered continue with 10.2.22

If the Tracing Board lecture is NOT delivered, proceed to 10.2.23

10.2.21 POSITION OF THE PILLARS

The pillars are viewed from the inside looking out. The pillar on the left is of the ‘Corinthian’ order and is usually adorned with the ‘Terrestrial’ (the earth) globe; the pillar on the right is of the ‘Doric’ order and is usually adorned with the ‘Celestial’ (the heavens) globe. A few Tracing Boards depict the scene looking from the outside into the porch, in which case the left and right pillars are reversed.

10.2.22 EXPLANATION OF THE SECOND DEGREE TRACING BOARD

Note: The TB lecture is optional.

It may be given before or after the Final Charge (usually before), but not before the Working Tools.

This lecture may be given by the Worshipful Master, Past Master or a Master Mason or any combination of these brethren. The Past Master/Master Mason delivering the charge salute the Worshipful Master from the floor before and after the charge. On completion a Past Master or Master Mason is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with the SOF, which is returned.

If the TB lecture is given before the Final Charge, the Senior Deacon turns with the Candidate to face South and with the Director of Ceremonies perambulates to a position in the North, as near as possible opposite the Tracing Board. Senior Deacon wheels the Candidate to face South.

Senior Deacon steps behind the Candidate.

The brother delivering the charge may stand near the Tracing Board and point.

Director of Ceremonies may be seated.


WM/PM/MM When the temple at Jerusalem was completed by King Solomon, its costliness and splendour became objects of admiration to the surrounding nations, and its fame spread to the remotest parts of the then known world. There was nothing, however, in connection with this magnificent structure more remarkable, or that more particularly struck the attention, than the two great pillars which were placed at the porchway or entrance.

That on the . . . was called . . ., which denotes in . . . ; that on the . . ., . . . which denotes to . . .; and when conjoined . . ., for God said, in . . . I will . . . this mine house to stand firm for ever. The height of these pillars was seventeen cubits and a half each, their circumference twelve, their diameter four; they were formed hollow, the better to serve as archives to Masonry, for therein were deposited the constitutional rolls. Being formed hollow, their outer rim or shell was four inches or a hand's breadth in thickness. They were made of molten brass, and were cast in the plain of Jordan, in the clay ground between Succoth and Zeredathah, where King Solomon ordered those and all his holy vessels to be cast. The superintendent of the casting was HA. Those pillars were adorned with two chapiters each five cubits high; the chapiters were enriched with net-work, lily-work, and pomegranates; net-work, from the connection of its meshes, denotes unity; lily-work, from its whiteness, peace; and pomegranates, from the exuberance of their seed, denote plenty. There were two rows of pomegranates on each chapiter, one hundred in a row. Those pillars were further adorned with two spherical balls, on which were delineated maps of the celestial and terrestrial globes pointing out "Masonry universal". They were considered finished when the net-work or canopy was thrown over them.

They were set up as a memorial to the children of Israel of that miraculous pillar of fire and cloud, which had two wonderful effects: the fire gave light to the Israelites during their escape from their Egyptian bondage, and the cloud proved darkness to Pharaoh and his followers when they attempted to overtake them.

King Solomon ordered them to be placed at the entrance of the temple as the most proper and conspicuous situation for the children of Israel to have the happy deliverance of their forefathers continually before their eyes, in going to and returning from divine worship.

At the building of KS's temple an immense number of masons were employed; they consisted of EAs and FCs; the EAs received a weekly allowance of corn, wine and oil; the FCs were paid their wages in specie, which they went to receive in the middle chamber of the temple; they got there by the p . . . h . . . y or entrance on the South side.


After our antient brethren had entered the porch, they arrived at the foot of the winding staircase which led to the middle chamber. Their ascent was opposed by the JW, who demanded of them the PG and PW leading from the first to the second degree. The PG you are all in possession of, and the PW, I daresay you recollect, is . . . .; . . . denotes . . ., and is here depicted by an e . . . of c . . . near to the f . . . of w . . . The word . . . dates its origin from the time that an army of Ephraimites crossed the River Jordan in a hostile manner against Jephtha, the renowned Gileaditish general; the reason they assigned for this unfriendly visit was that they had not been called out to partake of the honours of the Ammonitish war, but their true aim was to partake of the rich spoils with which, in consequence of that war, Jephtha and his army were then laden. The Ephraimites had always been considered a clamorous and turbulent people, but then broke out into open violence, and after many severe taunts to the Gileadites in general, threatened to destroy their victorious commander and his house with fire.

Jephtha, on his part, tried all lenient means to appease them, but, finding these ineffectual, he had recourse to rigorous ones; he therefore drew out his army, gave the Ephraimites battle, defeated, and put them to flight, and, to render his victory decisive, and to secure himself from a like molestation in the future, he sent detachments of his army to secure the passages of the River Jordan, over which he knew the insurgents must of necessity attempt to go, in order to regain their own country, giving strict orders to his guards that, if a fugitive came that way owning himself an Ephraimite, he should immediately be slain; but if he prevaricated, or said nay, a test w . . . was to be put to him, to pronounce the w . . ., . . .; they, from a defect in aspiration peculiar to their dialect, could not pronounce it properly, but called it . . ., which small variation discovered their country, and cost them their lives; and scripture informs us that there fell on that day, on the field of battle and on the banks of the Jordan, forty and two thousand Ephraimites. And as . . . was then a test w . . . to distinguish friend from foe, KS afterwards caused it to be adopted as a PW in a FCL, to prevent any unqualified person ascending the winding staircase which led to the middle chamber of the temple.

After our antient brethren had given those convincing proofs to the JW, he said, “Pass . . .”; they then passed up the winding staircase, consisting of three, five, seven, or more steps; three rule a lodge, five hold a lodge, seven or more make it perfect; the three who rule a lodge are the Master and his two Ws; the five who hold a lodge are the Master, two Wardens, and two FCs; the seven who make it perfect are


two EAs added to the former five. Three rule a lodge, because there were but three Grand Masters who bore sway at the building of the first temple at Jerusalem - SK of I, HK of T, and HA. Five hold a lodge, in allusion to the five noble orders of architecture - the Tuscan, Doric, Ionic, Corinthian, and Composite; seven or more make a perfect lodge because King Solomon was seven years and upwards in building, completing, and dedicating the temple at Jerusalem to God's service; they have likewise a further allusion to the seven liberal arts and sciences - grammar, rhetoric, logic, arithmetic, geometry, music and astronomy.

After our antient brethren had gained the summit of the winding staircase, they arrived at the door of the middle chamber, which they found open, but properly t. . .d, against all under the degree of a FC, by the SW, who demanded of them the s . . ., t . . ., and w . . . of a FC. After they had given him those convincing proofs, he said: “Pass . . .”; they then passed into the middle chamber of the Temple, where they went to receive their wages, which they did without scruple or diffidence; without scruple, well knowing they were justly entitled to them, and without diffidence, from the great reliance they placed on the integrity of their employers in those days.

If the Director of Ceremonies is not already behind the Past Master/Master Mason giving the Charge he does so at this point.

When our antient brethren were in the middle chamber of the temple, their attention was peculiarly drawn to certain Hebrew characters, which are here depicted by a letter G (PM/MM indicates letter G with his right hand then adopts the SOF, at the same time the WM ONLY gives one knock and all rise and hold SOF, SD instructs Candidate to give SOF), denoting God, the Grand Geometrician of the Universe, to Whom we must all submit, and Whom we ought humbly to adore.

All drop SOF. Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats.

Director of Ceremonies moves to left of Past Master/Master Mason, both wheel to face East, Past Master/Master Mason salutes Worshipful Master and is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of Candidate.

Senior Deacon moves to right side of Candidate, all take one pace back. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies turns East while Senior Deacon wheels on Candidate to face East.

On Senior Deacon prompt all perambulate via the East to the North West corner.


10.2.23 CHARGE AFTER PASSING On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn South. Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate. On prompt from Senior Deacon, the procession perambulates to the North West corner where they all wheel in line to face East. Senior Deacon steps behind Candidate.

Note 1: If a Past Master is delivering the charge, it must be given on the dais. Director of Ceremonies signals the Past Master who salutes the Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies steps behind Senior Deacon.

Note 2: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge, it must be from the floor of the lodge at the foot of the steps to the South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. The Master Mason delivering the charge must be escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to that position and on completion returned by the Director of Ceremonies who seats him with a SOF, which he returns.

PM/MM Bro . . ., having advanced to the second degree, we congratulate you on your elevation. It is unnecessary to recapitulate the duties which, as a Freemason, you are now bound to discharge, or enlarge on the necessity of a strict adherence to them, as your own experience must have established their value. Your past behaviour and regular deportment have merited the honour which we have conferred; and in your new character it is expected that you will not only conform to the principles of the Order, but steadily persevere in the practice of every virtue. The study of the liberal arts, which tends so effectually to polish and adorn the mind, is earnestly recommended to your consideration, especially the science of geometry, which is established as the basis of our art. As the solemnity of our ceremonies requires a serious deportment, you are to be particularly attentive to your behaviour in our assemblies; you are to preserve our antient usages and customs sacred and inviolable, and induce others, by your example, to hold them in veneration. The laws and regulations of the Order you are strenuously to support and maintain. You are not to palliate or aggravate the offences of your brethren, but, in the decision of every trespass against our rules, judge with candour, admonish with friendship, and reprehend with mercy.


As a Craftsman, in our private assemblies, you may offer your sentiments and opinions on such subjects as are regularly introduced in the lecture, under the superintendence of an experienced Master who will guard the landmarks against encroachment. By this privilege you may improve your intellectual powers, qualify yourself to become a more useful member of society, and, like a skilful brother, strive to excel in what is good and great. You are duly to honour and obey all regular signs and summonses given and received. You are to encourage industry, and reward merit; supply the wants and relieve the necessities of brethren and fellows to the utmost of your power and ability, and on no account to wrong them, or see them wronged, but timely to apprise them of approaching danger, and to view their interests as inseparable from your own. Such is the nature of your engagements as a Fellow Craft, and these duties you are bound by the most sacred ties to observe.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps to left side of the Candidate, the Senior Deacon steps to the right side of the Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right. The Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF, which he returns. WM Bro . . ., this concludes the ceremony of your being passed to the

second degree.

Ode 29.1 Praise to the Lord, the Almighty,

the King of Creation; 0 my soul, praise Him,

for he is thy health and salvation.


On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, all take one pace back, the Senior Deacon wheels on the Candidate to face North while the Director of Ceremonies turns North in front of the Candidate.

On prompt from the Senior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. The Senior Deacon remains behind the Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the Senior Deacon.


WM/Chap (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up pamphlet and places it in his left hand) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Fellow Craft (pause, releases Candidate’s hand, takes pamphlet from left hand and holding it where Candidate can read it)) and present you with this pamphlet entitled “Second Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes”, from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria. In particular I draw your attention to the Questions and Answers contained in the pamphlet, which you must learn and commit to memory before you can be raised to the next degree. (pass pamphlet to Candidate’s right hand.)

The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand. The Candidate retains pamphlet until immediately prior to retiring.

The Worshipful Master/Chaplain resumes his seat. If Chaplain, salutes Worshipful Master and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF

10.2.25 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATE

Ode 29.2

All ye who hear, Brethren and Fellows draw near,

Joining in glad adoration. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn to face South and the Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate. On the Senior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. The Senior Deacon remains beside the Candidate.

WM Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire. The Director of Ceremonies takes the pamphlet from the Candidate. The Senior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

SD In this degree you will salute as a FCF thus. Stand fast brother (demonstrates s . . . and s . . .).


Bro . . ., salute the WM as a FCF. copy me. Take the s . . ., give the s . . .

The Senior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on the Candidate’s right. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Candidate and returns the pamphlet to the Candidate.

Ode 29.3

Praise to the Lord, who doth prosper the Art and defend us;

Surely His goodness and mercy shall daily attend us; Ponder anew What the Almighty can do,

If in His strength he befriend us. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, the Senior Deacon wheels on the Candidate and both face North. On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies the Inner Guard rises to open the door, the Director of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement, while the Senior Deacon conducts the Candidate towards the door. The Inner Guard opens the door. The Inner Guard ensures the Candidate is placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in the North West near the pavement facing North. The Senior Deacon executes an about turn (if facing West anticlockwise, if facing North clockwise) and moves to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate along the North side to their respective chairs. The Senior Deacon remains standing at his chair until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair. The Director of Ceremonies and the Senior Deacon replace their baton and wand together. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Inner Guard, the Senior Deacon and the Director of Ceremonies sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF SECOND DEGREE CEREMONY



Installation of Master – Second Degree Segment 158

11 INSTALLATION OF MASTER – SECOND DEGREE SEGMENT

11.1 PROCEDURE FOR THE MASTER-ELECT 1. The Master Elect may be a Warden, Past Master, Past Warden, or the

sitting Worshipful Master of the lodge, or a Past Warden who has served for one year in any other regular Lodge warranted under Grand Lodge, or any sister Constitution recognised by Grand Lodge. No Past Warden of another Lodge shall be eligible for nomination and election unless a dispensation has been obtained from the Grand Master exempting him from service as a Warden in the Lodge in which the election is to take place.

2. It is customary in this Jurisdiction to invite the Grand Master, or his representative, assisted by Grand Officers to conduct the ceremony of installation and investiture of officers.

3. The minute relating to the Election of Master must have been specifically confirmed prior to the Second Degree work proceeding.

4. The Lodge Notice Paper for this meeting should have a specific agenda item that relates to the “Second Degree Obligation of Master Elect”.

5. This segment of the installation ceremony may be conducted on the night/day of Installation; however it is recommended that it be conducted at the lodge meeting prior to the Installation.

6. The election of Master must be conducted not later than two regular meetings before the installation meeting.

7. The privilege of choosing his Installing Master should be extended to the Master Elect.

8. Regardless of the arrangements made for the Installation, it is usual for the retiring Worshipful Master to conduct this segment of the ceremony including the obligation in the second degree and the opening of the lodge in the third degree.

9. Master Masons may act as Presenting Officers for the Second Degree obligation of the Master Elect.


11.2 PRESENTATION OF MASTER ELECT FOR OBLIGATION IN SECOND DEGREE PRIOR TO THE NIGHT OF INSTALLATION

11.2.1 PRESENTATION

11.2.1.1 Where the Master Elect is currently installed as a Warden of the Lodge or is a Past Warden.

WM Brethren the minute relating to the election of Master having been specifically confirmed we can now proceed to obligate the Master Elect in preparation for the occasion of his Installation at our next meeting, I therefore now call upon . . . Bro . . . and . . . Bro . . . to present to me the Master Elect.

1. He removes his gloves only, prior to vacating his Chair. A nominated brother will temporarily occupy the Warden's Chair but will not wear the collar.

2. If the Master Elect is a Past Warden he should be seated in the West and removes his gloves.

3. The Presenting Officers and Director of Ceremonies rise. As the Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton the Presenting Officers take up their wands.

4. The Presenting Officers take up a position in the East facing South ready for the arrival of the Master Elect.

5. If the Presenting Officers are Lodge Deacons. Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up his baton and the Deacons pick up their wands. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies the Senior Deacon moves to the North East corner of the pavement facing East and at the same time the Junior Deacon perambulates down the North side and picks up the Senior Deacon in passing, on the North side of the Senior Deacon, they both move to a position in the East facing South one pace North of the Master’s pedestal. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to the left side and the Deacons step apart to receive the Master Elect.

6. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise the Master Elect and conducts him around the Lodge to the Presenting Officers. If they pass the saluting base in the North West the Master Elect salutes the Worshipful Master prior to proceeding to the East.


7. As the Master Elect arrives between the Presenting Officers, the Director of Ceremonies positions himself beside the West Presenting Officer. On Director of Ceremonies prompt Presenting Officers, Master Elect and Director of Ceremonies wheel to face the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

8. Presenting Officers do not raise wands and Master Elect does not salute.

11.2.1.2 Where the Master Elect is a Past Master and is seated in the East.

WM Brethren the minute relating to the election of Master having been specifically confirmed we can now proceed to obligate the Master Elect in preparation for the occasion of his Installation at our next meeting, I therefore now call upon . . . Bro . . . and . . . Bro . . . to present to me the Master Elect.

1. He removes his gloves only, preparatory to being presented for his obligation.


3. The Presenting Officers take up a position in the East, facing North, ready for the arrival of the Master Elect.

4. If the Presenting Officers are Lodge Deacons. Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up his baton and the Deacons pick up their wands. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies the Senior Deacon moves to the North East corner of the pavement facing East and at the same time the Junior Deacon perambulates down the North side and picks up the Senior Deacon in passing, on the North side of the Senior Deacon, they both move to a position in the East facing South one pace South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

Both Deacons wheel anticlockwise to face the North, the Junior Deacon changes his wand to the left side and the Deacons step apart to receive the Master Elect.

5. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise the Master Elect, who then moves to the position between the Presenting Officers.

6. As the Master Elect arrives between the Presenting Officers, the Director of Ceremonies positions himself beside the East Presenting Officer. On Director of Ceremonies prompt Presenting Officers, Master Elect and Director of Ceremonies wheel to face the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.



11.2.1.3 Where the Master Elect is the current Worshipful Master of the Lodge.

He announces the name of the Past Master who is to conduct the Obligation in the Second Degree.

As the Past Master takes the Chair the Worshipful Master moves to the Immediate Past Master’s chair, at the same time removing his gloves only.

PM Brethren the minute relating to the election of Master having been specifically confirmed we can now proceed to obligate the Master Elect in preparation for the occasion of his Installation at our next meeting, I therefore now call upon . . . Bro . . . and . . . Bro . . . to present to me the Master Elect.


2. The Presenting Officers take up a position in the East, facing North, ready for the arrival of the Master Elect.

3. If the Presenting Officers are Lodge Deacons. Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up his baton and the Deacons pick up their wands. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies the Senior Deacon moves to the North East corner of the pavement facing East and at the same time the Junior Deacon perambulates down the North side and picks up the Senior Deacon in passing, on the North side of the Senior Deacon, they both move to a position in the East facing South one pace South of the Master’s pedestal.

Both Deacons wheel anticlockwise to face the North, the Junior Deacon changes his wand to the left side and the Deacons step apart to receive the Master Elect.

4. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise the Master Elect, who proceeds via the south side of the Worshipful Master’s Pedestal to the floor of the Lodge between the Presenting Officers.

5. Presenting Officers do not raise wands.

6. As the Master Elect arrives between the Presenting Officers, the Director of Ceremonies positions himself beside the East Presenting Officer. On Director of Ceremonies prompt Presenting Officers,


Master Elect and Director of Ceremonies wheel to face the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

7. While the above is taking place, the Past Master who is to conduct the Obligation removes his gloves.


11.2.2 OBLIGATION

Senior PO WM/WBro . . . ., we present to you . . . Bro . . ., the Master Elect of this lodge, to be obligated in preparation for the occasion of his Installation at our next meeting.

WM/PM . . . Bro . . . and . . . Bro . . ., your presentation shall be attended to; but I will first address a few observations to the brethren and then call the attention of . . . Bro . . ., to the necessary qualifications in every Candidate for the Master's chair.

Presenting Officers wheel the Master Elect back to face North and Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Master Elect.

WM/PM Brethren, from time immemorial it has been an established custom among Freemasons for every lodge once a year, at a stated period, to select from amongst those who are Past Wardens an experienced Craftsman to preside over them in the capacity of Master. He must have been regularly elected by the Master, Wardens, and brethren, in open lodge assembled, and be presented to a Board of IMs, to receive the benefit of installation, the better to qualify him for and enable him to discharge the duties of his important trust.

Presenting Officers wheel the Master Elect to face East. Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Master Elect.

WM/PM . . . Bro . . ., as you have been thus elected and are about to be so presented, I claim your attention while I recite to you those qualifications which are essential in every Candidate for the Master's chair.

Every Candidate for the office of Master ought to be of good report, true and trusty, and held in high estimation among his brethren and fellows. He must have been regularly initiated, passed, and raised in the established degrees of the Order, be well skilled in the noble science, and have duly served the office of Warden in a regular lodge. He ought to be exemplary in conduct, courteous in manner, easy of address, but steady and firm in principle, able and


willing to undertake the management of the work, and well skilled in the antient charges, regulations and landmarks of the Order.

Can you, my worthy brother, undertake the mastership of this lodge on these qualifications?

ME I can (prompted by DC).

WM/PM Then I direct your attention to the Secretary, who will read to you those antient charges and regulations, to all of which your unqualified assent is essential, which you will signify by the SOF, at the same time bowing the head after each clause as a token of submission.

Presenting Officers wheel the Master Elect back to face the Secretary, Director of Ceremonies remains behind Master Elect as they wheel. Secretary rises, salutes the Worshipful Master, then reads charges, pausing after each one while the Master Elect responds as directed.

On completion, the Secretary salutes the Worshipful Master and resumes his seat.

The Presenting Officers wheel the Master Elect to face East, Director of Ceremonies remains behind Master Elect as they wheel.

WM/PM Do you submit to, and promise to support these antient charges and regulations, as Masters have done in all ages.

ME I do (prompted by DC).

WM/PM Then you will advance to the pedestal (pause) and take a solemn obligation regarding your duties as Master of this lodge. You will k . . . on your r . . . k . . . and place your r . . . h . . . on the VSL.

Worshipful Master/Past Master (with gloves removed) rises, moves to pedestal and gives one knock which is answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock all brethren rise and hold SOF. Presenting Officers raise wands.

Ode 29.4



WM/PM Say I, state your name in full, and repeat after me:

ME I, . . .


WM/PM In the presence of TGGOTU, and of this worthy and worshipful lodge of FC Freemasons, do agree to accept the office of Master of this lodge, and the duties thereof zealously, faithfully, and impartially to administer, to the best of my skill and ability, until the next regular period of election within this lodge, and until a successor shall have been duly elected and installed in my stead.

I solemnly promise that I will not, either during my Mastership or at any time the lodge may be under my direction, permit or suffer any deviation from the antient landmarks of our Order.

That I will not administer, or cause to be administered, any rite or ceremony contrary to, or subversive of, our antient Institution; but, on the contrary, will support, maintain, and uphold, pure and unsullied, the principles and tenets of the Craft.

That I will, to the utmost of my power, enforce due obedience to those antient charges and regulations to which I have already given my assent, and will in all respects conscientiously discharge my duty as a Ruler in the Craft and Master of this lodge.

So help me almighty God, and keep me steadfast in this my solemn obligation, being that of Master Elect.

WM/PM You will salute the VSL twice with your lips (Ode is sung).

Ode 29.5


On the word ‘guile’ Presenting Officers lower wands, Worshipful Master/Past Master and brethren lower SOF with the Presenting Officers.

WM/PM Rise, duly obligated Master Elect.

Brethren resume their seats.

11.2.3 FOLLOWING THE OBLIGATION

11.2.3.1 Where the Master Elect is currently an installed Warden of the Lodge or a Past Warden (Past Warden must be seated in the West).

1. He turns with the Presenting Officers to face South.

2. The Master Elect is then escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to his Chair or seat, where he is seated with a SOF and replaces his gloves.

3. The Presenting Officers return to their seats. Director of Ceremonies returns to his chair.


4. Director of Ceremonies and Presenting Officers replace baton and wands. On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt all sit. No SOF is given by the Director of Ceremonies.

5. If the Presenting Officers are Lodge Deacons. The Master Elect moves to pick up the Director of Ceremonies in the South East corner and they perambulate to the West. At the same time the Junior Deacon changes his wand and both Deacons wait for the Master Elect to be seated.

After seating the Master Elect the Director of Ceremonies turns North, pauses, indicates to the Deacons and all move off together (Director of Ceremonies moves down the North side of the Lodge returning to his chair, the Junior Deacon moves up the South side of the Lodge to his chair and the Senior Deacon turns anticlockwise and moves North to his chair).

Director of Ceremonies and Deacons replace their baton and wands together.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Director of Ceremonies sit together. No SOF is given.

11.2.3.2 Where the Master Elect is a Past Master.

1. He turns with the Presenting Officers to face South.

2. The Master Elect then moves to his seat, is seated by the Director of Ceremonies and replaces his gloves.



5. If the Presenting Officers are Lodge Deacons. After seating the Master Elect the Director of Ceremonies signals the Deacons who return to their chairs as described in 11.2.3.1.

11.2.3.3 Where the Master Elect is the current Master of the Lodge

1. He will return to his Chair via the North side of the Worshipful Master’s Pedestal, is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF and replaces his gloves.

2. The Past Master returns to his seat, turns, salutes the Master, and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies.





THE LODGE IS OPENED IN THE THIRD DEGREE

11.3 PRESENTATION OF MASTER ELECT FOR OBLIGATION IN SECOND DEGREE ON NIGHT OF INSTALLATION

11.3.1 PRESENTATION

Presentation is the same as in Section 11.2.1 with the following exceptions:

1. If the Master Elect is an Installed Warden he removes his gloves and places them in his pocket, removes gauntlets and places them on pedestal and removes his collar and hands it to the brother who will temporarily occupy the position of Senior Warden.

2. The Worshipful Master, or Past Master nominated by him, says:

WM Brethren, this being the night of installation of the Master and investiture of officers and the minute relating to the election of Master having been specifically confirmed, I now call upon . . . Bro . . . and . . . Bro . . . to present to me the Master elect.

11.3.2 OBLIGATION

The Obligation is as per section 11.2.2

11.3.3 FOLLOWING THE OBLIGATION

1. Where the Master Elect is a Warden of the Lodge, a Past Warden or a Past Master, the Presenting Officers turn with the Master Elect to face South.

2. The Director of Ceremonies moves to South East corner of pavement facing East, Presenting Officers conduct Master Elect toward a chair in the South East facing West. Presenting Officers stop opposite the


Director of Ceremonies facing South and the Master Elect continues to his chair where he is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

3. Where the Master Elect is the Worshipful Master he will return to his Chair via the North side of the Worshipful Master’s Pedestal and is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF and replaces his gloves.




11.4 THE INSTALLATION MEETING On the night of Installation, when the Master Elect was obligated at the previous meeting, the lodge is opened in the First Degree to conduct the general business of the Lodge.

The Lodge is then opened in the Second Degree, then immediately opened in the Third Degree.

Visitors can be admitted in any degree.

The Master Elect must be seated in the South East prior to the entry of the Proclaiming Officer.

PROCEDURES FOR MASTER ELECT

1. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise the Master Elect. The Master Elect when the Installed Warden of the Lodge stands, removes his gloves and places them in his pocket, removes gauntlets and places on pedestal, removes collar and hands it to the brother who will temporarily occupy the position of Senior Warden. The Warden’s collar and gauntlets are worn by the Brother who temporarily occupies that Chair.

2. If the Master Elect is a Past Warden he removes his gloves and any collar and gauntlets he may be wearing.

3. The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in front of the Master Elect to raise him. They then perambulate the Lodge and, if they cross the lodge room, the Master Elect salutes the Worshipful Master.


4. On arriving in front of the Worshipful Master the Master Elect salutes the Worshipful Master.

5. The Master Elect then moves to the chair in the South East part of the Lodge, which is reserved for the Master Elect, where he is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

OR 1. Where the Master Elect is a Past Master he rises and removes any collar

and gauntlets he may be wearing, salutes the Worshipful Master, then proceeds to the chair in the South East part of the Lodge, which is reserved for the Master Elect. He is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF then removes his gloves.

2. A change of Apron may be necessary at this time. Regardless of rank a Master Mason’s or Past Master’s Apron should be worn at this time and the Master Elect is invested with a Worshipful Master’s Apron.

OR

1. Where the Master Elect is the Worshipful Master of the Lodge he remains in that position until he receives the Installing Master (if appropriate) and gives Grand Honours (if appropriate).

2. He presents the gavel to the Installing Master to carry out the Ceremony of Installation, then moves to the chair in the South East part of the Lodge, which is reserved for the Master Elect. The Installing Master and the Master Elect are seated with SOF by the Proclaiming Officer. Master Elect removes his gloves.

3. A change of Apron may be necessary at this time. Regardless of rank a Master Mason’s or Past Master’s Apron should be worn at this time and the Master Elect is invested with a Worshipful Master’s Apron.

Questions & Ceremony Prior to Raising 169

12 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO RAISING

12.1 PREPARATION The Candidate, prior to being raised to the third degree, must learn the questions and responses as set out in the pamphlet ‘Second Degree Ceremony – Explanatory Notes’.

Note:- It is the responsibility of the proposer, seconder, Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies to assess the Candidate’s ability to proceed to the next degree.

If, in the opinion of the Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies, the Candidate cannot adequately answer the questions the ceremony of Raising should not proceed.

12.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO RAISING Candidate, wearing FCF apron, is to be seated in a front seat in the South East with his proposer, seconder or mentor.


The Candidate rises and moves forward to a position two paces South of the tessellated border.

The Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon rise, take up baton and wand, then perambulate to the Candidate. As they approach the Candidate they wheel on the Senior Deacon to face South; Senior Deacon in front of the Candidate and Director of Ceremonies one pace West of the Candidate.

Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand; all turn West and move off together.

The procession perambulates to the saluting base in the North West. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, mobile turns to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace.


SD Bro . . . salute the WM as a FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

Senior Deacon steps forward with his left foot, then back three paces and close, to position him in front of the Director of Ceremonies. Senior Deacon and Director of Ceremonies both side step behind Candidate.

WM Brethren, Bro . . ., is this evening/day a Candidate to be raised to the third degree, but it is first necessary that he should give proof of his proficiency in the second; I shall, therefore, proceed to ask the usual questions.

WM (To Can.) Bro . . ., how were you prepared to be passed to the second degree?

Can. In a manner somewhat similar to the former, save that in this degree I was not h . . . w . . . neither had I a c . . . t . . . around my n . . . My l . . . a . . ., r . . . b . . . and k . . . were made b . . . and my l . . . h . . . s . . .

WM On what were you admitted?

Can. The Square

WM What is a Square?

Can. An implement having an angle of ninety degrees, or the fourth part of a circle.

WM What are the peculiar objects of research in this degree?

Can. The hidden mysteries of nature and science.

WM As it is the hope of reward that sweetens labour, where did our Antient brethren go to receive their w . . .?

Can. Into the middle chamber of KST.

WM How did they receive them?

Can. Without scruple or diffidence.

WM Why in this peculiar manner?

Can. Without scruple, well knowing they were justly entitled to them; and without diffidence, from the great reliance they placed on the integrity of their employers in those days.

WM What were the names of the two great pillars which were placed at the porchway or entrance to KST?


Can. That on the l . . . was called . . . and that on the r . . . , . . .

WM What are their separate and conjoint significations?

Can. The former denotes in . . ., the latter to . . . and when conjoined, . . . for God said, in . . . will I . . . this mine house to stand firm for ever.

WM These, brethren, are the usual questions. If any brother desires me to ask others, I may do so.

Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

WM If there is any brother present who has not taken the third degree he must now retire.

Director of Ceremonies assists with the retirement of FCFs present, who will salute the Worshipful Master from a position on the South side of the Candidate and retire. After FCFs retire the Director of Ceremonies returns beside the Candidate.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Senior Deacon moves to right side of Candidate. All take one pace back, on another Director of Ceremonies prompt all face North. On Senior Deacon prompt all perambulate to Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. Senior Deacon remains behind the Candidate. Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the Senior Deacon.

WM (To Can.) Bro . . ., do you pledge your honour as a man, and your fidelity as a Craftsman, that you will steadily persevere through the ceremony of being raised to the sublime degree of a MM?

Can. I do.

WM Do you likewise pledge yourself, under the penalties of both your former obligations, that you will conceal what I shall now impart to you with the same strict caution as the other secrets in Freemasonry?

Can. I do.

WM Then I will entrust you with a test of merit, which is a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . ., leading to the degree to which you seek to be admitted.

Worshipful Master, with right glove removed, rises and moves to the pedestal. The p . . . g . . . must be described before giving it to the Candidate.


WM The p . . . g . . . is given by a distinct p . . . of the t . . . between the s . . . and t . . ., etc. (Gives g . . .) – This p . . . g . . . demands a p . . . w . . . which is T . . .

Senior Deacon prompts Candidate to repeat p . . . w . . .

WM T . . . was the first artificer in m . . . . The import of the word is . . . (SD prompts Candidate to repeat) You must be particularly careful to remember this w . . ., as without it you cannot gain admission into a lodge in a superior degree. Pass . . .

Worshipful Master resumes seat and replaces glove.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn South. Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate.

On prompt from Senior Deacon, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. Senior Deacon remains beside Candidate. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, mobile turns to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace.

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

Senior Deacon changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, mobile turns to face East and moves backwards three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on the Candidate’s right. Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Candidate at the same time as the Senior Deacon.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As Director of Ceremonies turns to face South, Senior Deacon wheels on Candidate and both face North.

On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Inner Guard rises to open the door; Director of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement while Senior Deacon conducts Candidate towards the door.

Inner Guard ensures the Candidate is placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair.


Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in North West near pavement facing North. Senior Deacon executes an about turn and moves to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. He should arrive beside the Director of Ceremonies on his right foot. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate along the North side to the Senior Deacon’s chair, where Senior Deacon remains standing until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair.

Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon replace their baton and wand together.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Inner Guard, Senior Deacon and Director of Ceremonies sit together.

The Tyler prepares the Candidate for the Third Degree ceremony.


Opening the Lodge – Third Degree 174

13 OPENING THE LODGE IN THE THIRD DEGREE

The Worshipful Master gives one knock, which is answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

WM Brethren, assist me to open the lodge in the third degree (All rise).

As each officer is addressed he faces the Worshipful Master, takes the s . . ., salutes and holds the salute while being addressed by the Worshipful Master. When addressing an officer, the Worshipful Master awaits the salute, which he acknowledges with a brief SOF, before continuing.

WM Bro JW, (pause while JW half turns to face WM, take the s . . . and gives s . . . and s . . . of the second degree) what is the first care of every MM?



JW Bro IG, (pause while IG moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1, takes the s . . . and gives s . . . and s . . . of the second degree) see that the lodge is properly tyled.

Inner Guard gives the knocks of a FCF. On being answered he opens the door, sees the Tyler is at his post and closes the door.

IG (returns to reporting position, with s . . . and s . . . of the second degree) Bro JW, the lodge is properly tyled. (On JW’s knock, IG completes salute and remains in position).

JW (gives the knocks of a FCF, s . . . and s . . .) WM, the lodge is properly tyled. (IG returns to his chair).

WM Bro SW, (pause) our next care?

SW To see that the brethren appear to order as Fellow Craft Freemasons.

WM To order, brethren, as Freemasons in the second degree.


WM Bro JW, (turns his head only toward the WM) are you a MM?

JW I am, WM; try me and prove me.

WM Are all the brethren present MMs?


If all are MMs.

JW (without looking around) They are, to the best of my belief.

If all are not MMs.

JW (without looking around) They are not WM.

WM If there is any brother present who has not taken the third degree, he must now retire.

Director of Ceremonies assists with the retirement of FCFs present.

WM (to JW) By what instruments in architecture will you be proved?

JW The s . . . and c . . . s.

WM Being yourself acquainted with the proper method, you will prove the brethren MMs by s . . . s and demonstrate that proof to me by copying their example.

JW Brethren, it is the WM's command that you prove yourselves MMs by s . . . s.

The officers and brethren take the s . . . and complete the s . . . s, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies. The step is taken FIRST while holding the FC sign.

The s . . . of h . . . is given by lowering the l . . . h . . . to the s . . ., p . . . to the r . . ., with the thumb and fingers remaining in a square and simultaneously inclining the h . . . over the right s . . . and raising the back of the r . . . h . . . to the l . . . t . . . . The l . . . h . . . position is held until the lodge is opened on the c . . .

The head is not bowed for the S . . . of S . . .

JW WM, the brethren having proved themselves MMs by s . . . s, I, in obedience to your command, thus copy their example (facing North, takes s . . . and gives s . . .).

WM Bro JW, I acknowledge the correctness of those s . . . s (takes s . . . and gives s . . .).

WM Bro JW, whence come you?

JW From the East.

WM Bro SW, whither directing your course?

SW Towards the West.

WM (to JW) What inducement have you to leave the East and go towards the West?


JW To seek for that which was lost, which, with your assistance, and our own endeavours, we hope to find.

WM (to SW) What is that which was lost?

SW The genuine s . . . ts, of a MM.

WM (to JW) How came they lost?

JW By the untimely death of our GM, HA.

WM (to SW) Where do you hope to find them?

SW On the centre.

WM (to JW) What is a centre?

JW A point within a circle from which every part of the circumference is equidistant.

WM (to SW) Why on the centre?

SW That being a point from which a MM cannot err.

WM Then we will assist you to repair that loss, and may the Most High aid us in our united endeavours.

Ode 30

So mote it be.

WM Brethren, in the name of the Most High, I declare the lodge duly opened on the c . . . (pause, all complete the sign) for the purposes of Freemasonry in the third degree.

The Worshipful Master moves to the pedestal and gives the knocks of the third degree with the gavel of the lodge in his right hand. These knocks are repeated by the Senior Warden, the Junior Warden, the Inner Guard and the Tyler.

Ode 31

Grant us, O Lord, Thy pow'rful aid, And guide us through this vale of tears;

For where Thy goodness is displayed, Peace guards the mind, and bliss appears;

All Hail, All Hail to Thee, Most High, Thy universal frame is nigh.

Note: This ode is omitted when the lodge is opened in the Third Degree on nights of Installation.


On the Senior Warden knocks, the Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and the Senior Deacon takes up his wand. On the Junior Warden’s knock the Senior Deacon moves to the TB, the Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after the Senior Deacon has passed him and the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies.

Together, the Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master exhibits both p . . . of the c . . . s then takes one pace to the left, and the Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

If an altar is used, the c . . . s are arranged before those on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. The arrangement on the altar is identical to that on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. Once the Senior Deacon has opened the TB and returned behind the Director of Ceremonies, the Immediate Past Master nods to the Director of Ceremonies and both return to their Chairs and remain standing. When the Senior Deacon returns to his chair, the Director of Ceremonies and the Senior Deacon replace baton and wand.

All brethren remain standing.

Ode 32

All Glory to the Most High. All Glory to the Most High. All Glory to the Most High

When ‘All Glory to the Most High’ is sung, the G . . . or R . . . s . . . is given on the word ‘Most’ in the third line.

If the Ode is not sung, ‘All Glory to the Most High’ is said once and all brethren give the G . . . or R . . . s . . . on the word ‘Most’.

Worshipful Master, officers and brethren resume their seats together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF OPENING THE LODGE IN THE THIRD DEGREE

Ceremony of Raising 178

14 CEREMONY OF RAISING

14.1 PREPARATION Following the opening of the lodge in the third degree and the reception of visitors, the ceremony of raising to the third degree can commence.

The Tyler ensures the Candidate is properly prepared for the ceremony.

Preparation of the Candidate should be in a similar manner for each degree. Refer to Section 3.2.3 for indicative Candidate’s dress.

In addition to the items normally on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, prior to the opening, of the lodge the Candidate’s VSL and a copy of any Third Degree Ceremony documentation that is required to be presented to the Candidate are placed in the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

The Candidates MM’s apron is placed in the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

The c . . . s are placed near the door, in a convenient location for easy access by the Inner Guard.

The Candidate’s “Masonic shirt” and footwear are placed in a convenient room adjoining the lodge

14.2 LAYING OUT OF THE LODGE Immediately after all brethren and visitors are admitted, the Deacons prepare the lodge for the ceremony.

Director of Ceremonies rises (without baton) and gives SOF to raise the Deacons (Deacons rise as Director of Ceremonies drops his SOF. They do not take up their wands). Senior Deacon moves to the Secretary’s table, places the p . . . c . . . in his left hand and the g . . . c . . . on top of it and returns to his chair.

As Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton, both Deacons take up their wands using the right hand only. Deacons should arrive at opposite corners (NE and SW) of the pavement at the same time, and continue to perambulate at a normal walking pace to a predetermined position (which is the length of the g . . . c . . . plus one further pace West).

At this position, the Senior Deacon turns clockwise to face East as the Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left hand.

Both Deacons kneel on the knee nearest the wand, place their wands on the floor (emblems uppermost), and slide them back one pace.


They rise and turn inwards. Step off with the West foot and move onto the pavement to a position half a pace from where the edge of the g . . . c . . . will be when it is laid out.

Both kneel on their West knee. Senior Deacon grasps the g . . . c . . . with his right hand and holds it while he places the p . . . c . . . on the pavement to his left with his left hand. He then places the g . . . c . . . on the squared pavement with his right hand and rolls it out. Grasping the corners of the g . . . c . . . in their West hands the Deacons rise and turn East, keeping the g . . . c . . . pulled tight across its width. They take three paces forward, commencing with the foot nearest the g . . . c . . . (arms should be held rearward so the g . . . c . . . is dragged behind) and kneel on their inside knee. The g . . . c . . . is then pulled slowly forward to the edge of the pavement. (The Deacons’ paces should be adjusted so that when they kneel they are half a pace West of the edge of the pavement, not the tessellated border.)

The correct position for the foot of the g . . . c . . . is with the edge of the backing sheet (not the end of the g . . .) level with the East edge of the squared pavement (not the edge of the tessellated border).

The g . . . c . . . must always be placed level with the East edge of the pavement, notwithstanding that such placing may cover the Blazing Star.

Deacons rise and take five paces back; commencing with the foot nearest the g . . . c . . . The fifth pace is a backward turning movement, so the Deacons face each other. They kneel on the West knee. Senior Deacon rolls out the p . . . c . . . approximately one pace West of the g. . . c . . . to allow the Senior Deacon enough space when placing his feet at the head of the g . . . when addressing the Candidate. The corners of the p . . . c . . . are usually folded back onto a black square. In placing the p . . . c . . . in position it must not cover the Blazing Star.

Deacons rise and pause. Commencing with the West foot, reverse to their positions beside their wands facing East. Kneeling on the knee nearest the wand, they recover the wand, using the outside hand only and on rising rotate it so the dove faces East. Senior Deacon turns anticlockwise to face West as Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand.

Both perambulate to their chairs ensuring their timing is such that they simultaneously arrive at the corner of the pavement. Arriving at their chairs at the same time, they replace their wands as the Director of Ceremonies replaces his baton.

All resume their seats together. No SOF is given.

Note: No call off or report, other than the alarm, is to be taken after the lodge is prepared for the third degree ceremony.

.


14.3 CEREMONY OF RAISING 14.3.1 ALARM

When the Candidate is properly prepared and the Worshipful Master is ready, the Tyler is alerted to give the alarm.

Inner Guard rises and advances to reporting position (2.13.1), takes s . . . and gives s . . . (Junior Warden acknowledges with brief SOF).


JW (Knocks once, rises, turns to face WM, takes the s . . . and salutes) WM, there is an alarm (On JW’s knock IG completes salute and remains in position).



Inner Guard completes salute, returns to door, removes right glove, opens the door and steps outside leaving the door ajar (not wide open).

Inner Guard checks to ensure Candidate is properly prepared, (b . . . a . . ., b . . . b . . ., both k . . . made b . . . and b . . . h . . . s . . . s . . ., wearing a FC Apron).


Tyler Bro . . . who has been regularly initiated into Freemasonry, passed to the degree of a FC, and has made such further progress as he hopes will entitle him to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM for which ceremony he comes properly prepared.

IG How does he hope to obtain the privileges of the third degree?

Tyler By the help of the Most High, the united aid of the s . . . and c . . . s, and the benefit of a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

IG Give me that p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

After receiving p . . . g and p . . . w, Inner Guard closes the door, replaces his glove then turns and advances to a position in the lodge room where he is in full view of the Worshipful Master and facing him, clear of the Senior Warden's pedestal and clear of the seating in the North.


IG (takes s . . . and gives s . . .) WM, Bro . . . who has been regularly initiated into Freemasonry, passed to the degree of a FC, and has made such further progress as he hopes will entitle him to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM for which ceremony he comes properly prepared.

WM How does he hope to obtain the privileges of the third degree?

IG By the help of the Most High, the united aid of the s . . . and c . . . s, and the benefit of a p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .

WM We acknowledge the powerful aid by which he seeks admission. Do you, Bro IG, vouch that he comes properly prepared and is in possession of the p . . g . . . and p . . . w . . .?

IG I do, WM.

WM Then let him be admitted in due form.



14.3.2 ADMISSION

On ‘Brother Deacons’, the Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon, Inner Guard and Kneeling Stool Steward rise together.



1. Director of Ceremonies to a predetermined position near the pavement in the South East facing West.

2. The Inner Guard returns to the lodge room door and picks up c . . . s.

3. The Kneeling Stool Steward moves to the North West corner of the tessellated border facing East and places the stool on the tessellated border. The North edge of the stool is placed in line with an imaginary extension of the North side of the pavement and the East edge of the stool against the West edge of the pavement. He should be returning to his seat before the Director of Ceremonies and Deacons arrive in the West. He sits without instruction or SOF.


4. The Senior Deacon moves South then West to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. He should arrive beside the Director of Ceremonies on his right foot.

The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate to the South West corner. As the Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon turn North, the Senior Deacon is joined on his left by the Junior Deacon who has been keeping step with him by walking in his shoes. The Senior Deacon does not stop but is joined on the move by the Junior Deacon. Deacons then perambulate behind the Director of Ceremonies and continue towards the door.

5. As they turn North, the Director of Ceremonies proceeds to a position in the North West where he can observe the Candidate is properly prepared without obstructing the movement of the Deacons.

6. Deacons arrive at an open space clear of the doorway, halt, wheel anticlockwise, step half a pace outwards to make room for the Candidate and turn inwards to face each other. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

7. When the Deacons are in position, Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard (or Secretary) to alter the lighting.

8. The lights on the Warden’s pillars, TB, Warrant, etc. are extinguished. The light on the Worshipful Master’s pillar must remain on, but not covered and if possible dimmed. The Organist and choir reading lights should be dimmed or shrouded.

9. When all are ready, the Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard who opens the door.

10. Inner Guard meets the Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the c . . . s to each b . . . of the Candidate, left breast first.

IG I admit you on the points of the c . . . s (The c . . . s are not exhibited).

Ode 33

Thy way, not mine, 0 Lord; However dark it be;

Lead me by Thine own hand, O Lord, Choose Thou the path for me.

Note: Must be spoken so that it can be heard by the Organist


Inner Guard transfers the c . . . s to his l . . . h . . . With his right hand takes Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Deacons, quietly introduces the Candidate by name as he is placed into the care of the Senior Deacon who takes his right hand and the Junior Deacon takes his left so all are facing into the lodge room. Deacons turn to face into the lodge room with the Candidate. When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidate is properly prepared (both a . . ., both b . . . both k . . . made b . . . and both h . . . s . . . s . . ., wearing FC apron) he nods to the Deacons. The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidate to a position two paces back from the kneeling stool. All arrive in this position together with the Director of Ceremonies to the North of the Deacon closest to the North West corner. Senior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off with his left, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivots to face South and steps back one pace.

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as a FCF, first as an EA. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)

Senior Deacon retraces his steps to return to the right side of the Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies steps forward three paces beside the JD.

WM Let the Candidate kneel.

On ‘kneel’, Director of Ceremonies positions himself behind the Candidate. Deacons slide their hands up to the Candidate’s elbows, step forward on their inside foot and assist him to kneel.

The Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock Deacons cross wands over the Candidate, Senior Deacon’s wand in front. The brethren all rise and give SOF.

14.3.3 PRAYER.

WM/Chap Almighty and Eternal God, architect and ruler of the universe, at Whose creative fiat all things first were made, we, the frail creatures of Thy providence, humbly implore Thee to pour down on this convocation assembled in Thy most holy name the continual dew of thy blessing; more especially we beseech Thee to impart Thy grace to this Thy servant, who now seeks to participate with us in the mysterious s . . . ts of a MM. Endue him with such fortitude that in the hour of trial he fail not; but that, passing safely under Thy protection through the valley of the shadow of death, he


may finally arise from the tomb of transgression to shine as the stars for ever and ever.

Ode 34

So mote it be.


WM Let the Candidate rise. On ‘rise’, Deacons assist the Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside leg and placing their wrist under the Candidate’s armpits. When the Candidate is standing, Deacons grasp his hands. Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of Junior Deacon.



14.3.4 FIRST PERAMBULATION On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On Senior Deacon’s prompt all perambulate to the East.

Ode 35.1

Solemn strikes the fun'ral chime, Notes of our departing time;

As we journey here below, Through a pilgrimage of woe.

When clear, the Kneeling Stool Steward rises, retrieves the kneeling stool and resumes his seat without instruction or SOF. At each pedestal the Candidate is wheeled to face the officer. On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Worshipful Master. Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Junior Deacon simultaneously takes a half pace back from Candidate.





On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face South and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 35.2

Here another guest we bring; Seraphs of celestial wing To our fun'ral altar come,

Guide our friend and brother home. On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Junior Deacon simultaneously takes a half pace back from Candidate. SD Bro . . ., advance to the JW as an EAF, giving the s . . . and

communicating the t . . . and w . . . of that degree. Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take s . . . and give EAF s . . . JW Have you anything to communicate? Can. (prompted by SD) I have. JW (With right glove removed, rises, gives Candidate the g. . .) What is this? Can. (prompted by SD) The g . . . or t . . . of an EAF. JW What does this g . . . demand? Can. (prompted by SD) A w . . . JW Give me that w . . . freely and at length. Can. . . . (SD only prompts if necessary) JW Pass . . .


Junior Warden sits and replaces glove.



On prompt from Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face West and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.


Ode 35.3

There enlarged my soul shall see What was veiled in mystery; Heav'nly glories of the place Show the Maker, face to face.

On arrival at a position midway between the tessellated border and the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.


SD Bro . . ., salute the SW as an EAF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)



On prompt from Director of Ceremonies Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 35.4

Mortals now indulge a tear, For mortality is here;

See how wide her trophies wave O'er the slumbers of the grave.

On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Worshipful Master. Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Junior Deacon simultaneously takes a half pace back from Candidate.

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as a FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)





Ode 35.5

Lord of all, below, above, Fill our hearts with Truth and Love,

As dissolves our earthly tie, On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Junior Warden.


SD Bro . . . salute the JW as a FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)



Deacons pivot on Candidate to face West and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 35.6

Solemn strikes the fun'ral chime, Notes of our departing time;

As we journey here below, Through a pilgrimage of woe.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.


SD Bro . . . advance to the SW as a FCF, giving the s . . ., and communicating the t . . . and w . . . of that degree.

Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate to take s . . . and give FCF s . . .



Can (prompted by SD) I have.

SW (with right glove removed, rises gives the Candidate the g . . .) What is this?

Can (prompted by SD) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.

SW What does it demand?

Can (prompted by SD) A w . . .

SW Give me that w . . . freely and at length.

Can . . . (SD only prompts if necessary)

SW Pass . . .


Senior Warden sits and replaces glove.



On prompt from Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons pivot on Candidate to face North and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate move to a position in the North with the heels of the Deacons and Candidate in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the Squared Pavement, facing East.

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) The brethren will take notice that Bro . . . is about to pass in view before them, to show that he is the Candidate properly prepared to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

14.3.11 THIRD PERAMBULATION On Senior Deacon’s prompt all perambulate to the East.

Ode 36.1

The Lord's my Shepherd, I'll not want, He makes me down to lie

In pastures green, He leadeth me The quiet waters by.


On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Worshipful Master. Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Junior Deacon simultaneously takes a half pace back from Candidate.

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)




Ode 36.2

My soul He doth restore again, And me to walk doth make

Within the paths of righteousness, E'en for His own Name's sake.



SD Bro . . . salute the JW as an FCF. (SD then instructs the candidate to “take the s . . . and give the s . . .”. SD may demonstrate if Candidate needs assistance.)




On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face West and Director of Ceremonies steps in front of Candidate. On prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Ode 36.3

Yea, though I walk in death's dark vale, Yet will I fear no ill,

For Thou art with me, and Thy rod And staff me comfort still.

Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidate’s VSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate wheel to face the Senior Warden.


SD Bro . . . advance to the SW as a FCF, giving the s . . ., and communicating the p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . . you received from the WM prior to leaving the lodge.

Senior Deacon prompts Candidate to take s . . . and give FCF s . . .

SW (to Candidate) Have you anything to communicate?

Can (prompted by SD) I have.

Senior Deacon prompts Candidate to give the p . . . g . . .

SW (with right glove removed, rises, gives Candidate the p . . . g . . .) What is this?

Can (prompted by SD) The p . . . g . . . leading from the second to the third degree.


Can (prompted by SD) A p . . . w . . .


Can (prompted by SD) . . .

SW What was . . .?

Can (prompted by SD) The first artificer in m . . .



Can (prompted by the SD) . . .

SW Pass . . .


Senior Warden sits and replaces right glove and removes left glove.



On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidate take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Deacons pivot on the Candidate to face North. On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side, Deacons place the Candidate at the left of the Senior Warden facing East, approximately double arms’ length from the Senior Warden. Deacons remain behind the Candidate.

Senior Warden rises, takes Candidate’s right hand, thumb in the form of a square and palm towards Worshipful Master, gives SOF

SW WM, I present to you Bro . . ., a Candidate properly prepared to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

WM Bro SW, you will direct the Deacons to instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden lowers SOF, releases Candidate’s hand, sits, replaces glove and instructs the Deacons.

SW Bro Deacons, (pause while Deacons turn to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidate to advance to the East in due form.

14.3.15 ADVANCING to the EAST Deacons turn to face East behind the Candidate. Where practicable, Senior Deacon prompts Candidate and Junior Deacon to take one pace left. Deacons step alongside Candidate.

Director of Ceremonies prompts the procession to move off with the left foot. Director of Ceremonies moves South to position himself in front of the Candidate and turns East without stopping.


All move to a position where the Candidate is in line with the head of the g . . and wheel South; Director of Ceremonies East of the Junior Deacon. The Senior Deacon steps to the head of the g . . . ., with his toes against the Western edge of the outline of the g . . . . SD The method of advancing to the East in this degree is by s . . . s . . .,

the f . . ., s . . ., and t . . . as if stepping over a newly-made g . . ., the other f . . . bold or marching s . . . For your information I will first go through them and you will afterwards follow my example.

Senior Deacon (without indicating) demonstrates the steps. Following the demonstration, he returns to his position at the right of the Candidate, passing behind Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and Candidate. Both Deacons conduct the Candidate to the head of the g . . ., with his toes against the Western edge of the outline of the g . . . The Senior Deacon with wand extended indicates the first s . . . and recovers wand. SD Left foot. All take the step. (Deacons and Candidate close with right foot) The Senior Deacon with wand extended indicates the second s . . . and recovers wand. SD Right foot. All take the step. (Deacons and Candidate close with left foot) The Senior Deacon with wand extended indicates the third s . . . and recovers wand. SD Left foot. All take the step. (Deacons and Candidate close with right foot) SD Right foot. All take four steps. Neither Deacon steps over the g . . . when accompanying the Candidate. Director of Ceremonies moves to a position behind the Candidate. Any further steps required for the Candidates to reach the kneeling stool should be taken when the Worshipful Master directs the Candidates to k . . . WM (to Candidate) Bro . . ., it is but fair to inform you that a most serious

trial of your fortitude and fidelity, as well as a great and solemn obligation, await you. Are you prepared to meet them as you ought?

Can (prompted by SD) I am. WM Then you will k . . . on both k . . ., place both h . . . on your VSL.


Worshipful Master rises with both gloves removed and moves to pedestal, knocks answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock, Deacons cross their wands over Candidate. All brethren rise and give SOF.

Ode 37



14.3.16 OBLIGATION


Can I, . . .

WM In the presence of the Most High, and of this worthy, worshipful, and warranted lodge of MM, regularly held, assembled, and properly dedicated, of my own free will and accord, (pause, WM places both his hands on the Candidate’s hands) do hereby and hereon (after Candidate repeats words resume fidelity) most solemnly and sincerely promise and swear that I will always hele, conceal, and never reveal any of the secrets or mysteries of or belonging to the third degree in Freemasonry to anyone in the world unless it be to him or them to whom the same may justly and lawfully belong; and not even to him or them until after due trial, strict examination, or full conviction that he is or they are worthy of that confidence, or in the body of a MM lodge, duly opened on the centre. I further solemnly promise to adhere to the principles of the square and compasses, to answer and obey all lawful s . . . and summonses sent to me from a MM lodge, if within the length of my c . . . t . . ., and to plead no excuse thereto except sickness or the pressing emergency of my own public or private vocations.

I further solemnly engage myself to maintain and uphold the f . . p . . . of f . . . in act as well as in word; that my h . . . given to a MM shall be a sure pledge of brotherhood; that my f . . . shall travel through dangers and difficulties to unite with his in forming a column of mutual defence and support; that the posture of my daily supplications shall remind me of his wants, and dispose my heart to succour his weakness and relieve his necessities, so far as may fairly be done without detriment to myself or connections; that my b . . . shall be the sacred repository of his s . . .ts when


entrusted to me as such, with the exception of m . . ., t . . ., f . . . and all other offences contrary to the laws of God and the ordinances of the realm; and finally I will maintain a MMs honour, and carefully preserve it as my own. I will not injure him myself, or knowingly cause or suffer him to be injured by others, if in my power to prevent it; but, on the contrary, will boldly repel the slanderer of his good name, and most strictly respect the chastity of those nearest and dearest to him, in the persons of his wife, his sister, and his child.

All these several points I solemnly swear to observe, without evasion, equivocation, or mental reservation of any kind, under no less a penalty, on the violation of any of them, than that of being branded as a wilfully perjured individual, void of all moral worth, and totally unfit to be received into this or any other warranted lodge or society of men who prize honour and virtue above the external advantages of rank and fortune. So help me the Most High, and keep me steadfast in this my solemn obligation of a MM.

WM As a pledge of your fidelity, and to render this binding as a solemn obligation so long as you shall live, you will seal it with your l . . . on your VSL thrice.

Ode 38


On ‘guile’ the wands are uncrossed, the brethren drop SOF with the Deacons, Deacons remain beside Candidate.

WM I will now direct your attention to the altered position of the square and compasses. When you were made an EA, both p . . . were hidden; in the second degree one was disclosed; in this degree both are exhibited, implying that you are now at liberty to work with both those p . . . in order to render the circle of your Masonic duties complete.

WM (takes the Candidate by both h . . .) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, MM. (WM and brethren sit).

Director of Ceremonies moves to the right of Senior Deacon. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate and Junior Deacon to take the required number of paces backwards to the foot of the g . . ., all starting with the left foot.

The Director of Ceremonies reverses to his chair.


The Deacons remain beside the Candidate at the foot of the g . . .

14.3.17 RETROSPECT

Note 1: If a Past Master is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Past Master gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the South of the Worshipful Master. The Director of Ceremonies remains standing at his chair.

Note 2: If the Chaplain is to deliver the charge, the Director of Ceremonies raises him. On rising, the Chaplain gives a SOF to the Worshipful Master and moves to a position near the edge of the dais, to the North of the Worshipful Master. The Director of Ceremonies remains standing at his chair.

WM/PM Bro . . ., having taken the great and solemn obligation of a MM, you have now a right to demand of me that last and greatest trial, by which alone you can be admitted to a participation in the mysterious s . . .ts of a MM. But it is first my duty to call your attention to a retrospect of those degrees through which you have already passed, that you may the better be enabled to distinguish and appreciate the connection of our whole system, and the relative dependence of its several parts.

Your admission into Freemasonry in a state of helpless indigence was an emblematical representation of the entrance of all men on this, their mortal existence. It inculcated the useful lessons of natural equality and mutual dependence, it instructed you in the active principles of universal beneficence and charity, to seek the solace of your own distress by extending relief and consolation to your fellow-creatures in the hour of their affliction; above all, it taught you to bend with humility and resignation to the will of the GAOTU, and to dedicate your heart, thus purified from every baneful and malignant passion, fitted only for the reception of truth and virtue, as well to His glory as the welfare of your fellow-creatures.

Proceeding onward, still guiding your steps by the principles of moral truth, you were led in the second degree, to contemplate the intellectual faculty, and to trace its development through the paths of heavenly science, even to the throne of God. The secrets of nature and the principles of intellectual truth were then unveiled to your view. To your mind, thus modelled by virtue and science,


nature, however, presents one great and useful lesson more - she prepares you, by contemplation, for the closing hour of your existence, and when, by means of that contemplation, she has conducted you through the intricate windings of this mortal life, she finally instructs you how to die.

Such, my brother, is the peculiar object of the third degree in Freemasonry. It invites you to reflect on this awful subject, and teaches you to feel that to the just and virtuous man death has no terrors equal to the stain of falsehood and dishonour. Of this great truth the annals of Freemasonry afford a glorious example in the unshaken fidelity and noble d . . . of our GM HA, who was s . . . just before the completion of KST, at the construction of which he was, as you are doubtless aware, the principal architect.

Past Master gives SOF to Worshipful Master and is seated by Director of Ceremonies with SOF.

Director of Ceremonies returns to his chair where he remains standing.

14.3.18 LOWERING

Note: It is not mandatory for the Ecclesiastes to be given.

Director of Ceremonies indicates to Chaplain who rises and proceeds via East and South to Centre West, giving SOF to Worshipful Master in front of pedestal.

Note: Where the Chaplain experiences difficulty in leaving the dais it is optional for Ecclesiastes to be given from the dais.

Director of Ceremonies signals the Past Master who is to deliver the charge. Past Master rises with gloves removed, gives SOF to the Worshipful Master and moves to the edge of the dais. Director of Ceremonies remains at his chair.

WM/PM (This statement is omitted if the brother delivering the Retrospect is continuing) Reference has been made to the . . . of our GM HA.

WM/PM The manner of his d . . . was as follows: On the words, ‘... as follows’:

• The Wardens remove their gloves, leave their chairs, (Senior Warden exits by the North side, Junior Warden exits by the West side), take up their WTs together from the front of their pedestals (Senior Warden kneels on right knee, Junior Warden on left knee). The Junior Warden moves to the edge of the tessellated border facing North. He turns East as the Senior Warden arrives opposite him and both move East together. They stop in line with the East edge of the pavement facing East, about half a pace from the tessellated border.


• Worshipful Master/Past Master leaves the dais and positions himself facing the Candidate, one pace East of him.

• Director of Ceremonies collects HSM and positions himself behind Past Master.

• Candidate’s VSL is recovered.

WM/PM Fifteen FCs, of that superior class of workmen appointed to preside over the rest, finding that the work was nearly completed, and that they were not in possession of the s . . . ts of a MM, conspired to obtain them by any means, and even to have recourse to violence. On the eve of carrying their scheme into execution, twelve of them recanted, but three, of a more determined and atrocious character than the rest, persisted in their impious design, in the prosecution of which they placed themselves respectively at the South, (JW turns North and steps to the South East corner of the pavement) North, (SW turns South and steps to the North East corner of the pavement) and East (PM takes short pace forward) entrances of the Temple, whither our Master had retired to offer up his prayers to the MH, as was his wonted custom at the hour of high twelve. His devotions being ended, he attempted (Deacons wheel the Candidate clockwise to a position half pace in front of JW), to return by the South entrance where he was accosted by the first of these ruffians, who, for want of other weapon, had armed himself with a heavy p . . . r . . ., and, in a threatening manner, demanded the s . . . ts of his exalted degree, at the same time warning him that death would be the consequence of a refusal.

Our Master, however, true to his obligation, answered that those s . . .ts were known to but t . . . in the world, and that without the consent and co-operation of the other t . . . he neither could nor would divulge them, but intimated he had no doubt that patience and perseverance would in due time entitle the worthy mason to a participation in them; but, for himself, he would rather suffer death than betray the sacred trust reposed in him. This answer not proving satisfactory, the ruffian aimed a blow at the h . . . of our Master, but, being startled by the firmness of his demeanour, it missed his f . . ., but glanced with such force on his r . . . t . . . as to cause him to sink on his l . . . k . . . (JW acts as if striking candidate).

Recovering from this shock, he made (Deacons wheel the Candidate clockwise to a position half pace in front of SW), for the North entrance where he was opposed by the second ruffian whom he answered as in the former instance, and with undiminished firmness, when the ruffian, who was armed with a l . . ., struck him a violent blow on the


l . . . t . . . which brought him to the ground on his r . . . k . . . (SW acts as if striking candidate).

Our Master, finding all chance of escape cut off at both these quarters, staggered, (Deacons wheel the Candidate clockwise and step in front of PM, heels in line with edge of g. . . DC hands the HSM to the PM) faint and bleeding, to the East entrance, where the third ruffian was posted, (Deacons take one pace back on their inside foot, sidestep, move backwards to the p . . . c . . . and remain standing, facing East. At the same time the Wardens step beside the Candidate and turn East) who received a similar reply to his insolent demand – for even at this trying moment, our Master remained firm and unshaken - when the villain, (Wardens turn inwards. SW places his l . . . f . . . behind Candidate's left heel, JW places his r . . . f . . . behind the Candidate's right heel. Behind the Candidate, the SW clasps the JW’s left hand with his right hand and they place them in the middle of the Candidate’s back. The other hand in each case is placed under the armpit of the Candidate, from the front) who was armed with a h . . . s . . . m . . ., struck him a violent blow on the f . . ., which laid him l . . . at his feet. (PM acts as if striking candidate).

On ‘feet’ the Candidate is l . . . d by the Wardens and the following actions occur:

1. As the Candidate is l . . ., the Deacons kneel on the inside knee, grasp the corners of the p . . . c . . ., and remain kneeling.

2. The Wardens rise, facing each other, and stepping off with the East foot in a continuous movement, reverse to the edge of the pavement, turn East and reverse to the West edge of the tessellated border, then take a sidestep towards each other.

3. The Deacons rise with the Wardens and stop. As the Wardens are turning East the Deacons move forward to the edge of the pavement, kneel on their inside knee, place the p . . . c . . . on the floor, rise, turn inwards and reverse two paces then turn East.

4. The Past Master passes the HSM back to the Director of Ceremonies, who replaces it.

NOTE If Ecclesiastes is not given the organist plays the first four bars and last eight bars of the

“Ode 39: Dead March”. Or

If Ecclesiastes is given the Organist plays the first eight bars of the “Ode 39: Dead March”. and

The Brother delivering the Ecclesiastes must not begin until the Organist has finished playing the Dead March.


14.3.19 ECCLESIASTES Note: It is not mandatory for the Ecclesiastes to be given.

This recital is taken from Ecclesiastes, Chap 12., Verses 1-8 & 13-14; of the King James 1st authorised version, or the 1884 revised version of the authorised version. Chaplain Remember now thy Creator in the days of thy youth, while the

evil days come not, nor the years draw nigh, when thou shalt say, I have no pleasure in them; While the sun, or the light, or the moon, or the stars, be not darkened, nor the clouds return after the rain; In the day when the keepers of the house shall tremble, and the strong men shall bow themselves, and the grinders cease because they are few, and those that look out of the windows be darkened, And the doors shall be shut in the streets, when the sound of the grinding is low, and he shall rise up at the voice of the bird, and all the daughters of musick shall be brought low; Also when they shall be afraid of that which is high, and fears shall be in the way, and the almond tree shall flourish, and the grasshopper shall be a burden, and desire shall fail: because man goeth to his long home, and the mourners go about the streets: Or ever the silver cord be loosed, or the golden bowl be broken, or the pitcher be broken at the fountain, or the wheel broken at the cistern. Then shall the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit shall return unto God who gave it. Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher; all is vanity. Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.

WM/PM The brethren will take notice that in the recent ceremony, as well as in his present position, our brother has been made to represent one of the brightest characters recorded in the annals of Freemasonry, namely, our GM HA, who lost his life in consequence of his unshaken fidelity to the sacred trust reposed in him. This will, I hope, make a lasting impression on his and your minds should you ever be placed in a similar state of trial.


Bro JW, (pause, JW gives SOF and holds, acknowledged by WM/PM) you will endeavour to raise the representative of our Master by the EA g . . .

Ode 40

As the tree falls so must it lie; As the man lives so must he die; As the man dies so shall he be

All through the days of eternity,

Chaplain steps back two paces as Junior Warden (holding SOF) takes one pace back and turns North. Junior Warden passes in front of the Chaplain and behind the Senior Warden, turns East and perambulates along the North side close to the tessellated border. He crosses the East behind the Past Master and Director of Ceremonies (not between), turns West and moves along the South side to a position opposite the Candidate’s hand, turns North and steps beside the Candidate. He drops SOF, k . . . s on his l . . . k . . . and tries the EA g . . holding the Candidate’s right wrist in his l . . . h . . .

Junior Warden rises, resumes SOF, reverses to the edge of the tessellated border, does a mobile left turn, and returns to his position in the West.

JW (retaining SOF) WM/ . . . WorBro . . . (pause), it proves a s . . . (JW lowers SOF).

WM Bro SW, (pause, SW gives SOF and holds, acknowledged by WM/PM) you will try the FC g . . .

Ode 41

Nearer, my God, to Thee, Nearer to Thee;

E'en though it be A hand That raiseth me;

Still all my song shall be Nearer, my God, to Thee, Nearer, my God, to Thee,

Nearer to Thee

The Senior Warden (holding SOF) takes a sidestep left and perambulates along the North side close to the tessellated border. He crosses the East behind the Past Master and Director of Ceremonies (not between), turns West and moves along the South side to a position opposite the Candidate’s hand, turns North and steps beside the Candidate. He drops SOF, k . . . s on his r . . . k . . . to try the FC g . . . .

Senior Warden rises, resumes SOF, reverses to the edge of the tessellated border, does a mobile left turn and moves West. As Senior Warden approaches the South


West corner, Junior Warden and Chaplain take two paces back. Senior Warden crosses in front of Junior Warden and Chaplain and returns to his position. As Senior Warden clears Chaplain, Junior Warden and Chaplain take two paces forward.

SW (retaining SOF) WM/ . . . WorBro . . . (pause), it proves a s . . . likewise. (SW lowers SOF).

NOTE - Both Wardens should endeavour to return to their positions on completion of the music.

These two perambulations are the only times in our ceremonies when the SOF is held while walking.

14.3.20 RAISING

WM/PM Bro Wardens, (pause, Wardens give SOF and hold, acknowledged by WM/PM) both having failed in your attempts, there yet remains a peculiar method, which is by taking a firm hold of the s . . . of a brother's . . . and . . . him on the f . . . p . . of f . . ., of which, with your assistance, I will now make trial. (Wardens lower SOF).

On ‘trial’ the following actions occur:

1 The ode begins

(Solo if soloist available)

Ode 42

“I am the resurrection and the life,” Saith the Lord:

“He that believeth in Me, Though he were dead, (All) Yet shall he live!”

If the ode is not sung, the movements are as follows, and the raising occurs once the Wardens and Deacons are in place with the WM/PM indicating to the Wardens to complete the raising.

2 Deacons turn inwards, move towards the foot of the g . . . and turn East. They kneel on their inside knee, grasp the p . . . c . . ., rise, and step off with the foot nearest the g . . ., reverse West and kneel to place the p . . . c . . . on the floor.

As the Deacons begin to rise with the p . . . c . . ., the Wardens take a side step outwards and move East until opposite the Candidate, turn in and move to the Candidate.


The Wardens and Past Master reach for the Candidate on the word ‘. . . yet’ and raise him on the word ‘. . . live’.

The Deacons rise as the Wardens raise the Candidate. When the Candidate has been raised, the Senior Warden places the Candidate’s left arm over the Past Master’s s . . . Both Wardens, who are facing East, step one pace sideways, the Deacons move forward to a position on each side of the Candidate facing East.

WM (After the Deacons are in position) It is thus, my brother, that all MMs are r . . . from a figurative . . . to a reunion with their former companions in toil.

On ‘toil’ Senior Warden moves forward and crosses the East behind Director of Ceremonies. At the same time Junior Warden takes another sidestep to enable Senior Warden to join him on the pavement side. Senior Warden should arrive beside Junior Warden on his right foot. Junior Warden picks up

the step as Senior Warden approaches; steps back with his right foot and completes a mobile left about turn. Senior Warden does not stop but is joined on the move by Junior Warden. Both stop in front of their pedestals and replace WTs together (Senior Warden kneels on right knee, Junior Warden on left knee). Both Wardens return to their seats, (Senior Warden enters by the South side, Junior Warden enters by the East side) and sit together. At the same time the Chaplain returns to his seat via the North side and sits without instruction or SOF.

The Past Master releases the Candidate on prompt from Director of Ceremonies when Senior Warden reaches the South East corner.

WM Let me now beg you to observe that the light of a MM is but darkness visible, serving only to discover that gloom which rests on the prospect of futurity. It is that mysterious veil which the eye of human reason cannot penetrate unless assisted by that light which is from above; yet, even by this glimmering ray, you may perceive (Candidate’s body is turned clockwise half West by holding both of his shoulders) that you stand on the very brink of the g . . . into which you have just figuratively descended, and which, when this transitory life shall have passed away, will again receive you into its cold bosom (Candidate is faced East).

14.3.21 EOM

EOM in the North East

After ‘bosom’ Director of Ceremonies steps to the left of the Worshipful Master/Past Master, they wheel back and move to the EOM, the Worshipful Master/Past Master at the East end, Director of Ceremonies at the West end.


When both are in position and the e . . . s are displayed the Deacons conduct the Candidate directly to them and take a half pace back.

EOM in the East

After ‘bosom’ Director of Ceremonies steps to the right of the Worshipful Master/Past Master, the Deacons and Candidate take two paces back then they right about turn and move to the EOM, the Director of Ceremonies to the North end and the Worshipful Master/Past Master to the South end.

When both are in position and the e . . . s are displayed the Deacons conduct the Candidate directly to them and take a half pace back.

WM Let the e . . . of m . . . which lie before you lead you to contemplate your inevitable destiny, and guide your reflections to that most interesting of all human studies, the knowledge of yourself. Be careful to perform your allotted task while it is yet day; continue to listen to the voice of nature, which bears witness, that even in this perishable frame (pause, the PM touches the Candidate on the b . . . with his right hand) resides a vital and immortal principle, which inspires a holy confidence that the Lord of Life will enable us to trample the king of terrors beneath our feet, and lift our eyes to that bright morning star whose rising brings peace and tranquillity to the faithful and obedient of the human race.

Ode 43

Peace, perfect peace, Death shad'wing us and ours?

The Lord hath vanquished death And all its powers.


On completion of the Ode (not before) the lid is lowered.

The Junior Warden (or a Steward seated in the South) removes the g . . . c . . and p . . . c . . . as the Worshipful Master/Past Master and Director of Ceremonies move across the lodge and places them inside the Junior Warden’s pedestal or in a position where they cannot be seen by the Candidate during any part of the remaining ceremony. The lighting is adjusted after the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . have been removed (not before).

The Worshipful Master/Past Master and Director of Ceremonies turn South and on Director of Ceremonies prompt, if charge done by the Worshipful Master he returns to his seat, if charge done by Past Master the Director of Ceremonies and


Past Master move to CE, Past Master gives SOF to Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies moves to South East station and seats Past Master with SOF. After the lighting has been adjusted (not before) Deacons step beside the Candidate. All take one pace back, pivoting clockwise on the Candidate to face South, then step forward to a position four paces North of CE.

EOM in the East


The Deacons and Candidate take two paces back.

The Junior Warden (or a Steward seated in the South) removes the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . and places them inside the Junior Warden’s pedestal or in a position where they cannot be seen by the Candidate during any part of the remaining ceremony. The lighting is adjusted after the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . have been removed (not before). On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Past Master and Director of Ceremonies turn East in front of Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies behind. Past Master gives SOF to Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies moves to South East station and seats Past Master with SOF. After the lighting has been adjusted (not before) Deacons step beside the Candidate. All take one pace back, pivoting clockwise on the Candidate to face South. Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Candidate and on Senior Deacon prompt all perambulate round the lodge, to a position four paces North of CE, facing South.

14.3.22 SECRETS

The Past Master (with gloves removed) gives SOF to the Worshipful Master from the dais and moves to a position opposite the Candidate, facing North, approximately four paces South of CE. Director of Ceremonies positions himself behind the Past Master.

WM/PM Bro . . ., I cannot better reward the attention you have paid to this exhortation and charge than by entrusting you with the s . . . ts of this degree. You will, therefore, advance towards me as a FC, first as an EA. (Candidate advances as EA, WM/PM takes step and gives s . . ., Candidate advances as FC, WM/PM takes step and gives s . . .) You will now take another s . . . p . . . with your l . . . f . . ., placing the r . . . h . . . into its h . . .

That is the third regular s . . . in Freemasonry and it is in this position (pause, WM/PM takes the step) the s . . . ts of the degree are communicated. They consist of s . . . s, a g . . . or t . . ., and a w . . . Of the s . . . s, the f . . . and s . . . are c . . . and the t . . p . . .


The f . . . c . . . s . . . is taken from the FC h . . . s . . ., and is called the s . . . of h . . . You will, therefore, stand to order as a FC. It is given, copy me, &c. (When explaining the s . . ., the position of the l . . h . . ., which is held p . . . to the r . . ., should be emphasized. This is part of the sign and must be maintained throughout the remaining movements). The s . . c . . . s . . . is called the s . . . of s . . . and is given &c. (head remaining upright) The p . . . s . . . is given by &c, and as you will perceive, alludes to the ancient penalty formerly associated with the violation of your obligation, wherein the brother swore as a man of honour and a MM, that before improperly disclosing the secrets entrusted to him he would rather - copy me - have his &c, on the c . . . (lower s . . .) and those &c, so that no trace or remembrance of so vile a wretch may longer be found among men, particularly MMs. The g . . . or t . . . is the first of the f . . . p . . . of f . . ., which are (the f . . . e p . . . s of f . . . p must be communicated as they are nominated) h . . . to h . . ., r . . . f . . . to r . . f . . ., k . . . to k . . ., b . . . to b . . . and h . . . o . . . b . . ., and may thus be briefly explained: (again the f . . . e p . . . s of f . . . p must be communicated as they are nominated)h . . . to h . . ., I greet you as a b . . .; r . . . f . . . to r . . . f . . ., I will support you in all your laudable undertakings; k . . . to k . . ., the p. . .e of my daily supplications shall remind me of your wants; b . . . to b . . ., your lawful secrets, when entrusted to me as such, I will keep as my own; h . . . o . . . b . . ., I will support your character in your absence as in your presence. It is in this position, and in this position only, that the w . . . is communicated, and then only in a w . . ., except in open lodge by command of the WM. It is . . . or . . . .

The f . . . p . . . of f . . . are released in the reverse order to which they were given.

On completion, Director of Ceremonies steps to the left of the Worshipful Master/Past Master and both wheel East. If charge is done by the Worshipful Master he returns to his seat, if the charge is done by a Past Master he salutes the Worshipful Master and returns to his seat, where he is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with SOF, which is returned. 14.3.23 PRESENTATION to the WORSHIPFUL MASTER

The Deacons conduct the Candidate to the left of the Senior Warden.

SW (With left glove removed, rises, takes the Candidate’s right hand, takes the s . . . and salutes. Holding salute) WM, I present to you Bro . . . on his being raised to the s . . . d . . . of a MM for some further mark of your favour.


WM Bro SW, I delegate you to invest our newly raised brother with the distinguishing b . . . of a MM.

Senior Warden completes salute and lowers Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat and replaces his glove.

14.3.24 INVESTITURE

Where practicable, Senior Deacon prompts the Candidate and Junior Deacon to take one pace left with him. Senior Deacon then takes one pace right, one pace forward with his left foot and closes with his right, to a position at the right of the Candidate.


Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. Deacons and Candidate wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidate is beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with his toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.

Senior Deacon steps behind the Candidate taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closes with his right. At the same time the Junior Deacon steps back half a pace.

Senior Warden places the apron on top of his pedestal.

On a signal from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden rises, salutes the Worshipful Master and places the apron over his left arm. Senior Warden leaves his pedestal via the North side and moves to a position immediately in front of the Candidate. As Senior Warden leaves his pedestal, Director of Ceremonies moves back two paces and steps behind the Senior Deacon.

Senior Warden holds the MM apron in front of the Candidate while Senior Deacon removes the FC apron and passes it to Director of Ceremonies.

When the MM apron is secure, Senior Deacon recovers his wand, prompting Senior Warden to reverse to a position where his toes are in line with an imaginary extension of the South edge of the squared pavement.

As soon as the Director of Ceremonies receives the FC apron he carries it with dignity to Secretary’s table and returns alongside the Junior Deacon. When the Director of Ceremonies is alongside the Junior Deacon, he checks that the Senior Warden is in the correct position and signals him to continue the investiture.


SW Bro . . ., by the WM command I invest you with the distinguishing b . . . of a MM, to mark the further progress you have made in the science.


14.3.25 EXTENSION Director of Ceremonies steps beside Candidate, seats Senior Warden with SOF and returns beside Junior Deacon.

Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to turn ‘half left’, and guides him by taking his left elbow.



Note 3: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge. Director of Ceremonies moves to a position to raise him and escorts him to the foot of the steps at the South of the Worshipful Masters pedestal. If the Master Mason delivering the charge crosses the lodge room before the charge he salutes the Worshipful Master when crossing the lodge room and is not required to salute the Worshipful Master at the commencement of the charge. If the Master Mason does not cross the lodge room he salutes the Worshipful Master from beside the Director of Ceremonies prior to commencing the charge.

Director of Ceremonies returns to his station in the South East where he remains standing. At the conclusion of the charge, if the Master Mason is seated in the North East he is picked up by the Director of Ceremonies and salutes when crossing in the East. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies.

If the Master Mason is seated in the West he moves beside the Director of Ceremonies and salutes the Worshipful Master and is escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to his seat, if they cross the lodge room the Master Mason gives a further salute. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies.


PM/MM Let me add to the remarks of my brother the SW, that the b . . . with which you have just been invested not only points out your rank as MM, but is intended to remind you of those important duties you have this evening so solemnly engaged yourself to perform, and, while it marks your own superiority in the Craft, it calls upon you to afford assistance and instruction to your brethren in the inferior degrees.

Ode 44

Raised and invested, now complete you stand Loy'lly on the centre, now we take your hand;

Faithful and true to Heav'ns immortal law, Blest shall thy life be, till God calls once more.




14.3.26 TRADITIONAL HISTORY

Note: While it is optional for the Traditional History to be delivered in full during the Ceremony of Raising the portion containing the extended s . . . s must be given to every Candidate during the ceremony.

On Director of Ceremonies prompts, all step in line with the Candidate, take two paces back, Deacons pivot on Candidate to face East and Director of Ceremonies positions himself in front of Candidate. On Senior Deacon’s prompt the procession perambulates to a position in the North, as near as possible opposite the Tracing Board, all wheel on the Senior Deacon to face South at the edge of the tessellated border then reverse five short paces (this is to cater for the number of steps required in the extended s . . . s, depending on the size of lodge room the five paces may have to be shortened). Deacons take a half pace back.

This lecture may be given by a Past Master or Master Mason (gloves not removed). It is delivered from a position opposite the Candidate, five short paces back from the tessellated border. The brother delivering the charge salutes the Worshipful Master from the floor before and after the charge. On completion a


Past Master is seated by the Director of Ceremonies with the SOF, which is returned.

If a Master Mason delivers the charge, at the conclusion of the charge, if he is seated in the North East he is picked up by the Director of Ceremonies and salutes when crossing in the East. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies. If the Master Mason is seated in the West he moves beside the

Director of Ceremonies and salutes the Worshipful Master and is escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to his seat, if they cross the lodge room the Master Mason gives a further salute. He is seated with a SOF by the Director of Ceremonies.

The brother delivering the charge may stand near the Tracing Board and point during the appropriate portion of the charge or another brother may be delegated to perform this task.

The Director of Ceremonies may be seated.

WM/PM/MM We left off at that part of our t . . . h . . . which mentions the d . . . of our GM HA. A loss so important as that of the principal architect could not fail to be speedily and severely felt. The want of those plans and designs which had hitherto been regularly supplied throughout the various departments of the work was the first indication that some serious calamity had befallen him. The menatzchim, or prefects, or, more familiarly speaking, the overseers, deputed some of the most eminent of their number to wait upon the king and acquaint him with the utter confusion into which the absence of H had plunged them, and to express their apprehension that to some fatal catastrophe must be attributed his sudden and mysterious disappearance. KS immediately ordered a general muster of the workmen throughout the various departments when three of the Craftsmen were not to be found.

On the same day the twelve who had originally joined in the conspiracy went before the king and made a voluntary confession of all they knew up to the time of withdrawing themselves from the number of the conspirators. The fears of the king being awakened for the safety of his chief artist, he selected fifteen trusty FCs and ordered them to make a diligent search after the person of our Master, to ascertain if he were yet alive, or had suffered death in the attempt to extort from him the secrets of his exalted degree. Accordingly, a stated day having been appointed for their return to Jerusalem, they formed themselves into three FC lodges and departed from the three entrances of the temple. Many days were spent in fruitless search; indeed, one lodge returned without having made any discovery of


importance. A second, however, was more fortunate; for, on the evening of a certain day, after having suffered the greatest privations and personal fatigues, one of the brethren who had rested himself in a reclining posture, in order to assist his rising caught hold of a shrub which grew near. This, to his surprise came easily out of the ground. On a closer examination he found that the earth had been recently disturbed. He therefore hailed his brethren (pause, the h . . . s . . . only, is given by the PM.. The s . . . is not taken at this stage), and with their assistance reopened the ground, and there found the body of our Master very indecently interred.

They covered it again with all respect and reverence, and, in order to distinguish the spot, stuck a sprig of a . . . at the head of the g . . . They then hastened to Jerusalem to impart the afflicting intelligence to KS. When the first emotions of his grief had subsided he ordered them to return and raise the body of our Master, to such a sepulture as became his exalted rank and talents, at the same time informing them that by his untimely d . . . the g . . s . . ts of a MM were lost. He therefore charged them to be particularly careful in observing whatever casual s . . s, t . . s, or w . . s might occur whilst paying this last sad tribute of respect to departed merit.

They performed their task with the utmost fidelity, for, on reopening the ground, one of the brethren looking round, observed. some of his companions in this position (s . . . ), struck with h . . . at the d . . . and a . . . s . . ., while others, viewing the g . . . w . . . , still visible on his f . . . smote their own, thus (s . . . ), in sympathy with his suffering. Two of the brethren then descended the g . . ., one of whom endeavoured to raise the b . . . of our Master by the EA g . . ., which proved a . . . The other tried the FC, which proved a . . . likewise.

Both having failed in their attempts, a third and more expert brother then descended, and with their united aid succeeded in raising the b . . . of our Master on the f . . . p . . . of f . . . , while others more animated exclaimed . . . or . . . , both words having a nearly similar import, one signifying the d . . . of the b . . ., the other the b . . . is s . . . KS therefore ordered that these casual s . . . s, t . . . s, and w . . . s should designate all MMs throughout the universe until time or circumstances should restore the genuine. It now only remains to account for the third lodge, whose members had pursued their researches in the direction of Joppa, and, were meditating their return to Jerusalem, when, accidentally passing the mouth of a cavern, they heard sounds of deep


lamentation and regret. On entering to ascertain the cause, they found three men answering the description of those missing, who, on being charged with the m . . . and finding all chance of escape cut off, made a full confession of their guilt.

They were then bound and led to Jerusalem, where KS sentenced them to that d . . . which the heinousness of their crime so justly merited. The body of our Master was ordered to be re-interred as near the s . . . s . . . as the Israelitish law would permit. He was buried in a g . . . from the c . . . three f . . . East, three f . . . West, three f . . . between North and South, and five f . . . or more perpendicular. He was not buried in the s . . . s . . . because nothing common or unclean was allowed to enter there, not even the High Priest, except once a year, nor then until after many washings and purifications against the great day of expiation for sins, for by the Israelitish law all flesh is deemed unclean.

The ornaments of a MM lodge are the p . . . , d . . . and s . . . p . . . . The p . . . was the entrance to the s . . . s . . . , the d . . the window that gave light to the same, and the s . . . p . . for the High Priest to walk on. The office of the High Priest was to burn incense to the honour and glory of the MH, and to pray fervently that the Almighty of His unbounded wisdom and goodness would be pleased to bestow peace and tranquillity on the Israelitish nation during the ensuing year.

You have already been informed that the w . . . t . . . , with which our Master was s . . . , were the p . . . r . . . , l . . . , and HSM.

The c . . . , s . . . and c . . . , being emblems of mortality, allude to the untimely d . . . of our GM HA, which occurred three thousand years after the c . . . of the w . . .

At this point if the Past Master presenting the charge was near the Tracing Board, he moves to the position described previously, facing the Candidate. If another brother was performing this task he may now be seated. The Director of Ceremonies takes up position behind Past Master.

When demonstrating for the purposes of regularity only the s . . . of h . . ., s . . . of s . . ., and p . . . s . . . are demonstrated, no explanation is given.

On ‘O Lord my God’, stated three times, the hands are lowered with three motions, the third motion being extended to include lowering the hands to the sides in time with the words, ‘. . . is there no help f . . . t . . . w . . . s . . .’

(Commencement of the extended s . . . s)


During the course of the ceremony, you have been informed of t . . . s . . . in this degree. In all, there are f . . ., corresponding in number with the f . . . p . . . of f . . . They are the s . . . of h . . ., the s . . . of s . . ., the p . . . s . . ., the s . . . of g . . . and d . . . and the s . . . of j . . . and e . . ., likewise called the g . . . or r . . . s . . . For the sake of regularity I will go through them, and you will copy me (PM/MM stands to order as a FC and instructs Candidate to do likewise, both take step and proceed with three s . . . of a MM). This is the s . . . of h . . . (demonstrate), this of s . . . (demonstrate), this the p . . . s . . . (demonstrate). The s . . . of g . . . and d . . . is given, &c; this took its rise at the time when our Master was making his way from the North to the East entrance of the t . . ., when his agony was so great that the perspiration stood in large drops on his forehead, and he made use of this s . . . as a temporary relief to his sufferings.

This is the s . . . of j . . . and e . . . (demonstrate), likewise called the g . . . or r . . . s . . .; it took its rise at the time when the t . . . was completed, and KS and the princes of his household went to view it, when they were so struck with its magnificence that with one simultaneous motion they exclaimed, - ‘Oh, wonderful masons!’

On the Continent of Europe the s . . . of g . . . and d . . . is given differently; by clasping the h . . .s and raising them with their backs to the f . . .d, exclaiming, ‘C . . . t . . . m . . . a . . . y . . . s . . . o . . . t . . . w . . .,’ on the supposition that all MMs are brothers to HA, who was a w . . . s . . .

In Scotland, Ireland, and some of the States of America the s . . n of g . . .f and d . . .s is given still differently, by throwing up the h . . . with the p . . . s extended to the heavens and dropping them with three distinct motions to the sides, exclaiming, ‘O . . . L . . . m . . . G . . ., O . . . L . . . m . . . G . . ., O . . . L . . . m . . . G . . ., is t . . . n . . . h . . . f . . . t . . . w . . . s . . .’

On some future occasion you will be attending a lodge being opened in the third degree. The WM will direct the JW to prove the brethren MMs by s . . . s. At the time you will be standing to order as a FCF (PM/MM stands to order as a FC and instructs Candidate to do likewise) and to prove yourself you will take the s . . . and give the first three of these f . . . s . . .s thus (Candidate copies PM/MM) and remain in this position until the WM declares the lodge duly opened on the c . . . (lowers s . . . ), for the purposes of Freemasonry in the third degree. On all occasions you will salute as a MM thus...

(Conclusion of the extended s . . . s)


Director of Ceremonies steps to the left of the Past Master, they wheel back to face East. The Past Master salutes and returns to the dais. The Director of Ceremonies accompanies the Past Master to the South East corner where he stops and seats the Past Master with a SOF, which the Past Master returns.. The Director of Ceremonies then turns North and nods to Senior Deacon.


Deacons step beside the Candidate. All take one pace back, pivot on the Candidate and perambulate to CE, two paces West of the pedestal facing East. The Deacons step back half a pace. Director of Ceremonies perambulates to front of Senior Warden’s pedestal and raises him. Senior Warden salutes in the North West. Director of Ceremonies and Senior Warden perambulate to centre East (Senior Warden in front of Candidate, Director of Ceremonies behind the Senior Deacon). Senior Warden salutes Worshipful Master, turns and moves to second step (if Past Master top step). Director of Ceremonies places himself at the SE corner facing East.

WM/PM/SW/MM Bro . . ., I now present to your notice the working tools of a MM. They are the s . . ., the p . . ., and the c . . . s (indicates them collectively with his hand). The s . . . is an implement which acts on a centre pin, whence a line is drawn to mark out the ground for the foundation of the intended structure. With the p . . . the skilful artist delineates the building in a draft or plan for the instruction and guidance of the workmen; the c . . . s enable him, with accuracy and precision, to ascertain and determine the limits and proportions of its several parts. But, as we are met not as operative but as Free and Accepted or Symbolic Masons, it is the moral to be derived from the contemplation of these tools to which I would direct your attention. In this sense the s . . . points out that straight and undeviating line of conduct laid down for our pursuit in the VSL.

The p . . . teaches us that our words and actions are observed and recorded by the Most High, to whom we must give an account of our conduct through life; and the c . . . s remind us of His unerring and impartial justice, who, having defined for our instruction the limits of good and evil, will reward or punish us as we have obeyed or disregarded His divine commands. Thus, the working tools of a MM teach us to bear in mind and to act according to the laws of our Divine Creator, so that when we shall be summoned from this sublunary abode we may ascend to the Grand Lodge above, where the world’s GA lives and reigns for ever.

Ode 45


Now thank we all our God, with hearts, and hands and voices; Who wondrous things hath done, in Whom His world rejoices;

And keep us in His grace, and guide us when perplexed; And free us from all ill in this world and the next.

Senior Warden moves to the South of the Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, turns clockwise to face East and salutes the Worshipful Master.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden and Director of Ceremonies step back on right foot and execute a mobile left about turn together. Director of Ceremonies escorts Senior Warden to his pedestal, seats him from Centre West with a SOF and returns beside Senior Deacon.

14.3.28 CHARGE AFTER RAISING

The Candidate is placed at the saluting base in the North West. Deacons take half a pace back.

Director of Ceremonies remains at the left of Junior Deacon until the Worshipful Master/Past Master is raised then positions himself behind the Candidate.

Note 1: If a Past Master is delivering the charge, it must be given on the dais. The Director of Ceremonies signals the Past Master who salutes the Worshipful Master.

Director of Ceremonies steps behind the Candidate.

Note 2: If a Master Mason is to deliver the charge, it must be from the floor of the lodge at the foot of the steps to the South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

The Master Mason delivering the charge must be escorted by the Director of Ceremonies to that position and on completion, returned by the Director of Ceremonies, who seats him with SOF, which he returns.

WM Bro . . ., your zeal for the Institution of Freemasonry, the progress you have made in the art, and your conformity to the general regulations, have pointed you out as a proper object of our favour and esteem. In the character of a Master Mason, you are henceforth authorized to correct the errors and irregularities of brethren and fellows, and guard them against a breach of fidelity. To improve the morals and correct the manners of men in society must be your constant care.

With this view, therefore, you are always to recommend to inferiors, obedience and submission; to equals, courtesy and affability; to superiors, kindness and condescension. You are to inculcate universal benevolence, and by the regularity of your own


behaviour afford the best example for the conduct of others. The antient Landmarks of the Order, which are here entrusted to your care, you are to preserve sacred and inviolable, and never suffer an infringement of our rites, or a deviation from established usage and custom. Duty, honour, and gratitude now bind you to be faithful to every trust, to support with becoming dignity your new character, and to enforce by example and precept, the tenets of the system. Let no motive, therefore, make you swerve from your duty, violate your vows, or betray your trust; but be true and faithful, and imitate the example of that celebrated artist whom you have once represented. By this exemplary conduct you will convince the world that merit has been your title to our privileges, and that on you our favours have not been undeservedly bestowed.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps beside the Junior Deacon. The Past Master salutes the Worshipful Master and is seated with SOF, which he returns.

WM Bro . . ., this concludes the ceremony of your being raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

Ode 46.1 Praise to the Lord, the Almighty, the King of Creation;

O my soul praise Him, for He is thy health and salvation.

14.3.29 PRESENTATION OF VSL AND PAMPHLET

On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies and Deacons move forward in line with the Candidate.

On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back, then pivot on the Candidate to face North. The Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Candidate facing North. On prompt from the Senior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal all wheel East. The Director of Ceremonies and the Deacons take a half pace back.

It is customary at this time to present the Candidate with his VSL.

WM/Chap (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up VSL and pamphlet and places them in his left hand) “Brother . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Master Mason (pause, releases Candidate’s hand and takes VSL from left hand and holding where Candidate can read it) and on behalf of the WM and the Brethren of your Lodge, it is my


privilege to present to you the Volume of the Sacred Law upon which you were obligated in each Degree.

(pause, pass VSL to Candidate’s right hand, Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to transfer the VSL to his left hand. WM/Chap. takes pamphlet from left hand and holding it where Candidate can read it) I also present to you this pamphlet entitled ‘Third Degree Ceremony Explanatory Notes’.” (pass pamphlet to Candidate’s right hand.)

The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand.

The Worshipful Master/Chaplain resumes his seat. If Chaplain, he salutes the Worshipful Master.

14.3.29.1 ALTERNATIVE PRESENTATION OF VSL AND PAMPHLET

The following is an alternative to the presentation in 14.3.29 and may be read or memorised.

WM/Chap (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up VSL and pamphlet and places them in his left hand) “Brother . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Master Mason” (pause, releases Candidate’s hand and takes VSL from left hand and holding where Candidate can read it).

At the request of the Worshipful Master, it is my privilege to present to you the Volume of the Sacred Law upon which you were obligated in the three Degrees. (hands volume). Upon reflection you will remember that among the first things you discovered in the Lodge, on being brought to light was the Volume of the Sacred Law upon the Master's Pedestal. The Sacred Writings are one of the three great emblematical lights in Freemasonry.

At each step in your advancement you were reminded that the Volume of the Sacred Law is the wisest teacher of man, directing his feet to the Temple of Virtue in which alone he can find liberty and peace.

Words from the Volume of the Sacred Law are heard as we enter upon each of the Degrees; its truth adds lustre to every tool and symbol of the Lodge; its light is the glory of the Craft. Upon it every Freemason has taken solemn vows of love, of loyalty, of chastity, of charity, pledging himself to our tenets of brotherly love, relief and truth. To defend, preserve, and obey the Sacred Writings is the first duty of every Freemason.


The Volume of the Sacred Law, so rich in symbolism is itself a symbol of the book of faith, the will of God as man has learned it in the midst of the years. Thus, by the very honour which Freemasonry pays to the Volume of the Sacred Law, it teaches us to revere every book of faith in which men find help for today and hope for the morrow. It encourages each man to be steadfast in the faith his heart loves best, and to allow his brethren the same right.

That Book (point to the Volume) is the key-stone of our Hope - keep it as a treasure; live with it as a friend. Its truths are holy, its laws are binding, its spirit is the breath of God. Read it often; follow it honestly; trust it utterly; and learn that the duty of man is to do justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with his God.

With consciousness of these facts, my brother, it is the custom of this Lodge to present to each of its initiates a copy of this wonderful, this far and long respected Book. The more completely you make its precepts and principles your own, the better exemplar you will be of your own religious faith, and also the nobler and complete Freemason. (pause, Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to transfer the VSL to his left hand. WM/Chap. takes pamphlet from left hand and holding it where Candidate can read it) “I also present to you this pamphlet entitled ‘Third Degree Ceremony Explanatory Notes’.” (pass pamphlet to Candidate’s right hand.)

The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand.


14.3.30 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATE On the Director of Ceremonies prompt all take one pace back then pivot on the Candidate to face South. The Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Candidate. On the Senior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. Deacons remain beside the Candidate.

Ode 46.2 All ye who hear,

Brethren and Fellows draw near, Joining in glad adoration.

WM Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire.


The Senior Deacon quietly instructs the Candidate to ‘stand fast’. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

SD Bro . . ., in this degree you will salute as a MM thus. Stand fast brother (demonstrates s . . . and s . . .)

SD Bro . . ., salute the WM as an MM. copy me Take the s . . ., give the s . . .

The Senior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on the Candidate’s right. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces and the Junior Deacon steps half pace forward, both arrive beside the Candidate at the same time as the Senior Deacon. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, both Deacons pivot on the Candidate to face North. On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies the Inner Guard rises to open the door, the Director of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement, while the Deacons conducts the Candidate towards the door. The Inner Guard opens the door. The Inner Guard ensures the Candidate is placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair.

The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in North West near pavement facing North. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand. The Deacons wheel about (if facing West anticlockwise, if facing North clockwise). The Junior Deacon returns to his chair. The Senior Deacon moves to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate along the North side to their respective chairs. The Deacons remain standing until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair. The Director of Ceremonies and the Deacons replace their baton and wands together.

On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Inner Guard, the Deacons and the Director of Ceremonies sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.


Ode 46.3 Praise to the Lord, who doth prosper the Art, and defend us;

Surely His goodness and mercy shall daily attend us; Ponder anew

What the Almighty can do, If in His strength He befriend us.

END OF THIRD DEGREE CEREMONY



Temporary Closing of the Lodge 220

15 TEMPORARY CLOSING OF THE LODGE The lodge may be called off at any time, except when a Candidate is present during a degree ceremony, or after the lodge has been prepared for the third degree.

15.1 CALLING OFF WM (one knock, repeated by SW and JW) Principal officers upstanding.

Worshipful Master, Senior Warden and Junior Warden rise.

WM Bro JW, (Pause while JW takes the s . . . and salutes) what time is it?

JW (holding salute) High time.

WM Your duty?

JW To call the brethren from labour to refreshment.

WM I will thank you to declare it.

JW (completes salute) Brethren, it is the WM's command that you cease labour and go to refreshment. Keep within hail, so as to come on in due time, that profit and pleasure may be the result. (Gives one knock, followed by SW and WM in that order).

Knocks are not given by the Inner Guard or Tyler.

On Worshipful Master’s knock, Senior Warden and Junior Warden reverse their columns and the Immediate Past Master rises and closes the VSL.

The working tools and Tracing Board are not covered. It is in order to leave the lodge during a call-off.

15.2 CALLING ON There are knocks given prior to the call-on to bring the Brethren to order. It is the responsibility of the Director of Ceremonies to ensure everyone is in their place and ready for further labour. WM knocks, followed by SW and JW WM Principal officers upstanding. WM Bro JW, (Pause while JW takes the s . . . and salutes) what time is it? JW (holding salute) Past high time. WM Your duty? JW To call the brethren from refreshment to labour.

Temporary Closing of the Lodge 221

WM I will thank you to declare it. JW (completes salute) Brethren, it is the WM's command that you cease

refreshment and return to labour for the further despatch of Masonic business (Gives one knock, followed by SW and WM in that order).

On Worshipful Master’s knock, Senior Warden and Junior Warden reverse their columns and the Immediate Past Master rises and opens the VSL. Knocks are not given by the Inner Guard or Tyler.

15.3 FREEDOM OF THE LODGE

Should the Worshipful Master extend the freedom of the lodge to the brethren, no brother may leave the lodge room without the permission of the Worshipful Master. Freedom of the lodge must not take place after the preparation of the lodge for the third degree. The Worshipful Master should extend the freedom of the lodge to a lecturer for the purpose of his address when he calls on him. In this event the lecturer salutes from his current position when called on by the Worshipful Master. He moves to whatever part of the lodge room he desires (other than an officer's pedestal) without further salutes or SOF. Anyone granted the freedom of the lodge for any purpose does not have the authority to pass it back to the Worshipful Master. This is considered to have taken place when the Worshipful Master is saluted on completion of the presentation.

Closing the Lodge – Third Degree 222

16 CLOSING THE LODGE

16.1 THIRD DEGREE 16.1.1 CLOSING THE LODGE IN FULL IN THE THIRD DEGREE.

The lodge should be closed in full at least once every year.

Gloves are not removed at any time.

During communication between the Wardens, and between the Warden and the Worshipful Master, the SOF is not used; instead the ‘standing to order’ position is adopted.

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, assist me to close the lodge in the third degree.

All Brethren rise.

WM Bro JW, (pause while JW half turns to face WM and with s . . . and s . . .) what is the constant care of every MM?

JW To prove the lodge close tyled.


JW Bro IG, (pause while IG moves to reporting position, see Section 3.13.1) prove the lodge close tyled.

Inner Guard gives the knocks of a MM and is answered by the Tyler. Inner Guard does not open the door when proving the lodge close tyled.

IG (returns to reporting position and with s . . . and s . . .) Bro JW, the lodge is close tyled (On JW’s knock, IG completes salute and stays in position).

JW (gives the knocks of a MM and with s . . . and s . . .) WM, the lodge is close tyled (IG returns to his chair).

WM Bro SW, (pause while SW gives s . . . and s . . .) our next care?

SW To see that the brethren appear to order as MM.

WM To order, brethren, as Freemasons in the third degree.

The brethren take the s . . . and stand to order as MMs, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies.

WM Bro JW, (turns his head only toward the WM) whence come you?


JW From the West, WM, whither we have been in search of the genuine s . . . of a MM.

WM Bro SW, have you been successful?

SW We have not, WM, but we bring with us certain substituted s . . . ts which, for your approbation we are anxious to impart.

WM Let those substituted s . . . ts be regularly communicated to me.

On ‘. . . communicated to me’, Wardens, holding the p . . . s . . ., leave their pedestals, Senior Warden via the North side and Junior Warden via the West side. They adjust their steps to arrive together in Centre West one pace West of the pavement and two arm lengths apart, Senior Warden facing South and Junior Warden facing North. Both Wardens resume step.

Junior Warden drops his sign then takes step and gives the sign of a FCF. Senior Warden remains in the ‘to order’ position until the Junior Warden completes the sign.

Junior Warden gives the p . . . g . . . leading from the second to the third degree. Wardens elevate p . . . g . . . (Wardens do not bend or step closer together).

JW (whispers) . . .

Hands released, Senior Warden returns ‘to order’ position, Junior Warden resumes FC sign, both remain in step.

Junior Warden takes the step and completes the first three signs of a MM. Senior Warden remains in the ‘to order’ position until the Junior Warden completes the sign. Senior Warden drops sign in time with the completion of the Junior Warden’s sign.

On the f . . . p . . . of f . . ., Junior Warden whispers the w . . . of a MM and both Senior Warden and Junior Warden release in the reverse order and return to order while remaining in step.

Junior Warden drops the sign, takes the step and gives the sign of a MM. Senior Warden drops the sign, takes the step and gives the sign of a MM, then steps to the right of the Junior Warden facing North (Senior Warden steps off on the left foot and makes a left diagonal turn).

Both Wardens advance to the East holding the sign with the left hand partly clenched.

At Centre East Senior Warden stands fast facing South and resumes step while Junior Warden continues to his chair where he remains standing and resumes step.

On Junior Warden’s arrival Senior Warden turns East and resumes step.


SW WM, deign to receive from me the substituted s . . . ts of a MM.

WM Bro SW, I will receive them with pleasure, and for the information of the brethren you will speak the w . . . s aloud.

The Worshipful Master, holding the p . . . s . . ., leaves the dais by the South side, and, standing two paces in front of Senior Warden facing West, resumes step receives the s . . .ts in the same manner as the Senior Warden received them.

The Worshipful Master, holding the s . . . returns to his chair by the North side and resumes step. On Worshipful Master arrival, Senior Warden turns South and returns to his chair and resumes step.

WM (still holding the s . . . ) The substituted s . . . ts of a MM having been regularly communicated to me, I, as Master of this lodge, and thereby the humble representative of KS, sanction and confirm them, and declare that they shall designate all MMs throughout the universe until time or circumstances shall restore the genuine.

Brn (in time with the Director of Ceremonies the brethren say) With gratitude to our Master we bend.

On ‘. . . bend’ the brethren incline the head (only) forward.

WM Bro SW, the labours of this degree being ended, you have my command to close this MM lodge. (Gives the degree knock with the left hand, using the gavel of the lodge.)

SW Brethren, in the name of the Most High, and by command of the WM, I close this MM lodge. (brethren lower s . . . and SW gives degree knocks.)

JW And it is closed accordingly. (Gives the degree knocks, answered by the IG and Tyler.)

Ode 64 All Glory to the Most High. All Glory to the Most High. All Glory to the Most High!

When ‘All Glory to the Most High’ is sung, the G . . . or R . . . s . . . is given on the word ‘Most’ in the third line.

If the Ode is not sung, ‘All Glory to the Most High’ is said once and all brethren give the G . . . or R . . . s . . . on the word ‘Most’.

Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and Senior Deacon takes up his wand. Senior Deacon moves to the TB, Director of Ceremonies moves to the WT after


Senior Deacon has passed him, the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies. Together, Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master places the North p . . of the c . . . s under the s . . ., and Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

The Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats when the second TB is opened.

As Senior Deacon passes Centre East, Worshipful Master gives the knocks of the second degree, answered by Wardens, Inner Guard and Tyler.

Director of Ceremonies and Immediate Past Master return to their chairs. Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon replace their baton and wand together. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, Immediate Past Master, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon, Inner Guard and Director of Ceremonies, sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF CLOSING THE LODGE IN THE THIRD DEGREE


16.1.2 ALTERNATIVE CLOSING

Brethren remain seated.

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) By the power vested in me I close this MM lodge, (Gives the degree knocks, answered by Wardens, IG, and Tyler).

On the Senior Warden’s knock, Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon, Immediate Past Master and Inner Guard rise. Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and Senior Deacon takes up his wand. On Junior Warden’s knock Senior Deacon moves to the TB, Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after Senior Deacon has passed him, the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies.

Together, Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master places the North p . . . of the c . . .s under the s . . . and Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

WM (As the Senior Deacon returns past Centre East) and resume work in the second degree. (Gives the second degree knocks, answered by the Wardens, Inner Guard and Tyler).

Director of Ceremonies and Immediate Past Master return to their chairs as the Senior Deacon passes Centre East.

When the Senior Deacon reaches his chair the Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon replace baton and wand. Director of Ceremonies, Immediate Past Master and Senior Deacon remain standing until the Tyler has knocked and the Inner Guard returns to his chair. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies all sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

Note

If the lodge is to be reduced to the First Degree, Senior Deacon remains at the TB, Director of Ceremonies at the WTs and Immediate Past Master steps to the side of the pedestal. Refer to Second Degree Alternative Closing.

Closing the Lodge – Second Degree 227

16.2 SECOND DEGREE 16.2.1 CLOSING THE LODGE IN FULL IN THE SECOND DEGREE

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, assist me to close the lodge in the second degree.

All Brethren rise.

WM Bro JW, (pause while JW half turns to face WM and with s . . . and s . . .) what is the constant care of every FCF?




Inner Guard gives the knocks of a FCF and is answered by the Tyler. Inner Guard does not open the door when proving the lodge close tyled.


JW (gives the knocks of a FCF and with s . . . and s . . .) WM, the lodge is close tyled (IG returns to his chair).


SW To see that the brethren appear to order as FCFs.

WM To order, brethren, as Freemasons in the second degree.


WM Bro JW, (turns his head only toward the WM) in this position what have you discovered?

JW A sacred symbol.

WM Bro SW, where is it situated?

SW In the centre of the lodge.

WM To whom does it allude?

JW To the GGOTU.


WM Then, brethren, let us remember that wherever we are, and whatever we do, He is always with us, and His all-seeing eye beholds us, and, while we continue to act in conformity with the principles of the Craft, let us not fail to discharge our duty towards Him with fervency and zeal.

Ode 65

So mote it be.

WM Bro SW, the labours of this degree being ended, you have my command to close this FC lodge. (Gives the degree knock with the left hand, using the gavel of the lodge.)

SW Brethren, in the name of the GGOTU and by command of the WM, I close this FC lodge. (brethren lower s . . . and SW gives degree knocks.)

JW Happy have we met, happy may we part, and happy meet again. And it is closed accordingly. (Gives the degree knocks, answered by IG and Tyler.)

On Senior Warden’s knock, the Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and Senior Deacon takes up his wand. On Junior Warden’s knock, Senior Deacon moves to the TB, Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after Senior Deacon has passed him, the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies. Together, Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master places the South p . . . of the c . . . s under the s . . . and Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

The Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats when the first TB is opened.

As Senior Deacon passes Centre East, Worshipful Master gives the knocks of the first degree, answered by Wardens, Inner Guard and Tyler.

Director of Ceremonies and Immediate Past Master return to their chairs. Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon replace their baton and wand together. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, Immediate Past Master, Senior Deacon, Junior Deacon, Inner Guard and Director of Ceremonies sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

END OF CLOSING THE LODGE IN THE SECOND DEGREE


16.2.2 ALTERNATIVE CLOSING

Brethren remain seated.

When the second TB is opened, Worshipful Master gives one knock answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

WM By the power vested in me I close this FC lodge, (Gives the degree knocks, answered by Wardens, IG and Tyler).

On the Senior Warden’s knock Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon, Immediate Past Master and Inner Guard rise. Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and Senior Deacon takes up his wand. On Junior Warden’s knock Senior Deacon moves to the TB, Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs after Senior Deacon has passed him, the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL in time with Director of Ceremonies. Together, Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master places the South p . . . of the c . . . under the s . . . and Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

Note: If the Lodge has only just been reduced from the Third Degree then the Director of Ceremonies, Immediate Past Master and Senior Deacon will already be in position.

If the lodge is to be reduced to the First Degree, Senior Deacon remains at the TB, Director of Ceremonies at the WTs and the Immediate Past Master steps to the side of the pedestal. On Junior Warden’s knock Senior Deacon moves to the TB, Director of Ceremonies moves to the WTs and the Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL. Together, Senior Deacon changes the TB, the Immediate Past Master places the South p . . . of the c . . . s under the s . . . and Director of Ceremonies changes the WTs.

WM (As SD returns past Centre East) and resume work in the first degree. (Gives the first degree knocks, answered by the Wardens, Inner Guard and Tyler).

Director of Ceremonies and Immediate Past Master return to their chairs as the Senior Deacon passes Centre East.

When the Senior Deacon reaches his chair the Director of Ceremonies and Senior Deacon replace baton and wand. Director of Ceremonies, Immediate Past Master and Senior Deacon remain standing until the Tyler has knocked and the Inner Guard returns to his chair. On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies all sit together. No instruction or SOF is given.

Closing the Lodge – First Degree 230

16.3 FIRST DEGREE A short, or abbreviated, closing of the lodge in the first degree IS NOT PERMITTED.

WM (Knocks once, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, I rise for the first time to enquire, (pause, then rise) if any brother has aught to propose for the good of Freemasonry in general, or this the . . . lodge in particular.

Notice of the next Quarterly Communication of Grand Lodge must be read at this time.

Presentation of long service jewels and/or bars precedes any other Grand Lodge business.

WM (Knocks once, answered by SW and JW) All Brethren will take notice of their invitation to attend the Quarterly Communications of Grand Lodge to be held . . . . . . . . . (location) on . . . (date and time).

WM (Knocks once, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, I rise for the second time to enquire, (pause, then rise) if any brother has aught to propose for the good of Freemasonry in general, or this the . . lodge in particular.

When the lodge is under the control of the Grand Director of Ceremonies, e.g. on Installation night/day, he immediately rises to arrange for presentations.

The Grand Lodge Team and Grand Officers then retire.

Any remaining lodge business: such as reading of schedules, announcements, eulogies, Almoner, apologies, Social Secretary is dealt with at this time.

If the lodge has received a 4th Schedule the Secretary reads the 4th Schedule. WM Brethren, you have heard the 4th Schedule/s as read by .... Bro.

Secretary. If there is any Brother present who knows of any reason why this gentleman / these gentlemen should not be admitted into Freemasonry it is his Masonic duty to communicate with the Grand Secretary within seven days, all such communications shall be treated as confidential.

The District Coordinator or his representative may be invited to speak.


WM The Stewards have my permission to retire.

The Stewards rise together, move to the saluting base in the West, salute and retire wearing their collars, which they deposit with the Tyler.

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) Brethren, I rise for the third time to enquire, (pause, then rise) if any brother has aught to propose for the good of Freemasonry in general, or this the . . . lodge in particular.

Brn (In time with DC, rise and turn towards the Worshipful Master give s . . . and s . . . and when at ‘to order’ position) Hearty good wishes Worshipful Master.

Brethren immediately complete the s… It should not be held while the Worshipful Master thanks the Brethren for their felicitations

WM Thank you for your hearty good wishes. Brethren, assist me to close the lodge.

WM Bro JW, (pause while JW half turns to face WM and with s . . . and s . . .) what is the constant care of every Freemason?




Inner Guard gives the knocks of the first degree and is answered by the Tyler. Inner Guard does not open the door when proving the lodge close tyled.


JW (gives the knocks of the first degree and with s . . . and s . . .) WM, the lodge is close tyled (IG returns to his chair).


SW To see that the brethren appear to order as Freemasons.


The brethren take the s . . . and stand to order as EAs, taking their time from the Director of Ceremonies.

WM Bro SW, your constant place in the lodge?

SW In the West.



SW As the sun sets in the West to close the day, so is the SW placed in the West to close the lodge, by command of the WM, after having seen that every brother has had his due.

Chap Brethren, before the lodge is closed, let us, with all reverence and humility, express our gratitude to the GAOTU for favours already received. May he continue to preserve our order by cementing and adorning it with every moral and social virtue.

Ode 66

So mote it be.

WM Bro SW, the labours of the evening being ended, you have my command to close the lodge. (Gives the degree knock with the left hand, using the gavel of the lodge.)

SW Brethren, in the name of the GAOTU, and by command of the WM, I close the lodge.

In time with the Director of Ceremonies all complete the salute.

Senior Warden gives the degree knocks, lowers his c . . . and the Junior Warden raises his c . . . .

JW And it is closed accordingly until . . ., emergencies excepted, of which every brother shall have due notice. (Gives the degree knocks, answered by IG and Tyler.)

Either ode is suitable for day or evening meetings.

Ode 67 Alternative ode, suitable for evening meetings.

Our labour is done, once more we must part; May peace and goodwill embrace ey'ry heart; May truth and contentment abide with us still,

And may the Most High all our wishes fulfil.

Ode 68

Abide with me, fast falls the eventide; The darkness deepens, Lord, with me abide; When other helpers fail, and comforts flee,

Help of the helpless, O abide with me.

On Senior Warden’s knock, Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and Junior Deacon takes up his wand. On Junior Warden’s knock, Junior Deacon moves to the TB. After Junior Deacon has passed the SE corner, Director of Ceremonies


moves to the WTs and Immediate Past Master moves to the VSL. The Immediate Past Master removes the s . . . and c . . . s from the VSL, places them beside or underneath it. The VSL and WTs are closed with the TB, the VSL should be centred on the pedestal or cushion.

The pillar lights and all other lights, such as over the TB and Warrant, are extinguished. On Immediate Past Master prompt, Director of Ceremonies returns to his chair and the Immediate Past Master moves to the top step of the dais, South of the Working Tools.

If there is a Lewis, it is adjusted by Junior Deacon before returning to his chair (refer Section 3.12.9).

Director of Ceremonies signals to the Immediate Past Master to commence.

IPM Brethren, nothing now remains but, according to Antient custom, to lock up our s . . . ts in a safe and sacred repository, uniting in the act

Ode 69

Fidelity, Fidelity, Fidelity; And may God preserve the Craft.

To give the threefold SOF; on the first ‘fidelity’ the right hand is raised to the region of the heart, and is moved forward slightly then returned with each ‘fidelity’. The third SOF is held until the word ‘. . . preserve’, when the right forearm is extended horizontally with the hand outstretched thumb and fingers in the form of a square. This position is maintained until the completion of the word ‘. . . Craft’, when the hand is lowered to the side. It should not be lowered gradually.

END OF CLOSING THE LODGE IN THE FIRST DEGREE

Retiring from the Lodge 234

17 RETIRING FROM THE LODGE After the threefold SOF has been given, all officers remove their collars in time with Director of Ceremonies and place them on their chairs.

Director of Ceremonies takes up his baton and moves to centre East facing West (Director of Ceremonies does not face East to address the Worshipful Brethren then turn West).

DC (no SOF is given by DC) Brethren, you will remain standing while the Worshipful Master and Worshipful Brethren, retire. It is also the Worshipful Master’s expressed wish that no brother leave for his home without first partaking of the hospitality of the . . . lodge.

DC (no SOF is given) Brother Wardens.

Senior Warden moves to a position approximately two paces North of the North West corner of the pavement, with his heels in line with the West edge of the pavement, facing East. At the same time Junior Warden moves to the edge of the tessellated border facing North.

DC (no SOF is given) Brother Deacons

Deacons take up their wands.

Either ode is suitable for day or evening meetings.

Ode 70.1 Alternative ode, suitable for evening meetings.

Our work is completed, our meeting is ended, The Wardens assemble upon the floor;

To each may Thy powerful hand be extended, Until in Thy name we are gathered once more.

Ode 70.2

The day Thou gavest, Lord, is ended, The darkness falls at Thy behest;

To Thee our morning hymns ascended, Thy praise shall sanctify our rest.

Senior Deacon proceeds across the East and along the South side, one pace from the pavement. As Senior Deacon reaches the South East corner Junior Warden turns West and picks up Senior Deacon’s step as he passes.

They proceed to the South West corner and wheel North together. Senior Deacon stops two paces past the corner, while Junior Warden continues to the right of Senior Warden.


The Junior Deacon moves to the right of the Senior Deacon.

Both Wardens take one pace forward. Following the Wardens’ step the Deacons place themselves one pace behind the Wardens.

On Senior Deacon prompt, Wardens and Deacons step off with the left foot to a position just past the North East corner of the pavement and halt facing East.

On Senior Deacon prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Wardens and Deacons turn South. On another Senior Deacon prompt all, including Director of Ceremonies, step off with the left foot.

The escort halts clear of the South East corner facing South. Director of Ceremonies turns West at the South East corner and continues toward the Junior Warden’s pedestal. The Director of Ceremonies and escort halt at the same time (by counting the number of steps taken by the escort across the East).

As the Director of Ceremonies turns clockwise to face East the Junior Warden and Junior Deacon turn anticlockwise to face North.

DC (no SOF) Worshipful Master.

WM (Turns right, then with SOF) Worshipful Masters. (The Worshipful Masters acknowledge with SOF)

WM (Turns left, then with SOF) Worshipful Brethren. (The Worshipful Brethren acknowledge with SOF)

WM (Turns West, then with SOF) And brethren. (The brethren acknowledge with SOF)

On ‘And brethren’ Deacons cross wands (Junior Deacon performs a reverse cross, refer Section 3.12.5). As the wands are crossed all brethren come to SOF which they hold until they start to move off or the wands are broken.

As the Worshipful Master reaches the Deacons they turn West. As the Chaplain reaches the Wardens they lower SOF and turn West.

As the Worshipful Master leaves the dais by the South side, the Chaplain leaves from the north side. followed by the Worshipful Masters, District Coordinator or his representative, Past Deputy Grand Masters, Active Grand Officers, and the Inspector of Workings in that order.

The Past Master’s follow in pairs, the more senior brother nearer the pavement.

When the escort halts near the door the Wardens turn inwards and return to SOF until the wands are broken.

Note. The rule is those who enter under the wands retire under the wands.


The Worshipful Master is not to invite anyone to accompany him under the wands during the retirement.

The Deacons lower the wands after the last brother who entered the lodge under them has passed, then turn in and face each other.

The brethren remain standing until the Worshipful Brethren have retired.

17.1 RETIREMENT WITH LODGE BANNER BANNERS Lodge banners may be located in lodges during all working periods. Under no circumstances are they to be brought into the lodge when it has been opened, but must be in place prior to this time when the lodge is being prepared for the meeting. MASTER The Master is not , under any circumstances, to be conducted into the lodge preceded by a banner. IDENTIFICATION The banner is not to be referred to as a standard, in order to distinguish it from the Standard of Grand Lodge, nor is the lodge member designated to carry it on retirement to be referred to as a Standard Bearer.

PROCEDURE

Depending on the configuration of the lodge, it is recommended that the banner be placed in the Southeast part, and the member appointed to carry it seated near it or at the rear of DC where he will have unimpeded movement to access it during the retirement.

When the SD has passed the DC’s chair for retirement, the appointed member will move directly to the banner, take it up and hold it in the carrying position, then move to stand immediately at the foot of the stairs to the dais on the South side facing West.

As the escort of Wardens and Deacons arrives in the Northeast, they and the DC turn to face South. As this group moves forward, the member carrying the banner will also step off and precede the DC (and ADC) to a position at or near the Junior Warden’s pedestal and remain facing West. If there is an ADC, he will wait until the banner has passed him before joining the DC.

From this position the banner will be carried out of the lodge in procession preceding the DC (and ADC) and Master.

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates 237

18 DEGREE WORK - MULTIPLE CANDIDATES Note: The following information for Multiple Candidates must be read in

conjunction with the information provided in Section 7 – Ceremony of Initiation, Section 8 – Questions & Ceremony Prior to Passing, Section 10 – Ceremony of Passing, Section 12 – Questions & Ceremony Prior to Raising and Section 14 – Ceremony of Raising.

18.1 GROUPING

18.1.1 FIRST DEGREE Not more than four Candidates may be initiated at the same meeting. Two Candidates (but no more) may be taken together up to the end of the obligation. If there are three or four Candidates the obligated Candidates should not leave the lodge room but, while awaiting the second obligation, must be seated in the North East.

18.1.2 SECOND DEGREE Not more than four Candidates may be passed at the same meeting. Two Candidates (but no more) may be taken together up to the end of the obligation. If there are three or four Candidates the obligated Candidates should not leave the lodge room but, while awaiting the second obligation, must be seated in the South East.

18.1.3 THIRD DEGREE Not more than two Candidates may be raised at the same meeting. Two Candidates may be taken together up to the end of the Retrospect. Candidates are then separated for raising and are reunited again for “Let me now beg you to observe . . .”

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates – Ceremony of Initiation 238

18.2 CEREMONY OF INITIATION – TWO CANDIDATES

Note: When prompting, the officiating Deacon must ensure that all Candidates answer questions and respond to prompts.

18.2.1 ALARM

WM Then let them be admitted in due form.



18.2.2 ADMISSION OF CANDIDATES

Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies and perambulate to the door, as for one Candidate. At a convenient distance from the door, the Junior Deacon halts and the Senior Deacon takes one further pace before stepping to his left to position himself in front of the Junior Deacon. Both Deacons turn right.

Note: It is unnecessary for the Deacons to move right up to the door. They should remain clear in a position which allows free movement. It is the Inner Guard's responsibility to deliver and quietly introduce Candidates to them.

Inner Guard meets the first Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the s . . . i . . . to the Candidate’s l . . . b . . .

IG Do you feel anything?

Can. I do.

IG (with s . . . i . . . still applied) I admit you on the point of a s . . . i . . .

Inner Guard raises the s . . . i . . . above his head, releases the Candidate’s right hand then transfers s . . . i . . to his left hand.

If the Candidate wears glasses, the Inner Guard must now obtain them from the Tyler.

With the Inner Guard on the left of the Candidate, using his right hand, takes the Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Junior Deacon, where he is quietly introduced by name (e.g. Bro. Junior Deacon, Mr. Smith). The Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s hand and, with his Candidate, turns right.


Inner Guard then meets the second Candidate at the door and repeats above, guiding the Candidate to the Senior Deacon. The Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s hand and, with his Candidate, turns right.


If the Candidate wears glasses, the Inner Guard places them in the appropriate Deacon’s breast pocket.

Inner Guard discreetly passes the s . . . i . . . point first to the Director of Ceremonies’ right hand and returns to the door and sits without instruction or SOF.

When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidates are properly prepared (r . . . a . . ., l . . . b . . ., and k . . . made b . . ., r . . . h . . . s . . . s . ., c . . . t . . . and h . . . w . . .) he nods to the Deacons.

The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidate to the kneeling stool. The Senior Deacon and his Candidate follow behind the Junior Deacon and his Candidate. As each Deacon and their Candidate arrive at the kneeling stool the Deacon positions his Candidate at the kneeling stool by taking him by the right elbow. The Deacon positions himself behind his Candidate. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is placed closest to the North West corner. The Director of Ceremonies moves to the North of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, the Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left hand. On a further prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, the Director of Ceremonies moves one pace to the North and the Deacons step beside their Candidate by taking one pace sideways and one pace forward. When in position the Deacons take their Candidates hand.

WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., and Mr . . ., as no man can be made a Freemason unless he is free and of mature age, I demand of each of you, are you free and of the full age of eighteen years?

Can. (Each Deacon prompts his Candidate) I am.

WM Then you will kneel while the blessing of heaven is invoked on our proceedings

On ‘proceedings’, the Director of Ceremonies steps back on his left foot, turns and positions himself behind and between both Candidates, at the same time each Deacon slides his hand up to his Candidate’s elbow, steps forward on his inside foot and assists his Candidate to kneel.

When the Candidates are in position and Deacons have recovered their step.


Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock both Deacons cross wands, Senior Deacon’s wand in front.

18.2.3 PRAYER

Brn So mote it be.

On ‘be’, Deacons uncross their wands, Brethren lower SOF with Deacons. WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., in all cases of difficulty and danger, in whom

do you put your trust?

Can (Each Deacon prompts his Candidate) In God.


On ‘arise’, Each Deacon assists his Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside foot and placing his wrist under the Candidate’s armpit.

When the Candidates are standing each Deacon grasps his Candidate’s hand. At the same time the Director of Ceremonies moves to the North of the Junior Deacon.

WM (When all are steady) and accompany your conductor with a firm but humble confidence, for where the name of God is invoked, we trust no danger will ensue.


After the word “ensue” each Deacon will release his Candidate’s hand and step behind him. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand and the Senior Deacon directs his Candidate to “Take one pace to your right Mr. . . .”

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies each Deacon moves beside his Candidate. On a further prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face North and at the same time the Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate, also facing North.

On a prompt by the Junior Deacon the Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates move to a position in the North West facing East, with the heels of the Senior Deacon and his Candidate in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the Squared Pavement and halt (usually 5 or 7 steps).

WM (Knocks once, answered by SW and JW). The brethren from the N, E, S and W will take notice that Mr . . . and Mr . . . are about to pass in


view before them, to show that they are the Candidates properly prepared to be made a Freemason.


On Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession steps off together with the left foot and moves along the North side of the squared pavement. The Deacons ensure their Candidate follows the path taken by Director of Ceremonies.

In moving to a position for the presentation to a Warden, the Deacons will wheel into position in front of the pedestal where they can easily reach the Warden.

On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, the Junior Deacon will wheel his Candidate and give the knocks while the Senior Deacon stands firm with his Candidate, facing West. The Junior Deacon then wheels his Candidate back and leads him forward one pace to enable the Senior Deacon to wheel his Candidate to the pedestal as the Junior Deacon again wheels his Candidate to face South. The Senior Deacon then gives the knocks with the second Candidate.

The Junior Deacon only, responds to the Junior Warden’s questions and introduces both Candidates by name at the same time.

After the questions, the Junior Warden will remove his right glove to pass each Candidate. The Junior Warden replaces his glove after passing.

No others will be involved in passing in this perambulation.


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Junior Deacon and his Candidate take one pace back. Both Deacons wheel on their Candidates to face West.

On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession moves off on the left foot towards the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidate’s VSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.1

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, the Junior Deacon will wheel his Candidate and give the knocks while the Senior Deacon stands firm with his Candidate, facing North. The Junior Deacon then wheels his Candidate back and leads him forward one pace to enable the Senior Deacon to wheel his Candidate to the pedestal as the Junior Deacon again wheels his Candidate to face West. The Senior Deacon then gives the knocks with the second Candidate.

1 If candidate is of differing faith, please refer to handing of VSL for the faith or the candidates preference with respect to their VSL.


The Junior Deacon only, responds to the Senior Warden’s questions and introduces both Candidates by name at the same time.

After the questions, the Senior Warden will remove his right glove to enter each Candidate. The Senior Warden replaces his right glove after entering and removes his left glove.

No others will be involved in entering in this perambulation.


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face North.

On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room, the Deacons wheel their Candidate anticlockwise to a position beside the Senior Warden and facing South then continue, without pausing, by taking them by the right elbow and turning them to face East. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate should be double arms length from the Senior Warden with the Junior Deacon standing behind him. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate should be close alongside the Junior Deacon’s Candidate’s left hand with the Senior Deacon standing beside the Junior Deacon. The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to join hands.

Senior Warden rises and with his left hand takes the Junior Deacon’s Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master.


SW WM, I present to you Mr . . . and Mr . . ., Candidates properly prepared to be made a Freemason.

WM Brother SW, your presentation will be attended to, but I shall first address a few questions to the Candidates, which I trust they will answer with candour.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat and replaces glove. The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to unclasp hands.

WM (to Candidate). Mr . . . and Mr . . ., do you seriously declare, on your honour, that, unbiased by the improper solicitation of friends against your own inclination, and uninfluenced by mercenary or other unworthy motives, you freely and voluntarily offer yourself as a Candidate for the mysteries and privileges of Antient Freemasonry?



WM Do you further seriously declare that you are prompted to solicit those privileges by a favourable opinion preconceived of the Institution, a general desire for knowledge, and a sincere wish to render yourself more extensively serviceable to your fellow creatures?

Can. (prompted by JD) I do. WM Do you likewise pledge yourself that, avoiding fear on the one hand and rashness on the other, you will steadily persevere through the ceremony of your initiation, and if admitted, will afterwards act and abide by the Antient usages and established customs of the order?


WM Brother SW, (pause while SW rises and gives SOF) you will direct the JD to instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden drops SOF, resumes his seat.

SW Brother JD, (pause while JD turns to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

18.2.8 ADVANCING to the EAST

The Deacons take their Candidates by the right elbow and turn with them to face South.

The Director of Ceremonies’ prompts the procession to move off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they wheel to face East, the Senior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Junior Deacon and his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

Each Deacon will ensure that his Candidate is conducted in line with the Director of Ceremonies at the correct distance from the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, facing South. As the Junior Deacon wheels East with the first Candidate, the Senior Deacon turns his Candidate by the right elbow to face East and faces East himself. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left hand and takes a pace left and forward to be on the left of his Candidate.

The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to advance and each Deacon will accompany and assist his Candidate as described for one Candidate. It is the Junior Deacon’s responsibility to ensure that the Candidates are correctly placed for the advance, so that only the prescribed number of steps will be taken. (Any further


steps required for the Candidates to reach the kneeling stool should be taken when the Worshipful Master directs the Candidates to k . . . )

The Candidates’ r . . . f . . . are to be placed in the correct position by the Director of Ceremonies who will arrange them by hand.

18.2.9 OBLIGATION

The Worshipful Master will remove both gloves, rise after each Candidate is in the k . . . position, move to the pedestal, place each Candidate’s r . . . h . . . and instruct them how to hold the c . . . s, commencing with the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. He gives one knock which is answered by the Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On the Junior Warden’s knock, all brethren rise, the Deacons raise their wands in a cross, the Senior Deacon’s wand in front.

The Worshipful Master and all brethren, except the Director of Ceremonies and Deacons, hold the SOF during the obligation.

The Worshipful Master will touch each Candidate’s hand when saying the words “hereby and hereon” not just on the word “hereon” and holds that position until both Candidates repeat the words.

On ‘guile’ Deacons lower their wands, Worshipful Master and brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies and Deacons step back one pace. Both Deacons then step behind their Candidate. The Senior Deacon changes his wand.

WM Brother Deacons, at the proper time let that blessing be restored to the Candidates.

Each Deacon places the bottom of his wand slightly forward and to the right with the wand resting against his shoulder. He then places his hands on the h . . . w. . . ties in readiness to undo h . . . w. . .

On the Worshipful Master’s knock both Deacons remove h . . . w. . . and gently applies their right hand to the back of Candidate’s head so he sees the three emblematical lights.

If the Candidate wears glasses, Deacon opens them, then returns them over Candidate’s right shoulder and quietly instructs Candidate to take glasses with his l . . . h . . ., thus ensuring Candidate’s r . . . h . . . remains on VSL. The Senior Deacon will pass his h . . . w . . . to the Junior Deacon who will pass both to the Director of Ceremonies who places them in his pocket.


18.2.10 LESSER LIGHTS

The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position two paces to the South of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, each Deacon will take the right elbow of his Candidate and turn with him to face South.

On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, all move off together on the left foot. Deacons ensure the Candidates follow in the path of Director of Ceremonies. The procession perambulates the lodge room via the South, West and North.

As the procession moves between the Junior Warden’s pedestal and Senior Warden’s pedestal the Candidates’ VsSL are recovered.

Procession halts in the East facing South, with Director of Ceremonies furthest East in line with an imaginary extension of the North side of the tessellated border. Each Deacon arranges and attends to his Candidate as described for one Candidate, the first Candidate under the control of the Junior Deacon being placed nearer the East. The Senior Deacon hands his c . . . t . . . to the Junior Deacon who returns both to the Secretary's table as described.

18.2.11 SECRETS

Each Deacon steps alongside the right of his Candidate and moves him to a position one pace North of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal facing South, then returns behind him.

The Past Masters communicating the secrets will remove their gloves before they rise, give a SOF to the Worshipful Master before leaving the dais and take up a corresponding position opposite the Candidates, facing North, approximately one pace South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, so that only the regular step is taken by the Candidates and the Past Masters. The Past Master delivering the charge stands facing the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies takes up position behind the first Past Master.

To dictate the answers the Junior Deacon will take up a position on the right of the Candidates facing East. To reach that position he steps back with the left foot, turns West, passes behind the Senior Deacon with three short paces, turns South, takes three short paces forward turning East on the third, steps back with the right foot and closes with the left so that he is midway between the Past Master and the Candidate.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies will move to the left of the Past Masters and the trio wheel back in line to face the East where the Past Masters will salute the Worshipful Master before returning to the dais. They will be seated by the Director of Ceremonies with a SOF which is returned.


As the Past Masters return to the dais, the Junior Deacon steps forward with the right foot, turns South and steps back with the left foot to return behind his Candidate, passing behind the Senior Deacon.


In preparing to move the Candidates to the Junior Warden, the Deacons move to the right side of their Candidate, wheel them back to face East and then wheel to the South to follow the Director of Ceremonies who has moved into a position in front of where the Candidates will wheel.

On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Junior Warden’s pedestal.

On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, the Junior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Senior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the first Candidate with the Senior Deacon behind him.

The Junior Warden passes the Junior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

JD Bro. JW, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their initiation.

JW I will thank Bro . . . and Bro . . . to advance to me as a Freemason.

Junior Deacon instructs Candidates to stand fast, takes one pace forward on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates. He changes his wand before commencing instruction.

When answering the questions asked by the Junior Warden (the brother assisting does not ask questions), the Candidates will copy the Junior Deacon who will take the step and give the p . . . s . . .

JW Pass . . .

Assisting Bro Pass . . .

Candidates recover their step.

Junior Warden and brother assisting resume their seats and replace their gloves.

Junior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



To recommence the perambulation the Deacons each take the right elbow of their Candidate in their left hand and turn right with them, to face West, sliding their hand down to the Candidate's hand as they turn.

On Junior Deacon prompt, all step off with the left foot and perambulate to the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, the Junior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Senior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the first Candidate with the Senior Deacon behind him.

The Senior Warden passes the Junior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

JD Bro. SW, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their initiation.

SW I will thank Bro . . . and Bro . . . to advance to me as a Freemason.

Junior Deacon instructs Candidates to stand fast, takes one pace forward on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates. He changes his wand before commencing instruction.

When answering the questions asked by the Senior Warden (the brother assisting does not ask questions), the Candidates will copy the Junior Deacon who will take the step and give the p . . . s . . . when explaining it.

SW Pass . . .



Senior Warden and brother assisting resume their seats and replace their gloves.

Junior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates take one pace back, as Director of Ceremonies turns South, Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face North.

On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room, the Deacons wheel their Candidate anticlockwise to a position beside the Senior Warden and facing South then continue, without pausing, by taking them by the right elbow and turning them to face East. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate should be double arms length from the Senior Warden with the Junior Deacon standing behind him. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate should be close alongside the Junior Deacon’s Candidate’s left hand with the Senior Deacon standing beside the Junior Deacon. The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to join hands.

Senior Warden rises and with his left hand takes the Junior Deacon’s Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master, takes the s . . . and gives the s . . .

SW (holding s . . .) WM, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . ., on their initiation, for some mark of your favour.

WM Bro. SW, I delegate you to invest our newly initiated Brethren with the distinguishing b . . . of an EAF.

Senior Warden completes s . . ., lowers Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat, replaces glove and places EA aprons on his pedestal. The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to unclasp hands.

18.2.15 INVESTITURE

Each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns with him to face South.

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt the procession moves off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they wheel to face East, the Senior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Junior Deacon and his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. The Deacons and their Candidates wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, the Junior Deacon’s Candidate beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidates are beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with their toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.


Each Deacon steps behind his Candidate taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Senior Warden rises, salutes the Worshipful Master, arranges the aprons over his left arm and moves to a position in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. At the same time the Deacons place the bottom of their wand slightly forward and to the right with the wand resting against their shoulder.

Each Deacon assists the Senior Warden. The Senior Warden retains hold of the apron until it is secure and the Deacon has recovered his wand.

Director of Ceremonies steps back one pace to the East side of the Junior Deacon.

After investing the Junior Deacon’s Candidate, the Senior Warden steps left and invests the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. The Senior Warden returns in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate before reversing to a position corresponding to an extension of the squared pavement on the South side to address them saying, “By the Worshipful Master’s command I invest each of you with the distinguishing badge of an EAF etc.”

After the address, the Senior Warden turns East and salutes the Worshipful Master. He steps back with his right foot and completes a left about turn, then returns to his chair via the South side of his pedestal.

As the Senior Warden returns to his chair, Director of Ceremonies steps one pace forward, seats Senior Warden with SOF and steps back one pace.

18.2.16 EXTENSION

Junior Deacon directs Candidates to turn ‘half left’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow. Deacons remain facing South.

As the Past Master/Chaplain/Master Mason returns to his seat, Junior Deacon directs the Candidates to turn ‘half right’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow.


WM Brother JD, (pause, JD turns left to face the WM) you will place our newly initiated brethren in the NE part of the lodge (JD turn to face South).

18.2.17 NORTH EAST CHARGE

Deacons step to the right side of their Candidate and together all step back two paces (this aligns them with the Director of Ceremonies). Each Deacon then wheels on his Candidate to face East as the Director of Ceremonies turns in front of the first Candidate. On the Junior Deacon’s prompt all step off with the left foot and perambulate to NE corner.


The Junior Deacon leading, will halt his Candidate directly at the North East corner of the pavement and the Senior Deacon and second Candidate halt half a pace West of them. Both Candidates are wheeled to face South with their toes one pace from the squared pavement.

The Junior Deacon indicates, with the butt of his wand, where the Candidates are to stand (toes against the North edge of the squared pavement, Junior Deacon’s Candidate at the East corner, Senior Deacon’s Candidate West of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate). Junior Deacon recovers his wand and quietly says to the Candidates – ‘Step to the pavement Brethren’.

Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates step to the pavement.

When Deacons are satisfied the Candidates are in the correct position, together they step behind them, taking one pace back with the right foot, one pace sideways with the left and closing with the right.

Director of Ceremonies moves to the South East corner, turns East, then reverses to a position two paces West of the East edge of the pavement.

Director of Ceremonies signals to raise Past Master.

Past Master moves to the right of Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, turns clockwise to face East and salutes the Worshipful Master.

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, both wheel North to face North one pace back from the pavement, on another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, both step forward with toes to the pavement (Past Master against the South edge of the squared pavement at the East corner, Director of Ceremonies at his left).

Director of Ceremonies steps behind Past Master by taking one pace back with his left foot, one pace right and closing with his left.

On ‘applied’, Junior Deacon turns left and moves on the square to the Secretary’s desk. Changes his wand to his left hand, but does not remove his glove, and collects the charity box.

Junior Deacon completes a mobile right about turn and continues South to a point forward of his Candidate, turns West and moves to a position in front of and facing his Candidate.


Junior Deacon turns West and moves in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate and turns to face him.



Junior Deacon turns East and moves back in front of and facing his Candidate.

The remaining questions are asked collectively from in front of his Candidate.

The Junior Deacon moves to the left side of his Candidate in three steps by taking a forward diagonal step with his right foot, turning clockwise as he steps forward with his left foot and continues turning as he places his right foot beside his Candidate, then closes with his left foot.

The remainder of the charge is as for a single Candidate.

18.2.18 REASONS FOR PREPARATION

Each Deacon moves to right side of his Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, a pace forward with his left and closing with his right. The Junior Deacon then instructs the Candidates – ‘Step back from the pavement Brethren’. Deacons and Candidates step back to a position clear of the pavement (usually one or two paces).

The Deacons return behind their Candidate by taking one pace back with the right foot, one pace sideways with the left and closing with the right.


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, Deacons move to the right side of their Candidate, by taking one pace sideways with the right foot, one pace forward with the left and closing with the right.

Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face East and perambulate to a position at centre East, midway between the tessellated border and the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and turns him to face East. Deacons remain behind their Candidate.

18.2.20 WARRANT, BOOK of CONSTITUTIONS and RESOLUTIONS

While Junior Warden is returning to his seat, Deacons remain behind their Candidate and instruct them to move forward to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

WM (seated) Brethren . . ., our authority to admit you into Freemasonry is vested in this Warrant or Charter from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria, (pause and indicates) which is open for your inspection on this or any future lodge meeting.


WM (rises, moves to his pedestal) This is our Book of Constitutions, which I recommend to your serious perusal, as by it you will be taught the duties you owe to the Craft,

[I also direct your attention to the Book of Lodge Resolutions, which is available for your perusal at the Secretary’s table at each meeting]

( [] omit if no Book of Resolutions)

(Presents a copy of the B of C to each Candidate’s right hand, commencing with JD’s Candidate. JD prompts them to place it in their left hand)

Worshipful Master resumes his seat.

If the TB lecture is NOT presented, the Worshipful Master proceeds to 18.2.22

If TB lecture is given refer to Section 18.2.21

18.2.21 EXPLANATION of the FIRST TRACING BOARD



The Deacons will turn the Candidates to face South and perambulate to a position in the North as near as possible to opposite the tracing board and wheel them to face South. The Deacons will step behind their Candidate.

At the conclusion of the TB lecture, each Deacon moves to right side of his Candidate, all take one pace back. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Director of Ceremonies turns East while Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face East.

On Junior Deacon’s prompt all perambulate via the East to the North West corner where each Deacon wheels his Candidate, in line, to face East.

18.2.22 CHARGE AFTER INITIATION

WM I shall now direct your attention to an Antient charge, founded on the excellence of the institution and the qualifications of its members.

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn South. Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the North West corner, then wheels in line to face East.


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, each Deacon steps behind his Candidate by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

For the charge, Director of Ceremonies moves back two paces and steps behind the Junior Deacon.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps to left side of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate, (Each Deacon steps to the right side of his Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right).

WM (must be given by the WM) Bro . . . and Bro . . ., from the very commendable attention you have given to this exhortation and charge, I am led to hope that you will duly appreciate the value of Freemasonry and imprint indelibly on your heart the sacred dictates of truth, of honour, and of virtue.

WM Bro . . . and Bro . . ., this concludes the ceremony of your initiation.


On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back, the each Deacon wheels on his Candidate to face North while the Director of Ceremonies turns North in front of the first Candidate.

On prompt from the Junior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates via the North side to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. The Deacons remains behind their Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the Junior Deacon.

WM (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up pamphlets and places them in his left hand, addresses Junior Deacon’s Candidate) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you into Freemasonry and in particular to this the . . . Lodge. (releases Candidate’s hand).

(addresses Senior Deacon’s Candidate) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes Candidate’s hand) I welcome you into Freemasonry and in particular to this the . . . Lodge. (releases Candidate’s hand).

(addresses both candidates collectively) On behalf of our Most Worshipful Grand Master, Most Worshipful Brother . . . I congratulate you on the completion of your first step in Freemasonry.


The Most Worshipful Grand Master, along with all the members of the Craft, wish you a long and happy future in our great Order. (takes pamphlets from left hand and holding them where Candidates can read) I also present to each of you this pamphlet from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria entitled ‘First Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes’.

In particular I draw your attention to the questions and answers contained in the pamphlet which you must learn and commit to memory before you can be passed to the next degree. (passes pamphlets to Candidates’ right hand, commencing with Junior Deacon’s Candidate.)

The Junior Deacon instructs each Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand.

18.2.24 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATE

On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn to face South and the Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the first Candidate.

On the Junior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border.

WM Bro . . . and Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire.

The Junior Deacon quietly instructs both Candidates to ‘stand fast’.

On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Junior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, wheels to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, wheeling to face South and steps back one pace.

The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

JD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., at all times when entering, crossing or leaving the lodge, addressing the WM or his Wardens, or being addressed by them, you will take the s . . . and give the s . . .

In this degree the s . . . and s . . . are given thus. Stand fast brethren (demonstrates s . . and s . . .).

Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF. copy me Take the s . . ., give the s . . .

(Senior Deacon. does not step forward with candidate)


The Junior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position on his Candidate’s right. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Junior Deacon’s Candidate at the same time as the Junior Deacon. At the same time the Senior Deacon steps forward beside his Candidate. On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, both Deacons wheel on their Candidate and all face North.

On another prompt from the Director of Ceremonies the Inner Guard rises to open the door, the Director of Ceremonies reverses to a position in the North where he can observe the retirement, while the Deacons conduct their Candidate towards the door. The Inner Guard opens the door.

The Inner Guard ensures the Candidates are placed in the care of the Tyler, closes the door and remains standing at his chair.

The Director of Ceremonies moves to a position in the North West near the pavement facing North. The Junior Deacon and Senior Deacon position themselves in line with the Junior Deacon’s chair.

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, the Junior Deacon turns South and returns to his chair (where he will remain standing until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair) and the Senior Deacon moves to pick up the Director of Ceremonies. The Director of Ceremonies picks up the step as the Senior Deacon passes and both perambulate along the North side to their respective chairs.

Both Deacons remain standing at their chairs until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair.

The Director of Ceremonies and the Deacons replace their baton and wands together.


18.2.25 RETURN OF RETIRED CANDIDATES

If the Candidates have been retired to resume their personal comforts at the point prescribed in the ceremony, they will salute before retiring. Instruction in saluting, described in Section 18.2.24, is given at this time and is not repeated at the final retirement when the Candidates are directed to salute the Worshipful Master.


The Director of Ceremonies and Deacons will receive the Candidates at the door of the lodge on their re-entry and conduct them to the saluting base. They will then be directed to salute the Worshipful Master before the ceremony is continued.

For this direction, the Junior Deacon will move as described for instructing the Candidates to salute before the retirement.

If newly initiated brethren are re-admitted to the lodge after the ceremony has been completed, they should be conducted by the Director of Ceremonies to the saluting base, and after saluting, to their position in the North East part of the lodge.

18.2.26 CEREMONY OF INITIATION – THREE OR FOUR CANDIDATES

In the case of three or four Candidates, all names are announced by the Inner Guard when he reports to the Worshipful Master. The Worshipful Master will direct the Inner Guard as follows:- “Then let them be admitted in due form, first admitting Mr. . . . and Mr. . . . and afterwards Mr. . . . and Mr. . . .”

After the obligation, the Deacons conduct the first and second Candidates to seats in the North East, where two Stewards, acting as assistant Deacons, are seated in the front row with a space between them. The Candidates are seated on the left of each Steward, the first Candidate nearer the East. The Deacons, with the Senior Deacon nearer the pavement, perambulate to the door behind the Director of Ceremonies and repeat the ceremony with the other Candidates.

After the third and fourth Candidates have been obligated, the assistant Deacons, and the first and second Candidates, remain standing. As the Deacons with the third and fourth Candidates turn South after the obligation, the assistant Deacons place the first and second Candidates in the perambulating position facing East, with the assistant Deacons against the pavement and the first Candidate nearer the East. These two Candidates are instructed by their conductors to stand fast, and the two assistant Deacons take a pace to the right. Meanwhile, the Junior Deacon and Senior Deacon perambulate with the third and fourth Candidates to positions immediately behind the first and second Candidates. The Director of Ceremonies continues towards the East passing between the assistant Deacons and the first and second Candidates. The Director of Ceremonies halts and takes a pace to his left to be in line with the Candidates.

The Junior Deacon instructs the third Candidate to stand fast one pace behind the second Candidate. The Junior Deacon then follows the Director of Ceremonies between the assistant Deacons and the first and second Candidates, until he is at the right of the first Candidate. When the Director of Ceremonies takes a pace to the left, and the Junior Deacon has arrived at the side of the first Candidate, the assistant Deacons simultaneously take one pace back with the right foot and then one pace left, so that they are on the right of the second and third Candidates. The Senior Deacon halts with the fourth Candidate, when the Junior Deacon halts the third Candidate behind the second Candidate.


All move off on an indication from the Director of Ceremonies, and the perambulation is continued in this order. Procedure and movements of Deacons and assistant Deacons is then the same as with two Candidates. If the room between the Wardens pedestal and the pillar restricts the grip to be taken with all Candidates, the grip can be taken in pairs.

END OF FIRST DEGREE CEREMONY – MULTIPLE CANDIDATES

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates – Questions Prior to Passing 258

18.3 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO PASSING – TWO CANDIDATES

18.3.1 PREPARATION

The Candidate, prior to being passed to the second degree, must learn the questions and responses as set out in the pamphlet ‘First Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes’.


If, in the opinion of the Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies, the Candidate cannot adequately answer the questions the ceremony of Passing should not proceed.

18.3.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PASSING

The Candidates will be sitting in a front seat in the North East.


The Candidates rise and move forward to a position two paces North of the tessellated border.

The Director of Ceremonies and Deacons rise and perambulate to the North East, as described in Section 6.7, RECEPTION OF WORSHIPFUL MASTERS. As the Deacons reach the Candidates, the Senior Deacon stops in line with the second Candidate and takes a step to his left as the Junior Deacon takes one or two further steps East to be in line with the first Candidate. Each Deacon turns to face his Candidate, takes him by the right hand, turns with him to face East and conducts him as described for one Candidate.

At the Master’s pedestal, as the Junior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Senior Deacon turns his Candidate by the elbow to place him on the left of the first Candidate, with the Senior Deacon behind him, not beside him. The Junior Deacon directs the Candidates to stand fast, takes one pace forward on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

JD Bro . . . and Bro . . . salute the Worshipful Master as an EAF.

In returning to his Candidate after the salute, the Junior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot, turns to face East, steps back two paces commencing


with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.

To recommence the perambulation, each Deacon takes the right elbow of his Candidate and turns South with him, the Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and their Candidates perambulate to the saluting base in the North West.

In the West, the Deacons and their Candidates turn East as for one Candidate with the Junior Deacon’s Candidate nearest the North West corner. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to ‘stand fast’.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Junior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace and the Senior Deacon steps behind his Candidate. JD Bro . . . and Bro . . . salute the Worshipful Master as an EAF. The Junior Deacon steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning behind his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward to be in a position behind and between both Candidates, arriving at the same time as the Junior Deacon arrives behind his Candidate. The questions shall be put alternately, commencing with the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. In cases where there are more than two candidates the questions must be put alternatively to cover all candidates.

WM If there is any Bro. present who has not taken the second degree he must now retire.

The Director of Ceremonies assists with the retirement of EAFs present, who will salute the Worshipful Master from a position on the South side of the Candidate and retire. After all EAFs have retired the Director of Ceremonies returns beside the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies each Deacon steps to the right of his Candidate. All take one pace back and turn North; Deacons wheel on their Candidate.

On prompt from Junior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates via the North side to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. Each Deacon turns his Candidate to face East and stands behind him. A salute is not given.

After “. . . seek to be admitted”, the Worshipful Master and Immediate Past Master will rise together. The Immediate Past Master will move behind the Worshipful Master and take up a position on his right to give the p . . . g . . .


to the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. When the Worshipful Master resumes his seat, the Immediate Past Master passes in front of him, stopping and turning East to give a SOF to the Worshipful Master in passing and then resumes his seat.

The Junior Deacon will prompt both Candidates to repeat the p . . . w . . . and its import.

Each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow, turns with him to face South, conducts him to the West, wheels with him to face East and remains beside his Candidate.

The Junior Deacon moves as described for one Candidate to direct the Candidates to salute the Worshipful Master and then returns beside his Candidate. On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, all take a pace back.

As the Director of Ceremonies turns to face South each Deacon wheels with his Candidate to face North and conducts him to the door, where he is placed in the hands of the Tyler.





THE LODGE IS THEN OPENED IN THE SECOND DEGREE

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates – Ceremony of Passing 261

18.4 CEREMONY OF PASSING – TWO CANDIDATES Note: When prompting, the officiating Deacon must ensure that all

Candidates answer questions and respond to prompts.

18.4.1 ALARM

WM Then let them be admitted in due form. (IG completes salute, but remains in position).

WM Brother Deacons.

18.4.2 ADMISSION

Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies and perambulate to the door, as for one Candidate. At a convenient distance from the door, the Senior Deacon halts and the Junior Deacon takes one further pace towards the door. The Senior Deacon then takes a step to his left and both Deacons turn 90 degrees clockwise.


Inner Guard meets the first Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the external angle of the s . . . to the Candidate’s r . . . b . . .

IG I admit you on the angle of the s . . . (the s . . . is not exhibited).

With the Inner Guard on the left of the Candidate, using his right hand, takes the Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Senior Deacon, where he is quietly introduced by name (e.g. Bro. Senior Deacon, Br. Smith). The Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand and, with his Candidate, turns to face East.

Inner Guard then meets the second Candidate at the door and repeats above, guiding the Candidate to the Junior Deacon. The Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand and, with his Candidate, turns to face East.

If the door is in the North the Deacons turn their candidates to face South.


When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidates are properly prepared (l . . . a . . ., r . . . b . . . and k . . . made b . . ., l . . . h . . . s, wearing EAF apron.) he nods to the Deacons.


The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidates to the kneeling stool. The Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow behind the Senior Deacon and his Candidate. As each Deacon and their Candidate arrive at the kneeling stool each Deacon positions his Candidate a half pace short of the kneeling stool by taking him by the right elbow. The Deacon positions himself behind his Candidate. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate is placed closest to the North West corner. The Director of Ceremonies moves to the North of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

Senior Deacon quietly directs the Candidates to ‘Stand fast’.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Senior Deacon side steps one pace with his left foot, takes two paces East, wheeling to face South and steps back one pace.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF

The Senior Deacon retraces his steps to return behind his Candidate and changes his wand to his left hand. On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, the Deacons step beside their Candidate by taking one pace sideways and one pace forward. When in position the Deacons take their Candidate’s hand.

WM Let the Candidates kneel.

On ‘kneel’, Each Deacon slides his hand up to his Candidate’s elbow, steps forward on his inside foot and assists his Candidate to kneel. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward to be in a position behind and between both Candidates.


Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock Deacons cross wands, Senior Deacon’s wand in front.

18.4.3 PRAYER

Brn So mote it be.

On ‘be’, Deacons uncross their wands and Brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

WM Let the Candidates rise.

On ‘rise’, Each Deacon assists his Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside foot and placing his wrist under the Candidate’s armpit.

When the Candidates are standing each Deacon grasps his Candidate’s hand. At the same time the Director of Ceremonies moves to the left side of the Senior Deacon.





After the word “proceed” each Deacon will release his Candidate’s hand and step behind him. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand and the Junior Deacon directs his Candidate to “Take one pace to your right Br . . .”

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies each Deacon moves beside his Candidate. On a further prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face North and at the same time the Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, also facing North. Each Deacon conducts his Candidate at all times with the Senior Deacon leading.

On Senior Deacon prompt the procession steps off together with the left foot and moves along the North side of the squared pavement to the East. The Deacons ensure their Candidate follows the path taken by Director of Ceremonies.

On arrival at the Junior Warden’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the first Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face North, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as an EAF.

Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face East, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.

18.4.5 PERAMBULATION to the JUNIOR WARDEN.

To recommence the perambulation the Deacons each take the right elbow of their Candidate in their left hand and turn right with them, to face South, sliding their hand down to the Candidate’s hand as they turn.


The Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. On a prompt from the Senior Deacon all step off on the left foot and perambulate to the Junior Warden’s pedestal.


Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., advance to the JW as an EAF, giving the s . . and communicating the t . . . and w . . . of that degree.

Senior Deacon prompts the Candidates to take s . . . and give EA s . . .

When answering the questions asked by the Junior Warden (the brother assisting does not ask questions) the Candidates will copy the Junior Deacon who will take the step and give the p…. and s….



The Junior Warden takes the grip and passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.







JW Pass . . .





Senior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face South, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



On Senior Deacon’s prompt, all step off with the left foot and perambulate to the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face South, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the SW as an EAF.

Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face West, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.


To recommence the perambulation the Deacons each take the right elbow of their Candidate in their left hand and turn right with them, to face North, sliding their hand down to the Candidate's hand as they turn.

On a prompt from Senior Deacon all step off on left foot.

Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates move to a position in the North West facing East, with the heels of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the Squared Pavement and halt (usually 5 or 7 steps from the Senior Warden’s pedestal).

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) The brethren will take notice that Bro . . . and Bro . . . are about to pass in view before them, to show that they are the Candidates properly prepared to be passed to the second degree.

On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the first Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.


Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face North, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates.


Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face East, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.


To recommence the perambulation the Deacons each take the right elbow of their Candidate in their left hand and turn right with them, to face South, sliding their hand down to the Candidate's hand as they turn.



Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot to face East, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the JW as an EAF.

Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face South, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.




Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidates’ VsSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. On arrival at the Senior Warden’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates.


SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., advance to the SW as an EAF giving the s . . and communicating the p . . . g . . . and p . . . w . . . you received from the WM prior to leaving the lodge.



Can. (instructed by SD) I have.

The Senior Warden takes the grip and passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

SW (With right glove removed, rises, receives the p. . . g. . .) What is this?

Can. (SD instructs Candidate) The p . . . g . . . leading from the first to the second degree.


Can. (SD instructs Candidate) A p . . . w . . .



SW What does . . . denote?


SW How is it usually depicted in a Fellow Craft lodge?

Can. (SD instructs Candidate) By an e . . . of c . . . near a f . . . of w . . .

SW Pass . . .




Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.

When answering the questions asked by the Senior Warden (the brother assisting does not ask questions), the Candidates will copy the Senior Deacon.+




On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room, the Deacons wheel their Candidate anticlockwise to a position beside the Senior Warden and facing South then continue, without pausing, by taking them by the right elbow and turning them to face East. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate should be double arms length from the Senior Warden with the Senior Deacon standing behind him. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate should be close alongside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s left hand with the Junior Deacon standing beside the Senior Deacon. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to join hands.

The Senior Warden removes his left glove, rises and with his left hand takes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master.


SW WM, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . ., Candidates properly prepared to be passed to the second degree.

WM Bro SW, you will direct the SD to instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, sits and replaces glove. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to unclasp hands.

SW Bro SD, (pause while SD turns to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

18.4.11 ADVANCING to the EAST The Deacons take their Candidates by the right elbow and turn with them to face South.

The Director of Ceremonies prompts the procession to move off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they wheel to face East, the Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Senior Deacon and his Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.


Each Deacon will ensure that his Candidate is conducted in line with the Director of Ceremonies at the correct distance from the Worshipful Master’s pedestal.

The Senior Deacon will halt his Candidate at the correct position and wheel with him to face South. The Junior Deacon will place his Candidate, facing South, to the East of the Senior Warden’s Candidate by turning him in by the right elbow and remaining behind his Candidate and change his wand to his left hand.

The Senior Deacon will step forward one pace and face East.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., the method of advancing to the East in this degree is by f . . . s . . ., as though ascending a w . . . s . . . For your information I will first go through them and you will afterwards follow my example.

Senior Deacon resumes his position at the right side of his Candidate, then demonstrates the advancement to the East commencing with l . . . f . . .

After the demonstration, the Senior Deacon will turn left and return to his position by moving behind the Candidates.

The Senior Deacon’s Candidate then takes the steps (commencing with the left foot) with the Senior Deacon on his right.

The Junior Deacon will move his Candidate into the position vacated by the Senior Deacon’s Candidate by directing his Candidate to “Take one pace right Bro.” the Junior Deacon takes the step with his Candidate. The Junior Deacon moves to the left side of his Candidate, takes his hand and takes the steps with him.

When completed, Director of Ceremonies moves to a position behind the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. WM Bro . . . and Bro . . ., as the secrets of each degree in F . . . are to be

kept separate and distinct, another obligation is required of you, in many respects similar to the former. Are you willing to take it?

Cans. I am (SD prompts).

WM Then you will k . . . on your r . . . k . . ., place your l . . . f . . . in the form of a s . . ., (DC to adjust the f. . . of each Candidate and returns between the Candidates) place your r . . . h . . . on your VSL, (rises, with both gloves removed, and moves to pedestal after each Candidate has placed his hand) while your l . . . a . . . will be supported in the angle of the s . . . in this position.

Worshipful Master demonstrates position of the l . . . a . . ., but does not apply the s . . . during the demonstration.


As the Worshipful Master demonstrates the position, each Deacon prompts his Candidate to copy the Worshipful Master. The Worshipful Master holds his l . . . a . . . in this position until the Candidates have copied him. The Worshipful Master then obtains the s . . . s from under his pedestal and passes them under the Candidates’ left arm. The first s . . . into the left hand of Senior Deacon who positions it on the first Candidate’s left elbow and the second s . . . into the right hand of the Junior Deacon who positions it on the second Candidate’s left elbow. The Director of Ceremonies unobtrusively ensures that each Candidate’s l . . . a . . . and hand are in the correct positions. The Director of Ceremonies does not support the s . . . or the arm of the Deacons.


On the Junior Warden’s knock, Deacons cross their wands above the Candidates’ heads, Senior Deacon’s wand in front, brethren rise and give SOF.

18.4.12 OBLIGATION


Can. I . . .

WM in the presence of the GG of the U, and of this worthy, worshipful, and warranted lodge of FC Freemasons, regularly held, assembled, and properly dedicated, of my own free will and accord (pause, WM places his hands on each of the Candidate’s right hand) do hereby and hereon (after Candidates repeat words resume fidelity) solemnly and sincerely promise and swear that I will always hele, conceal, and never reveal any of the s . . . ts or mysteries of or belonging to the second degree in F . . ., denominated the Fellow Craft's, to him who is but an EA, any more than I would any of them to the uninitiated world who are not Freemasons, unless it be to an approved Candidate in the body of a FC lodge duly opened on the square. I further solemnly promise to act as a true and faithful craftsman, answer s . . . s, obey summonses, and maintain the principles inculcated in the former degree.


All these several points I solemnly swear to observe, without evasion, equivocation, or mental reservation of any kind, under no less a penalty, on the violation of any of them, than that of being branded as a wilfully perjured individual, void of all moral worth, and totally unfit to be received into this or any other warranted lodge or society of men who prize honour and virtue above the external advantages of rank and fortune. So help me almighty God, and keep me steadfast in this my great and solemn obligation of a FC Freemason.

Each Deacon will remove the s . . . and return it to the Worshipful Master via the left side of his Candidate. Deacons hold their wand with both hands. Candidates’ r . . . h . . . remains on the VSL. The Director of Ceremonies instructs the Candidates to lower their left hand.

WM As a pledge of your fidelity, and to render this a solemn obligation equally binding with that in the former degree, you will seal it with your l . . . t . . . on your VSL.

On the word ‘guile’ Deacons lower wands, Worshipful Master and brethren lower SOF with the Deacons.

The Deacons step behind their Candidates and the Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand.

WM Your progress in Freemasonry is marked by the altered position of the s . . . and c . . . When you were made an E.A. both p . . . were hidden; in this degree one is disclosed, implying that you are now midway in Freemasonry, superior to the EA, but inferior to that which, I trust, will hereafter be communicated to you.

WM (WM takes the first Candidate’s r . . . h . . . with his r . . . h . . .) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, Fellow Craft Freemason. (WM takes the second Candidate’s r . . . h . . . with his r . . . h . . .) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, Fellow Craft Freemason.

Worshipful Master and brethren resume their seats.

18.4.13 SECRETS

The Director of Ceremonies moves beside the first Candidate.

Each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns with him to face South. The Director of Ceremonies turns South.


On Senior Deacon prompt, all step off on left foot and perambulate to a position in the East, two paces North of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, facing South, Senior Deacon’s Candidate closest to the East. When in position, the Deacons move behind their Candidate.

The Past Masters communicating the secrets will remove their gloves before they rise, give a SOF to the Worshipful Master before leaving the dais and take up a corresponding position opposite the Candidates, facing North, approximately two paces South of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, so that only the two regular steps are taken by the Candidates and the Past Masters. The Past Master delivering the charge stands facing the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies takes up position behind the first Past Master.

To dictate the answers the Senior Deacon will take up a position on the right of the Candidates facing East. To reach that position he steps back with the left foot, turns West, passes behind the Junior Deacon with three short paces, turns South, takes three short paces forward turning East on the third, steps back with the right foot and closes with the left so that he is midway between the Past Master and the Candidate.


As the Past Masters return to the dais, the Senior Deacon steps forward with the right foot, turns South and steps back with the left foot to return behind his Candidate, passing behind the Junior Deacon.


In preparing to move the Candidates to the Junior Warden, the Deacons move to the right side of their Candidates, wheel them back to face East and then wheel to follow the Director of Ceremonies who has moved into a position in front of where the Candidates will wheel.

On Senior Deacon prompt, the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates to the Junior Warden’s pedestal.


The Junior Warden passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that


purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

SD Bro JW, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their being passed to the second degree.

JW I will thank Bro . . . and Bro . . . to advance to me as a FC, first as an EA.

Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to stand fast, steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face East, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates. Senior Deacon changes his wand before commencing instruction.

SD Copy me. Take the s . . ., give the (EA) s . . .

SD Copy me. Take the s . . ., give the (FC) s . . .


Can. (SD prompts the Candidates) I have.

Junior Warden and brother assisting, with right glove removed, rise and move to pedestal.

Senior Deacon assists Candidates to give g . . .

JW What is this?

Can. (SD prompts the Candidates) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts the Candidates) A w . . .


Can. (SD prompts the Candidates) In this degree, as in the former, I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.


Can (SD prompts the Candidates) . . .

JW Pass . . .





Senior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot to face South, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



On Senior Deacon prompt, all step off with the left foot and perambulate to the Senior Warden’s pedestal.

As the procession moves between the Junior Warden’s pedestal and Senior Warden’s pedestal the Candidates’ VsSL are recovered.

On arrival at the Seniro Warden’s pedestal, the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

The Senior Warden passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

SD Bro SW, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their being passed to the second degree.

SW I will thank Bro . . . and Bro . . . to advance to me as a FC, first as an EA.

Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to stand fast, steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face South, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidate. Senior Deacon changes his wand before commencing instruction.

SD Take the s . . ., give the first degree s . . .

Candidates takes the s . . . and gives the s . . . of EAF.

SD Take the s . . . only copy me.

SW What is that?

Can. (SD prompts Candidates) The s . . . regular s . . . in Freemasonry.


Can. I do (SD instructs Candidates to give SOF).

SW What is that?


Can. The SOF, emblematical of shielding the repository of my s . . . ts from the attacks of the insidious.


Senior Deacon instructs Candidates to give the h . . . s . . .

SW What is that?

Can (SD prompts Candidates) The h . . . s . . ., or s . . . of p . . .

SW When did it take its rise?

Can (SD prompts Candidates) At the time when J . . . fought the b . . . of the L . . ., for it was in this position that M . . . prayed fervently to the Almighty to enable J . . . to complete the overthrow of his enemies.


Senior Deacon instructs Candidates to give p . . . s . . .

SW What is that?

Can. (SD prompts Candidates) The p . . . s . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts Candidates) To the ancient penalty formerly associated with a violation of the obligation, implying that as a man of honour and a FCF, the Brother would rather, (SD) copy me SD does not give h . . . s . . . ) have his l . . . b . . . l . . . o . . ., (open and close hand) his h . . . t . . . therefrom, (draw hand squarely across in a clutching motion) than improperly disclose the secrets entrusted to him.


Can. (SD prompts Candidates) I have.

SW (SW and brother assisting with right glove removed, rise and move to pedestal and take g . . .) What is this?

Can. (SD prompts Candidates) The g . . . or t . . . of a FCF.


Can. (SD prompts Candidates) A w . . .

SW Give me that w . . .

Can. (SD prompts Candidates) In this degree as in the former, I was taught to be cautious. I will l . . . or h . . . it with you.


Can. (SD instructs Candidates – examination completed)



Can. (SD prompts Candidates) From the p . . . which stood at the r . . . of the porchway or entrance to KST so named after . . . the assistant HP, who officiated at its dedication.


Can. (SD prompts Candidates) . . . and when conjoined with that of the former degree . . ., for God said . . . will I . . . this mine house to stand firm forever.

SW Pass . . .




Senior Deacon changes his wand, takes one pace forward with his right foot turning West, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room, the Deacons wheel their Candidate anticlockwise to a position beside the Senior Warden and facing South then continue, without pausing, by taking them by the right elbow and turning them to face East. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate should be double arms length from the Senior Warden with the Senior Deacon standing behind him. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate should be close alongside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s left hand with the Junior Deacon standing beside the Senior Deacon. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to join hands.

The Senior Warden rises and with his left hand takes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master, and gives the SOF

SW WM, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their being passed to the second degree, for some further mark of your favour.

WM Bro SW, I delegate you to invest our newly passed Brethren with the distinguishing b . . . of a FCF.


Senior Warden drops SOF and releases Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat, replaces glove and places FC aprons on his pedestal.

The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to unclasp hands.

18.4.17 INVESTITURE


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt the procession moves off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they wheel to face East, the Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Senior Deacon and his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. The Deacons and Candidates wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon’s Candidate beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidates are beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with their toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.


On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Senior Warden rises, salutes the Worshipful Master, arranges the aprons over his left arm and moves to a position in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. At the same time the Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Senior Deacon. After investing the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, the Senior Warden steps left and invests the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Junior Deacon at the same time as the Senior Warden moves in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.

The Senior Warden holds the FC apron in front of each Candidate while the Deacon removes the EA apron and passes it to Director of Ceremonies. When the FC apron is secure, the Deacon recovers his wand, prompting Senior Warden to continue.

The Senior Warden returns in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate before reversing to a position corresponding to an extension of the squared pavement on the South side to address them.

The Director of Ceremonies carries EA aprons with dignity to Secretary’s table and returns alongside Senior Deacon and signals Senior Warden to commence.


SW Bro . . . and Bro . . ., by the WM command I invest each of you with the distinguishing b . . . of a FCF, to mark the progress you have made in the science.


As the Senior Warden returns to his chair, Director of Ceremonies steps one pace forward, seats Senior Warden with SOF and steps back one pace to the East side of the Senior Deacon.

18.4.18 EXTENSION

Senior Deacon directs Candidates to turn ‘half left’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow. Deacons remain facing South.

As the Past Master/Chaplain/Master Mason returns to his seat, Senior Deacon directs the Candidates to turn ‘half right’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow.


WM Bro SD, (pause as SD faces WM) you will place our newly passed brethren in the South East part of the lodge (SD turns to face South).

18.4.19 SOUTH EAST CHARGE The Deacons step to right of their Candidate and with the Candidate steps back two paces, then wheels on him to face East as Director of Ceremonies turns East in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. On Senior Deacon prompt the procession steps off on the left foot and perambulates to South East corner.

The Senior Deacon will conduct his Candidate a short distance past the South-East corner with his toes one pace from the squared pavement to allow the Junior Deacon to place his Candidate right on the corner of the squared pavement with his toes one pace from the squared pavement. Both Candidates are wheeled to face North. The Director of Ceremonies positions himself beside the first Candidate.

The Senior Deacon indicates with the butt of his wand the position where the Candidates are to stand (toes against the South edge of the squared pavement at the East corner). Senior Deacon recovers his wand and says to the Candidates – ‘Step to the pavement Brethren’.

Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates step to the pavement.


When Deacons are satisfied the Candidates are in the correct position they step behind them, by taking one pace back with their right foot, one pace sideways with their left and closes with their right.

WM/PM/MM Bro . . . and Bro . . . , when you were made an EA you were placed in the NE part of the lodge to show that you were newly admitted. ................................................, you are now expected to extend your researches into the hidden mysteries of nature and science.

As Past Master/Master Mason is being seated, Deacons move to right side of their Candidate.


Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the left of Senior Deacon’s Candidate. All take two steps back

The Deacons will then wheel their Candidate back to face West, perambulate the lodge to the East and, taking the Candidate by the right elbow, turn with them to face East in front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal leaving room for the Warden to pass in front. The Deacons will stay behind their Candidate.

SW Bro . . ., and Bro . . . I now present to your notice the working tools of FCF. ........................................ conduct, level steps, and upright intentions, we hope to ascend to those heavenly mansions whence all goodness emanates.

Senior Warden moves to the South of the Director of Ceremonies, a short pace past him, about-turns to face East and salutes the Worshipful Master. On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Senior Warden and Director of Ceremonies step back on right foot and execute a mobile left about turn together. Director of Ceremonies escorts Senior Warden to his pedestal, seats him with SOF and returns beside the Candidate.

If the Tracing Board lecture is to be delivered continue with 18.4.21

If the Tracing Board lecture is NOT delivered, proceed to 18.4.22


18.4.21 EXPLANATION OF THE SECOND DEGREE TRACING BOARD



The Deacons will turn the Candidates to face South and perambulate to a position in the North as near as possible to opposite the tracing board and wheel them to face South. The Deacons will step behind their Candidate.

When the charge has been completed and the brother delivering he charge has returned to his seat, the Deacons step beside their Candidates. The Director of Ceremonies will perambulate to stand beside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate facing South. On the Director of Ceremonies’ prompt all step back one pace. On a further prompt from the Director of Ceremonies the Deacons will wheel on their Candidates to face East.

18.4.22 CHARGE AFTER PASSING On prompt from Director of Ceremonies, the Deacons take the Candidate’s right elbow with their left hand and all turn South. Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. On prompt from Senior Deacon, the procession perambulates to the North West corner where they all wheel in line to face East.

On Director of Ceremonies prompt, each Deacon steps behind his Candidate by taking one pace back with his right foot, one pace sideways with his left and closing with his right.

For the charge, Director of Ceremonies moves back two paces and steps behind the Senior Deacon.

PM/MM Bro . . ., having advanced to the second degree, we congratulate you on your elevation. .................. . Such is the nature of your engagements as a Fellow Craft, and these duties you are bound by the most sacred ties to observe.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps to left side of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, then each Deacon steps to the right side of his Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right. WM Bro . . . and Bro . . . , this concludes the ceremony of your being

passed to the second degree.



On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, all take one pace back, the Deacons wheels on their Candidate to face North while the Director of Ceremonies turns North in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.


On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. The Deacons remain behind their Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

WM/Chap (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up pamphlets and places it in his left hand)

(To first Candidate) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes first Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Fellow Craft (pause, releases Candidate’).

(To second Candidate)) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes second Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Fellow Craft (pause, releases Candidate’s hand)

(addressing both candidates collectively, takes pamphlets from left hand and holding where Candidates can read) and present each of you with this pamphlet entitled “Second Degree Ceremony - Explanatory Notes”, from the United Grand Lodge of Victoria. In particular I draw your attention to the Questions and Answers contained in the pamphlet, which you must learn and commit to memory before you can be raised to the next degree. (pass pamphlets to each Candidate’s right hand, commencing with Senior Deacon’s Candidate.)

Each Deacon instructs his Candidate to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand. The Candidate retains pamphlet until immediately prior to retiring.

18.4.24 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATE On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn to face South and the Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the first Candidate. On the Senior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels in line to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. Each Deacon steps behind his Candidate.

WM Bro . . . and Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire. The Director of Ceremonies takes the pamphlet from the Senior Deacon’s Candidate and the Junior Deacon takes the pamphlet from his Candidate. The Senior Deacon quietly directs the Candidates to ‘stand fast’.


On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces. The Senior Deacon sidesteps left and then steps forward to the position described for one Candidate to direct the Candidates to salute.

The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

SD In this degree you will salute as a FCF thus. Stand fast brother (demonstrates s . . . and s . . .).

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as a FCF. copy me. Take the s . . ., give the s . . .

The Senior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, wheeling to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position behind his Candidate.

Both Deacons then step to the right of their Candidate for retirement.

The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate at the same time as the Deacon’s step beside their Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies returns the pamphlet to the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, at the same time the Junior Deacon returns the pamphlet to his Candidate.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, both Deacons wheel on their Candidate and all face North.






Both Deacons remain standing at their chair until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair.


18.4.25 RETURN OF RETIRED CANDIDATES

If the Candidates have been retired to resume their personal comforts at the point prescribed in the ceremony, they will salute before retiring. Instruction in saluting, described above, is given at this time and is not repeated at the final retirement when the Candidates are directed to salute the Worshipful Master.

The Director of Ceremonies and Deacons will receive the Candidates at the door of the lodge on their re-entry, and conduct them to the saluting base. They will then be directed to salute the Worshipful Master before the ceremony is continued. For this direction, the Senior Deacon will move as described for instructing the Candidates to salute before the retirement.

If newly initiated brethren are re-admitted to the lodge after the ceremony has been completed and the lodge reduced to the first degree, they should be conducted by the Director of Ceremonies to the saluting base, and after saluting, to their position in the North East part of the lodge.

18.4.26 CEREMONY OF PASSING – THREE OR FOUR CANDIDATES

The ceremony up to and including the obligation, may be conducted simultaneously on two Candidates only.

After the obligation the first and second Candidates are seated in the South East, where two Stewards acting as assistant Deacons are seated in the correct positions, and will take care of them.

The procedure for admission and for commencing perambulation with four Candidates is parallel with that set down for the first degree.

END OF SECOND DEGREE CEREMONY – MULTIPLE CANDIDATES

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates – Questions Prior to Raising 284

18.5 QUESTIONS & CEREMONY PRIOR TO RAISING – TWO CANDIDATES

18.5.1 PREPARATION

The Candidate, prior to being raised to the third degree, must learn the questions and responses as set out in the pamphlet ‘Second Degree Ceremony – Explanatory Notes’.


If, in the opinion of the Worshipful Master and Director of Ceremonies, the Candidate cannot adequately answer the questions the ceremony of Raising should not proceed.

18.5.2 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO RAISING

Candidates, wearing FCF apron, are to be seated in a front seat in the South East with their proposer, seconder or mentor.


The Candidates rise and move forward to a position two paces South of the tessellated border.

The Director of Ceremonies and Deacons rise, take up baton and wands and perambulate to the South East, the Junior Deacon picking up the Senior Deacon in passing (the Senior Deacon nearer the pavement). As the Deacons cross the East the Director of Ceremonies moves to a position a pace or two further West than where the Candidates are standing and turns South.

As the Deacons reach the Candidates, they wheel South, the Senior Deacon facing the first Candidate and the Junior Deacon the second. Each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right hand, turns with him to face West and conducts him to the West, where each Deacon wheels his Candidate to face East.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Senior Deacon steps one pace back with his right foot, pivots to face North and steps off three paces commencing with his left foot, turns East in front of the Director of Ceremonies, takes two paces, pivoting to face South and steps back one pace and the Junior Deacon steps behind his Candidate. SD Bro . . . and Bro . . . salute the Worshipful Master as a FCF.


The Senior Deacon steps one pace forward with his left foot, pivoting to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning behind his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward to be in a position behind and between both Candidates, arriving at the same time as the Senior Deacon arrives behind his Candidate.

The questions shall be put alternately, commencing with the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

WM If there is any brother present who has not taken the third degree he must now retire.

Director of Ceremonies assists with the retirement of FCFs present, who will salute the Worshipful Master from a position on the South side of the Candidate and retire. After all FCFs have retired the Director of Ceremonies returns beside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

On prompt from Director of Ceremonies each Deacon steps to the right of his Candidate. All take one pace back and turn North; Deacons wheel on their Candidate.

On prompt from Senior Deacon the procession steps off with the left foot and perambulates via the North side to the Worshipful Master’s pedestal. Each Deacon turns his Candidate to face East and stands behind him. A salute is not given.

After “. . . seek to be admitted”, the Worshipful Master and Immediate Past Master will rise together. The Immediate Past Master will move behind the Worshipful Master and take up a position on his right to give the p . . . g . . . to the second Candidate. When the Worshipful Master resumes his seat, the Immediate Past Master passes in front of him, stopping and turning East to give a SOF to the Worshipful Master in passing and then resumes his seat.

The Senior Deacon will prompt the Candidates to repeat the p . . . w . . . and its import.

Each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow, turns with him to face South, conducts him to the West, wheels with him to face East and remains beside his Candidate.

The Senior Deacon moves as described for one Candidate to direct the Candidates to salute the Worshipful Master and then returns beside his Candidate. On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, all take a pace back.

As the Director of Ceremonies turns to face South each Deacon wheels with his Candidate to face North and conducts him to the door, where he is placed in the hands of the Tyler.

Degree Work – Multiple Candidates – Ceremony of Raising 287

18.6 CEREMONY OF RAISING – TWO CANDIDATES Note: When prompting, the officiating Deacon must ensure that all Candidates

answer questions and respond to prompts.

18.6.1 LAYING OUT OF THE LODGE

Immediately after all brethren and visitors are admitted the Deacons prepare the lodge as for the ceremony with one Candidate. Refer to Section 14.2.

18.6.2 ALARM

WM Then let them be admitted in due form. (IG completes salute, but remains in position).

WM Brother Deacons.

18.6.3 ADMISSION

Both Deacons rise with the Director of Ceremonies and perambulate to the door, as for one Candidate. At a convenient distance from the door, the Senior Deacon halts and the Junior Deacon takes one further pace towards the door. The Senior Deacon then takes a step to his left and both Deacons turn 90 degrees clockwise.


When the Deacons are in position, Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard (or Secretary) to alter the lighting.

The lights on the Warden’s pillars, TB, Warrant, etc. are extinguished. The light on the Worshipful Master’s pillar must remain on, but not covered and if possible dimmed. The Organist and choir reading lights should be dimmed or shrouded.

When all are ready, the Director of Ceremonies indicates to the Inner Guard who opens the door.

Inner Guard meets the first Candidate in the doorway of the lodge room, holds the Candidate’s right hand with his left and with his right hand carefully applies the c . . . s to each b . . . of the first Candidate, left breast first.

IG I admit you on the points of the c . . . s (the c . . . s are not exhibited).


With the Inner Guard on the left of the Candidate, using his right hand, takes the Candidate by his right hand and guides him to the Senior Deacon, where he is quietly introduced by name (e.g. Bro. Senior Deacon, Bro. Smith) The Senior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand and, with his Candidate, turns to face East.

Inner Guard then meets the second Candidate at the door and repeats above, guiding the Candidate to the Junior Deacon. The Junior Deacon takes the Candidate’s right hand and, with his Candidate, turns to face East.

If the door is in the North the Deacons turn to face South.


When Director of Ceremonies is satisfied the Candidates are properly prepared (b . . . a . . ., b . . . b . . . s and k . . . s made b . . ., b . . . h . . . s, wearing FC apron.) he nods to the Deacons.

The Director of Ceremonies moves with the Deacons and Candidates to the kneeling stool. The Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow behind the Senior Deacon and his Candidate. As each Deacon and their Candidate arrive at the kneeling stool each Deacon positions his Candidate one pace short of the kneeling stool by taking him by the right elbow. The Deacon positions himself behind his Candidate. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate is placed closest to the North West corner. The Director of Ceremonies moves to the North of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

Senior Deacon quietly directs the Candidates to ‘Stand fast’.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces, the Senior Deacon side steps one pace with his left foot, takes two paces East, wheeling to face South and steps back one pace.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as a FCF, first as an EA.

The Senior Deacon retraces his steps to return behind his candidate and changes his wand to his left hand.

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies each Deacon steps beside his candidate by taking one pace sideways and one pace forward. When in position the Deacons take their candidates hand.

WM Let the Candidates kneel.

On ‘kneel’, each Deacon slides his hand up to his Candidate’s elbow, steps forward on his inside foot and assists his Candidate to kneel. The Director of Ceremonies moves forward to be in a position behind and between both Candidates, arriving at the same time as the Junior Deacon arrives beside his Candidate.



Worshipful Master knocks once, answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden. On Junior Warden’s knock Deacons cross wands, Senior Deacon’s wand in front.

18.6.4 PRAYER.

Brn So mote it be.

On ‘be’, Deacons uncross their wands and SOF is lowered with the Deacons.

WM Let the Candidates rise.

On ‘rise’, each Deacon assists his Candidate to rise by stepping forward with his inside foot and placing his wrist under the Candidate’s armpit.

When the Candidates are standing each Deacon grasps his Candidate’s hand. At the same time the Director of Ceremonies moves to the left side of the Senior Deacon.




After the word “proceed” each Deacon will release his Candidate’s hand and step behind him. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand and the Junior Deacon directs his Candidate to “Take one pace to your right Br . . .”

On a prompt from the Director of Ceremonies each Deacon moves beside his Candidate. On a further prompt from the Director of Ceremonies all take one pace back. Deacons wheel on their Candidate to face North and at the same time the Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, also facing North. Each Deacon conducts his Candidate at all times with the Senior Deacon leading.

On Senior Deacon prompt the procession steps off together with the left foot and moves along the North side of the squared pavement to the East. The Deacons ensure their Candidate follows the path taken by Director of Ceremonies.

On arrival at the Worshipful Master’s pedestal the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the first Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face North, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.



Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot, turning to face East, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.


To recommence the perambulation the Deacons each take the right elbow of their Candidate in their left hand and turn right with them, to face South, sliding their hand down to the Candidate’s hand as they turn.

The Director of Ceremonies steps in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. On a prompt from the Senior Deacon all step off on the left foot and perambulate to the Junior Warden’s pedestal.


Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face East, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to direct the Candidates.

The Junior Warden takes the grip and passes the first Candidate only. The second Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Junior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., advance to the JW as an EAF, giving the s . . and communicating the t . . . and w . . . of that degree.


When answering the questions asked by the Junior Warden (the brother assisting does not ask questions) the Candidates will copy the Senior Deacon.










JW Pass . . .


Candidates recover their step, Junior Warden and brother assisting resume their seats and replace their gloves.

Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face South, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.



On Senior Deacon’s prompt, all step off with the left foot. On arrival at a position midway between the tessellated border and the Senior Warden’s pedestal the Senior Deacon wheels his Candidate, the Junior Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow and turns him so that his Candidate is alongside and on the left of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate with the Junior Deacon behind him.

Senior Deacon steps forward one pace on his right foot, turning on his right foot to face South, steps back one pace with his left and closes with the right to instruct the Candidates.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the SW as an EAF.

Senior Deacon takes one pace forward with his right foot turning to face West, steps back two paces commencing with his left foot, side steps behind his Candidate with his left foot and closes with his right foot.


The second perambulation is conducted as for the first.

The Candidates salute as FCFs.

The Senior Warden takes the grip and passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Senior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal with right glove removed. The Senior Warden and brother assisting resume their seats and replace their gloves.





Director of Ceremonies, Deacons and Candidates move to a position in the North West facing East, with the heels of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate in line with an imaginary extension of the West edge of the Squared Pavement and halt (usually 5 or 7 steps from the Senior Warden’s pedestal

WM (one knock, answered by SW and JW) The brethren will take notice that Bro . . . and Bro . . . are about to pass in view before them, to show that they are Candidates properly prepared to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

18.6.10 THIRD PERAMBULATION

The third perambulation is conducted as for the first and second perambulations.

The Candidates salute as FCFs.

Immediate Past Master/Chaplain places Candidates’ V’sSL open (facing Candidate) on the Worshipful Master’s pedestal as the procession moves between the Junior Warden to the Senior Warden.

The Senior Warden takes the grip and passes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate only. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate is passed by a brother stationed to the right of the Senior Warden for that purpose. The grip, for both Candidates, must be given between the pillar and the pedestal with right glove removed.

The Senior Warden sits and replaces right glove and removes left glove.



On another prompt from Director of Ceremonies, Director of Ceremonies reverses to the North side of the lodge room, the Deacons wheel their Candidate anticlockwise to a position beside the Senior Warden and facing South then continue, without pausing, by taking them by the right elbow and turning them to face East. The Senior Deacon’s Candidate should be double arms length from the Senior Warden with the Senior Deacon standing behind him. The Junior Deacon’s Candidate should be close alongside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s


left hand with the Junior Deacon standing beside the Senior Deacon. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to join hands.

The Senior Warden removes his left glove, rises and with his left hand takes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s right hand, thumb and fingers in the form of a square, palm towards the Worshipful Master.


SW WM, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . ., Candidates properly prepared to be raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

WM Bro SW, you will direct the Deacons to instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

Senior Warden drops SOF and releases the Candidate’s hand, sits and replaces glove. The Junior Deacon instructs the Candidates to unclasp hands.

SW Bro Deacons, (pause while both Deacons turn to face SW) it is the WM’s command that you instruct the Candidates to advance to the East in due form.

18.6.12 ADVANCING to the EAST The Deacons take their Candidates by the right elbow and turn with them to face South.

The Director of Ceremonies prompts the procession to move off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they turn to face East, the Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Senior Deacon and his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

Each Deacon will ensure that his Candidate is conducted in line with the Director of Ceremonies to a position in line with the head of the g . . . The Senior Deacon will turn his Candidate to face South and remain on his right. The Junior Deacon will pass behind and turn his Candidate by the elbow, close to the first Candidate, change his wand and step to the left of his Candidate.

The Senior Deacon steps to the head of the g . . . . with his toes against the Western edge of the outline of the g . . . . SD The method of advancing to the East in this degree is by s . . . s . . .,

the f . . ., s . . ., and t . . . as if stepping over a newly-made g . . ., the other f . . . bold or marching s . . . For your information I will first go through them and you will afterwards follow my example.

Senior Deacon (without indicating) demonstrates the steps. (refer to Section 14.3.15)


After the Senior Deacon has given the demonstration he turns left, returning beside his Candidate via the East and North, he then leads his Candidate to the head of the g . . . by the right hand and conducts him through the advance as for one Candidate. The Junior Deacon follows, conducting his candidate in a similar manner holding his Candidate by the left hand after the first candidate has reached the kneeling stool.

Neither Deacon crosses the g . . . when accompanying a Candidate.

Any further steps required for Candidates to reach the kneeling stool should be taken when the Worshipful Master directs them to k . . . WM (to Candidate) Bro . . .and Bro . . ., it is but fair to inform you that a

most serious trial of your fortitude and fidelity, as well as a great and solemn obligation, await you. Are you prepared to meet them as you ought?

Can (prompted by SD) I am. WM Then you will k . . . on both k . . ., place both h . . . on your VSL. Worshipful Master rises with both gloves removed and moves to pedestal, knocks answered by Senior Warden and Junior Warden.

On the Junior Warden’s knock, Deacons cross their wands above the Candidates’ heads, Senior Deacon’s wand in front, brethren rise and give SOF.

18.6.13 OBLIGATION

WM State your names at length, and repeat after me.

Can I, . . .

WM In the presence of the Most High, ..........................................., and keep me steadfast in this my solemn obligation of a MM.

WM As a pledge of your fidelity, and to render this binding as a solemn obligation so long as you shall live, you will seal it with your l . . . on the your VSL thrice.

On ‘guile’ the wands are uncrossed, the brethren drop SOF with the Deacons, Deacons remain beside Candidate.

WM I will now direct your attention to the altered position of the square and compasses. When you were made an EA, both p . . . were hidden; in the second degree one was disclosed; in this degree both are exhibited, implying that you are now at liberty to work with both those p . . . in order to render the circle of your Masonic duties complete.


WM (WM takes the Senior Deacon’s Candidate’s b . . . h . . . s with b . . . his . . . h . . . s) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, MM. (WM takes the Junior Deacon’s Candidate’s b . . . h . . . s with b . . . his . . . h . . . s) Rise, (pause while Candidate steadies) duly obligated, MM.

Deacons remain beside their Candidate.

Director of Ceremonies moves to the right of Senior Deacon. On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates and Junior Deacon to take the required number of paces backwards to the foot of the g . . ., all starting with the left foot.

After reaching the foot of the g . . . , the Senior Deacon and Junior Deacon step behind their candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies reverses to his chair.

18.6.14 RETROSPECT

On conclusion of the Retrospect, the Senior Deacon will step to the right side of his Candidate and they take one pace forward. The Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right side and from his position behind his Candidate, takes him by the right elbow, turns with him to face South and, passing behind the Senior Deacon conducts his Candidate from the lodge where he is placed in the care of the Tyler. The Candidate does not salute or give SOF before retiring.

The Senior Deacon, during this retirement, moves his Candidate back a pace and across in line with the foot of the g . . .

On returning, the Junior Deacon takes his position on the left of the Candidate, and changes his wand to the left hand.

Director of Ceremonies remains at his chair.

18.6.15 LOWERING

WM/PM (This statement is omitted if the brother delivering the Retrospect is continuing) Reference has been made to the . . . of our GM HA.

When addressing the Junior Deacon’s Candidate, the Worshipful Master or Past Worshipful Master will say, “Bro. . . . Prior to your retirement from the Lodge reference was made to the . . . of our GMHA”.

WM/PM The manner of his d . . . was as follows:

On the words, ‘... as follows’: • The Wardens remove their gloves, leave their chairs, (Senior Warden

exits by the North side, Junior Warden exits by the West side), take up their WTs together from the front of their pedestals (Senior Warden


kneels on right knee, Junior Warden on left knee). The Junior Warden moves to the edge of the tessellated border facing North. He turns East as the Senior Warden arrives opposite him and both move East together. They stop in line with the East edge of the pavement facing East, about half a pace from the tessellated border.

• Worshipful Master/Past Master leaves the dais and positions himself facing the Candidate, one pace East of him.

• Director of Ceremonies collects HSM and positions himself behind Past Master.

• Candidate’s VSL is recovered.

18.6.16 ECCLESIASTES As for one Candidate.

18.6.17 RAISING

As for one Candidate.

In removing the pall cloth prior to the raising of the first Candidate Deacons should ensure it is placed neatly across the head of the grave cloth to enable it to be used for the next candidate.

WM (After the Deacons are in position) It is thus, my brother, that all MMs are r . . . from a figurative . . . to a reunion with their former companions in toil.

18.6.18 RETURN OF THE SECOND CANDIDATE As soon as the Past Master has returned to the dais, the Deacons will wheel right and take the Senior Deacon’s Candidate to a seat in the South East. The Deacons, without the Director of Ceremonies, wheel back to face West and continue side by side to the door where they wheel right about with their backs to the door and step apart, so that in moving off with the Junior Deacon’s Candidate the Senior Deacon is on his right. When the Deacons are in position, the Inner Guard without instruction, opens the door, admits the Junior Deacon’s Candidate and conducts him between the Deacons.

The Inner Guard then closes the door and is seated. The Candidate is conducted directly, without saluting, to the position at the foot of the g . . . and the raising ceremony is repeated.

When the Junior Deacon’s Candidate is raised the Senior Deacon will move across to the South East for his Candidate and conduct him into position on the South side of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. He is not conducted around the lodge room. Note that the grave cloth should be central to both candidates.


On the words, “. . . you may perceive,” the Candidates will be turned inwards (half West) to look at the g . . . by the Past Master who will keep them in that position until the word “bosom”.

18.6.19 EOM


After the word, “bosom” the Director of Ceremonies steps to the left of the Past Master, wheels him back and conducts him to the EOM, the Past Master moving to the East end, the Director of Ceremonies to the West end. When they are in position and the EOM are displayed the Deacons will conduct the Candidates to them.

Each Deacon conducts his Candidate into position, the Senior Deacon on the right of his Candidate, the Junior Deacon on the left of his Candidate. When in position, the Deacons step behind their Candidates and the Junior Deacon changes his wand to his right hand.

On the words “perishable frame”, the Past Master giving the charge will touch both Candidates on the b . . ., he will use two hands so that he may touch each Candidate simultaneously.

EOM in the East

The Director of Ceremonies moves to the right of the Past Master, they right about turn and move to the EOM, the Director of Ceremonies to the North end and the Past Master to the South.

Subsequent movements for the Deacons are as described above.



The Junior Warden (or a Steward seated in the South) removes the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . , .and places them inside the Junior Warden’s pedestal or in a position where they cannot be seen by the Candidates during any part of the remaining ceremony. The lighting is adjusted after the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . have been removed (not before). The Past Master and Director of Ceremonies turn South and on Director of Ceremonies prompt, if charge done by the Worshipful Master he returns to his seat, if charge done by Past Master the Director of Ceremonies and Past Master move to CE, Past Master gives SOF to Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies moves to South East station and seats Past Master with SOF.

After the lighting has been adjusted (not before) each Deacon, from his position behind his Candidate, takes him by the right elbow, turns right with him, wheels


him right to face South, moves him to a position centrally between the pavement and the East, four paces North of CE and steps behind him.

EOM in the East


The Deacons and Candidate take two paces back.

The Junior Warden (or a Steward seated in the South) removes the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . and places them inside the Junior Warden’s pedestal or in a position where they cannot be seen by the Candidate during any part of the remaining ceremony. The lighting is adjusted after the g . . . c . . . and p . . . c . . . have been removed (not before). On Director of Ceremonies prompt, Past Master and Director of Ceremonies turn East in front of Worshipful Master’s pedestal, Director of Ceremonies behind. Past Master gives SOF to Worshipful Master. Director of Ceremonies moves to South East station and seats Past Master with SOF.

After the lighting has been adjusted (not before) each Deacon takes his Candidate by the right elbow, turns right with him to face South and conducts him around the lodge to a position centrally between the pavement and the East, four paces North of CE.

Each Deacon wheels his Candidate in line to face South and steps behind him. The first Candidate, with the Senior Deacon behind him, is nearer the East. Each will take the steps with their Candidate.

18.6.20 SECRETS

The Past Masters communicating the secrets will remove their gloves before they rise, give a SOF to the Worshipful Master before leaving the dais and take up a corresponding position opposite the Candidates, facing North, approximately four paces South of CE, so that only the three regular steps are taken by the Candidates and the Past Masters. The Past Master delivering the charge stands facing the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies takes up a position behind the first Past Master.

The Deacons take the steps with their Candidate.



18.6.21 PRESENTATION of CANDIDATE to WORSHIPFUL MASTER

Movement to and from the North side of the Senior Warden’s pedestal before investiture is the same as the movement before the advance to the East.

SW (With left glove removed, rises, takes the Candidate’s right hand, and salutes. Holding salute) WM, I present to you Bro . . . and Bro . . . on their being raised to the s . . . d . . . of a MM for some further mark of your favour.

WM Bro SW, I delegate you to invest our newly raised brethren with the distinguishing b . . . of a MM.

Senior Warden completes salute and lowers Candidate’s hand, resumes his seat and replaces his glove.

18.6.22 INVESTITURE


On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt the procession moves off with the left foot. As the Deacons and their Candidates move they wheel to face East, the Junior Deacon and his Candidate follow in the steps of the Senior Deacon and his Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves South and turns East without stopping, this positions him in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies positions himself at the North West corner of the pavement facing South with his toes in line with the North edge of the squared pavement. The Deacons and Candidates wheel to face South beside the Director of Ceremonies, Senior Deacon’s Candidate beside the Director of Ceremonies, ensuring the Candidates are beside the Western edge of the tessellated border with their toes in line with an imaginary extension of the North edge of the squared pavement.


On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Senior Warden rises, salutes the Worshipful Master, arranges the aprons over his left arm and moves to a position in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate. At the same time the Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Senior Deacon. After investing the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, he steps left and invests the Junior Deacon’s Candidate. The Director of Ceremonies moves behind the Junior Deacon at the same time as the Senior Warden moves in front of the Junior Deacon’s Candidate.


The Senior Warden holds the MM apron in front of each Candidate while the Deacon removes the FC apron and passes it to Director of Ceremonies. When the MM apron is secure, the Deacon recovers his wand, prompting Senior Warden to continue.

The Senior Warden returns in front of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate before reversing to a position corresponding to an extension of the squared pavement on the South side to address them.

The Director of Ceremonies carries FC aprons with dignity to Secretary’s table and returns alongside Senior Deacon and signals Senior Warden to commence.

SW Bro . . . and Bro . . ., by the WM command I invest you with the distinguishing b . . . of a MM, to mark the further progress you have made in the science.


As the Senior Warden returns to his chair, Director of Ceremonies steps one pace forward, seats Senior Warden with SOF and steps back one pace to the East side of the Senior Deacon.

18.6.23 EXTENSION

Senior Deacon directs Candidates to turn ‘half left’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow. Deacons remain facing South.

As the Past Master/Chaplain/Master Mason returns to his seat, Senior Deacon directs the Candidates to turn ‘half right’. Each Deacon guides their Candidate by taking his left elbow.

18.6.24 TRADITIONAL HISTORY

On Director of Ceremonies’ prompt, each Deacon steps to the right of his Candidate, all take two steps back and wheel back with him to face East. On Senior Deacon’s prompt the procession perambulates to a position in the North, as near as possible to opposite the tracing board, and wheels him to face South, the Senior Deacon, with his Candidate nearer the East, then all reverse five short paces, if possible (this is to cater for the number of steps required in the extended s . . . s, depending on the size of lodge room the five paces may have to be shortened). Deacons step behind their Candidates.


The Candidates are conducted to the East in front of the pedestal. Each Deacon taking his Candidate by the right elbow, turns with them to face East in


front of the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, leaving room for the Senior Warden to pass in front. Each Deacon will stay behind his Candidate.

18.6.26 CHARGE AFTER RAISING

Each Deacon will turn his Candidate to face South. On Senior Deacon’s prompt all perambulate via the East to the North West corner where each Deacon wheels his Candidate, in line, to face East. The Deacons step behind their Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies remains at the left of Senior Deacon’s Candidate until the Worshipful Master/Past Master is raised then positions himself behind the Senior Deacon.

On completion, the Director of Ceremonies steps to left side of the Senior Deacon’s Candidate, then each Deacon steps to the right side of his Candidate by taking one pace sideways with his right foot, one pace forward with his left and closing with his right.

18.6.27 PRESENTATION OF VSL AND PAMPHLET WM Bro . . . and Bro . . . , this concludes the ceremony of your being

raised to the sublime degree of a MM.

On prompt from the Director of Ceremonies, all take one pace back, the Deacons wheels on their Candidate to face North while the Director of Ceremonies turns North in front of the first Candidate.


On approaching the Worshipful Master’s pedestal, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow and turns him to face East. The Deacon remains behind the Candidate.

The Director of Ceremonies turns East beside the first Candidate.

It is customary at this time to present the Candidate with his VSL.

WM/Chap (rises, if Chaplain salutes WM, moves to pedestal, picks up both VSL and pamphlets and places them in his left hand).

(To first Candidate) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes first Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Master Mason (pause, releases Candidate’s hand and takes VSL from left hand and holding where Candidate can read it) and on behalf of the WM and the Brethren of your Lodge, it is my privilege to present to you the Volume of the Sacred Law upon which you were obligated in each Degree. (pause, pass VSL to Candidate’s right hand, Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to transfer the VSL to his left hand.)


(To second Candidate)) Bro . . ., (pause, shakes second Candidate’s hand) I welcome you as a Master Mason (pause, releases Candidate’s hand and takes VSL from left hand and holding where Candidate can read it) and on behalf of the WM and the Brethren of your Lodge, it is my privilege to present to you the Volume of the Sacred Law upon which you were obligated in each Degree. (pause, pass VSL to Candidate’s right hand, Senior Deacon instructs Candidate to transfer the VSL to his left hand.)

(addressing both candidates collectively, takes pamphlets from left hand and holding them where Candidates can read) I also present to you this pamphlet entitled ‘Third Degree Ceremony Explanatory Notes’. (pass pamphlet to Candidates’ right hand.)

The Senior Deacon instructs the Candidates to transfer the pamphlet to his left hand.


18.6.27.1 ALTERNATIVE PRESENTATION OF VSL AND PAMPHLET

The alternative presentation of the VSL and pamphlet is described in Section 14.3.29.1. The presentation of each Candidates VSL should be done individually.

18.6.28 RETIREMENT OF CANDIDATES On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, each Deacon takes his Candidate’s right elbow with his left hand and both turn to face South and the Director of Ceremonies turns South in front of the first Candidate. On the Senior Deacon’s prompt, the procession perambulates to the saluting base at the North West corner then wheels in line to face East, half a pace back from the tessellated border. Each Deacon steps behind his Candidate.

WM Bro . . . and Bro . . ., you are now at liberty to retire. The Senior Deacon quietly directs the Candidates to ‘stand fast’. On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, the Director of Ceremonies steps back three paces. The Senior Deacon sidesteps left and then steps forward to the position described for one Candidate to direct the Candidates to salute. The Senior Deacon changes his wand to his left side.

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., in this degree you will salute as a MM thus. Stand fast brother (demonstrates s . . . and s . . .)

SD Bro . . . and Bro . . ., salute the WM as a MM. copy me Take the s . . ., give the s . . .


The Senior Deacon steps back one pace to compensate for the two paces he has moved forward, changes his wand to his right side, steps one pace forward with his left foot, wheeling to face East, steps back three paces, turns to face South, returning to a position behind his Candidate. Both Deacons then step to the right of their Candidate for retirement.

The Director of Ceremonies moves forward three paces to arrive beside the Senior Deacon’s Candidate at the same time as the Deacons step beside their Candidate.

On the Director of Ceremonies prompt, all take one pace back. As the Director of Ceremonies turns South, both Deacons wheel on their Candidate and all face North.





Both Deacons remain standing at their chair until the Director of Ceremonies has returned to his chair.


On a signal from the Director of Ceremonies, the Inner Guard, the Deacons and the Director of Ceremonies sit together.

END OF THIRD DEGREE CEREMONY – MULTIPLE CANDIDATES

Festive Board 304

19 FESTIVE BOARD

19.1 CONDUCT MASTER TO THE SOUTH

It is inappropriate for the Worshipful Master to be applauded into the South except on his installation night. The Worshipful Master is the host and should make his way quickly to the South after closing the lodge, so he can welcome his guests as they arrive.

MASTER'S RESPONSIBILITY The festive board is an important part of the lodge meeting and the proceedings should always be appealing and of interest to members and visitors. Ultimate control of the festive board is with the Worshipful Master.

The proceedings of the South, should be delegated to an experienced Past Master (usually the Director of Ceremonies). By established custom the Master of Ceremonies or the Director of Ceremonies is given the responsibility (not the accountability) for the proper conduct of the festive board. This function should not be delegated to the Junior Warden (Junior Warden is charged to call the brethren from labour to refreshment) or any officer who is not a Worshipful Brother.

19.2 TEMPERANCE ADDRESS The following may be recited or read by the Past Master in charge of the evenings proceedings to a Brother / Brethren on the night of his / their Initiation. If given, it must be given prior to the Chaplain offering Grace.

“Before calling upon the Chaplain I would like to say to our newly Initiated Brother (Brethren) that he (they) will see before him (them) food and drink. I particularly desire to point out to him (them) that if he is a (they are) total abstainer (s) then for the good of Freemasonry continue one. Never let it be said that you have learned to drink alcohol at a Masonic Function.

Freemasonry does not teach total abstinence, but it does teach every Brother to be temperate in all things. Temperance is the due restraint of the passions and affections that render the body governable, you will therefore enjoy yourself (yourselves) in innocence and mirth.

No Brother will force you to eat or drink against your own inclination and no Brother will restrain you from leaving when you feel inclined to do so.

Festive Board 305

19.3 GRACE Grace is offered before, but not after, the meal. At the conclusion of Grace the brethren are to resume their seats.

19.4 LOYAL TOAST The submission of the Loyal Toast is not to be associated with the offering of Grace, the Director of Ceremonies will announce, “The Worshipful Master will present the first toast of the evening”. The Worshipful Master will rise; glass in right hand and say: “Brethren, I give you the Loyal Masonic Toast”. All present will rise, glass raised in right hand (The singing of God Save the Queen is not to be sung with the Toast).

The Worshipful Master presents the toast: “The Queen and the Craft”. If ladies are present the words are “The Queen” only. The brethren repeat the words, drink the toast, and resume their seats.

For a musical fire with the toast to visitors, the words of the fire are: “Worthy Freemasons all, worthy Freemasons all, the Queen and the Craft, the mystic tie, worthy Freemasons all”.

19.5 TYLER’S TOAST The Tyler’s toast marks the completion of the official portion of the festive board, irrespective or whether it is customary to hold a Call Off during the festive board. It is desirable that the Tyler's Toast be at a reasonable hour to enable members to fraternise prior to leaving the lodge premises. It is the expressed wish of the Board of General Purposes that consumption of any alcoholic beverages by the brethren, on lodge premises subsequent to the Tyler's Toast, be limited to that placed on the tables during the festive board.

19.6 LAST NIGHTS On the Worshipful Master’s “last night”, time at the festive board should not be monopolised by numerous presentations and lengthy speeches. They can become tedious to members and visitors.

Presentations and speeches should be made with dignity to avoid embarrassment or offence to any person. It is the responsibility of the Worshipful Master (per the Director of Ceremonies) to ensure speeches and presentations do not breach these guidelines. The Worshipful Master/ Director of Ceremonies has the authority to warn a brother, or terminate an address if necessary.

Diagrams 306

20 DIAGRAMS

20.1 POSITIONS OF CANDIDATES The following diagrams illustrate the correct positions of Candidates in the three degree ceremonies.

The layout illustrated in the diagrams provided is typical of the majority of Lodge Rooms in this Jurisdiction.

Entrance Door.

Some Lodge Rooms have the entrance door in the North. In these cases the Inner Guard’s chair will be near the North wall on the West side of the door facing East. In the case of a very low number of Lodge Rooms there is insufficient room between the door and the West wall for the Inner Guard’s chair and in these cases the chair is placed to the East of the door in the North facing South.

Senior Deacon’s Chair.

In a number of Lodge Rooms the Senior Deacon’s chair is situated to the West of the Tessellated Border. The Senior Deacon will need to modify the steps shown in the diagram to account for the placement of his chair if it differs from that illustrated in the diagrams.

Tracing Board.

Tracing Board positions vary from Lodge Room to Lodge Room. Deacons will need to adjust their steps to counter for any changes to the position of the Tracing Board from that illustrated in the diagrams.

Diagrams 307

20.1.1 FIRST DEGREE

Diagrams 308

First Degree Positions

Diagram Position

Degree Segment

Text Reference

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Admission Prayer North West To JW To SW Present to WM Advance Obligation Lesser Lights Secrets Present to JW Present to SW Present to WM Investiture Extension North East Reasons Working Tools Warrant Tracing Board Final Presentation Retirement

7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 7.2.6 7.2.7 7.2.8 7.2.9

7.2.10 7.2.11 7.2.12 7.2.13 7.2.14 7.2.15 7.2.16 7.2.17 7.2.18 7.2.19 7.2.20 7.2.21 7.2.22 7.2.23 7.2.24 7.2.25

Diagrams 309

20.1.2 SECOND DEGREE

Diagrams 310

Second Degree Positions

Diagram Position

Degree Segment

Text Reference

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Admission Prayer Salute WM Advance to JW Salute SW North West Salute WM Salute JW Advance to SW Present to WM Area for Advance Obligation Secrets Present to JW Present to SW Present to WM Investiture Extension South East Working Tools Tracing Board Final Presentation Retirement

10.2.2 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.5 10.2.6 10.2.7 10.2.7 10.2.8 10.2.9

10.2.10 10.2.11 10.2.12 10.2.13 10.2.14 10.2.15 10.2.16 10.2.17 10.2.18 10.2.19 10.2.20 10.2.22 10.2.23 10.2.24 10.2.25

Diagrams 311

20.1.3 THIRD DEGREE

Diagrams 312

Third Degree Positions

Diagram Position

Degree Segment

Text Reference

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18a 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Admission Prayer Salute WM Advance to JW Salute SW. Salute WM. Salute JW. Advance to SW North West Salute WM. Salute JW. Advance to SW Present to WM Instruction Advance Obligation Retrospect and Raise E.O.M. EOM (Alternative) Secrets Present to WM Investiture Extension Traditional History Working Tools Final Presentation Retirement

14.3.2 14.3.3 14.3.4 14.3.5 14.3.6 14.3.7 14.3.8 14.3.9

14.3.10 14.3.11 14.3.12 14.3.13 14.3.14 14.3.15 14.3.15 14.3.16

14.3.17-20 14.3.21 14.3.21 14.3.22 14.3.23 14.3.24 14.3.25 14.3.26 14.3.27 14.3.28 14.3.29 14.3.30

Diagrams 313

20.2 MOVEMENTS OF DEACONS 20.2.1 DEACONS MOVEMENTS AFTER WMs RECEIVED

Diagrams 314

20.2.2 DEACONS MOVEMENTS AFTER WMs RECEIVED (2)

Diagrams 315

20.2.3 DEACONS MOVEMENTS AFTER WMs RECEIVED (3)

Diagrams 316

20.2.4 JUNIOR DEACON AND DIRECTOR OF CEREMONIES MOVEMENTS AFTER WMs RECEIVED

Diagrams 317

20.2.5 STEP BACK FROM THE SECRETARY’S TABLE

(Alternative to about turn movement)

Diagrams 318

20.2.6 INSTRUCT CANDIDATE TO SALUTE

(One Candidate and One Deacon – North West Corner)

Diagrams 319

20.2.7 RETURN ALONGSIDE CANDIDATE

(One Candidate and One Deacon – North West Corner)

Diagrams 320

20.2.8 INSTRUCT CANDIDATES TO SALUTE

(Two Candidates – North West Corner)

Diagrams 321

20.2.9 RETURN BEHIND CANDIDATES

(Two Candidates – North West Corner)

Diagrams 322

20.2.10 CABLETOW

(Moving In Front Of Candidate)

Diagrams 323

20.2.11 CABLETOW

(Returning Behind Candidate)

Diagrams 324

20.2.12 POSITION TO INSTRUCT CANDIDATE

(One Candidate Only)

Diagrams 325

20.2.13 RETURN BESIDE CANDIDATE

(One Candidate Only)

Diagrams 326

20.2.14 POSITION TO INSTRUCT CANDIDATE

(Two Candidates)

Diagrams 327

20.2.15 RETURN BESIDE CANDIDATE

(Two Candidates)

Diagrams 328

20.2.16 CHARITY BOX - RETURN BESIDE CANDIDATE

Diagrams 329

20.2.17 CHARITY BOX – TURN LEFT TO RETURN BOX TO SECRETARY’S TABLE

Degree Work – Candidates Not of Christian Faith 330

21 DEGREE WORK – CANDIDATES NOT OF CHRISTIAN FAITH

21.1 GENERAL

The Ritual & Ceremonial Committee are awaiting the outcome of the investigation being undertaken by the Interfaith Committee before completing this section.

In the interim, please contact [email protected] or the Grand Inspector of Workings for supporting information.

mailto:[email protected]


21.2 HANDLING KORANS IN THE FREEMASONS LODGES

It is permissible that the candidate places their Koran in the appropriate location within the lodge room prior to the lodge being opened. Under these conditions, the candidate is responsible for the handling and treatment of their own VSL.

The following guidelines are provided for guidance when the candidate requests that the Lodge manages his VSL during Masonic ceremonies.

Handling. Only an “advised” Tyler and/or an “advised” Immediate Past Master will be directly handling or touching the candidate’s Koran whenever possible during setting up of the Lodge.

a. Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the candidate prior to handling.

b. Two hands will be used at all times when handling the Koran in manner showing respect and reverence.

c. Care should be used so that the right hand is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand.

d. Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of delicate art.

e. Ensure that the Koran is not placed in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet areas.

Removal. The Korans should be removed by the “advised” Tyler or the “advised” Immediate Past Master who will be directly handling or touching the candidate’s Koran when the Lodge is closed.

Following procedure:

1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the candidate prior to handling.

2) Two hands will be used at all times when handling the Koran in manner showing respect and reverence.

3) Place in a clean, dry, green bag provided or wrap in the clean green cloth in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped without turning the Koran over at any time in a reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this activity.

4) The Koran shall be returned to the library or Lodge cupboard preferably on the top shelve NOT at the feet level.

5) The Korans are the property of the Lodge and as such will remain sacred as any Volume of Sacred Law.


21.3 NOTES FOR CANDIDATES OF JEWISH FAITH The following notes are to be used as reference material for candidate of Jewish Faith.

Section 7.2.3 Admission of the Candidate

WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., as no man can be made a Freemason unless he is free and of mature age, I demand of you, are you free and of the full age of eighteen years?

Can. (prompted by JD) I am.

WM Then you will kneel while the blessing of heaven is invoked on our proceedings.

On ‘proceedings’, the Director of Ceremonies steps back on his left foot, turns and positions himself behind the Candidate. The Deacons slide their hands up to the Candidate’s elbows, step forward on their inside foot and assist him to kneel.

As Jewish candidates do not kneel for prayer, the following words may be substituted:

WM Then you will stand perfectly erect while . . .

Section 7.2.4 Prayer

WM (to Candidate) Mr . . ., in all cases of difficulty and danger, in whom do you put your trust?

Can (prompted by JD) In God.


On ‘arise’, Deacons assist the Candidate to rise by stepping forward with the inside leg and placing their wrist under the Candidate’s armpit. When the Candidate is standing, Deacons grasp his hands. Director of Ceremonies moves to left side of Senior Deacon.

WM (When all are steady) and accompany your Conductor with a firm but humble confidence, for where the name of God is invoked, we trust no danger will ensue.

Replace with the following wording:

WM Right glad am I to find your faith so well founded. Relying on such sure support, you may safely proceed and accompany . . .


Section 7.2.9 Advancing to the East

WM Then you will k . . . on your l . . . k . . . (pause while Deacons assist the Candidate), place your r . . . f . . . in the form of a s . . . ,(DC assists the Candidate to position his r . . . f . . .).

Replace with the following wording alternative:

WM Then you will remain perfectly erect, place . . .

NOTE: There is no change to the wording of the Ode, as here the wording can be taken as an expression of intent to take the obligation in an appropriate position)

0 God, unseen, yet ever near,

Thy Presence may we feel;

And thus inspired with holy fear,

Before Thine altar kneel.

Section 7.2.19 Reasons for Preparation WM Your l . . . k . . . was made bare in token of your humility. On it you

bent, . . . Replace with the following wording alternative: WM Your l . . . k . . . was made bare in token of your humility. On it you

emblematically bent, . . . .

Section 9.2.10 Obligation

WM (Takes Candidate by r . . . h . . with his r . . . h . . . only and says) Rise, (pause while Candidate rises) duly obligated brother among Masons.

Instead of rise:

WM Arise, duly obligated brother . . .

Approved Volumes of The Sacred Law 334

21.4 APPROVED VOLUMES OF THE SACRED LAW

CANDIDATE RELIGION HOLY SCRIPTURES

Jew Judaism The Pentateuch (Old Testament).

Christian Christianity Holy Bible

Muslim Religion of Islam Koran*1

Hindu Hinduism Bhagavid Ghita*2

Sikh Sikhism Granth Sahib

Parsee Parsees Zend Avesta

Buddhist Mahayana Buddhism Tri-pitaka or the Holy Bible *3

*1: The Koran is not opened. Refer to notes for handling the Koran.

*2: It should be noted that a Hindu Candidate does not salute the Ghita with their lips to seal the Obligation.

*3: Either of these Scriptures could be acceptable, but first ask the Candidate

22 LODGE OF MOURNING / LODGE OF SORROW

Lodges adopting the practice of recording the name of a deceased Brother in a VSL should adhere to the following procedure:

The Master rises, and after making remarks about the deceased Brother, moves to the secretary’s table via the South side of his pedestal, enters the name in the VSL, and returns to his place via the North side of the pedestal. The Master then requests the Brethren to stand for a short period as a mark of respect to the departed Brother. This is done holding the SOF.

The entry should be made at the Secretary’s table for simplification of the procedure. The VSL on the Masters pedestal and also where an altar is in use, the Volume thereon, must remain open with the square and compasses in place during the whole time the Lodge is at labour. The writing of a deceased Brothers name in the appearance book is not permitted. The appearance book is to record

Masonic Commemoration Service – Lodge of Mourning 335

the attendance of brethren and it is not considered appropriate that a deceased Brothers name is entered there.

22.1 MASONIC COMMEMORATION SERVICE The deceased must have been a Freemason of whatever degree in good standing at the time of his death. The Masonic Commemoration Service may not be read at the funeral of a man who, at the time of his death, was expelled from Freemasonry.

The form of the Funeral Service has been revised, and it is the wish of the Grand Master that this revised Service be strictly adhered to at all Masonic Commemoration services.

It is also desired that all lodges should appoint one or more officers who are capable ritualists – preferably the Chaplain or DC, to officiate at funeral services for the lodge as occasions arise, and these officers should obtain a copy of the Funeral Service.

The service must be read and not recited from memory.

Dispensations are not required from the Grand Secretary for the Service to be conducted at the funeral of a deceased Brother however, it may only be used if requested by his family. If the family wish it to be conducted in a church, agreement must be obtained from the clergy.

22.2 LODGE OF MOURNING/ LODGE OF SORROW RITUAL

The Ritual & Ceremonial Committee are awaiting the outcome of the investigation before completing this section.

In the interim, please contact [email protected] or the Grand Inspector of Workings for supporting information.

mailto:[email protected]

Lodge Definitions 336

23 LODGE DEFINITIONS For the purposes of clarity, the following definitions are being provided with respect to Lodge types:

Lodge Type Criteria Daylight Lodge

• Daylight Dress permitted • Lodge tyles prior to 12:00noon

Twilight Lodge • Evening Dress/Full Evening Dress required • Lodge tyles between 3:30pm and 5:00pm

Evening Lodge • Evening Dress/Full Evening Dress required • Lodge tyles after 5:00pm

It is noted that there is no difference between a Twilight and Evening Lodge with respect to Dress requirements.